TRANSCRIPTEnglish

IELTS Full Course - 2025

8h 22m 53s87,871 words12,850 segmentsEnglish

FULL TRANSCRIPT

0:00

This is our ISS updated full course 2025

0:04

which will last for more than 7 hours.

0:06

You guys enjoyed the previous video and

0:08

gave millions of views to that and I'm

0:10

expecting the same from this video

0:12

because this has lot of knowledge using

0:14

this video and our website mentioned

0:16

below. You can easily correct IELS. If

0:19

you have doubts you can call our number.

0:21

So stay tuned and let's crackles. Why

0:24

IS? So when it comes to studying ISS we

0:27

have some prerequisites of ISS as well.

0:30

So please pay attention you can start

0:31

taking notes and today going to be a lot

0:33

of note takingaking process right. So

0:36

first of all let's understand the

0:37

prerequisites why is and all those

0:39

questions and there are only two

0:40

prerequisites that we need to

0:42

understand. We don't need any prior

0:44

information about ISS for these

0:45

sessions. So two things which are

0:48

important for us. Number one

0:50

understanding the reason for ISS why do

0:53

we need to you know study ISS and what

0:55

are reason most people do it for getting

0:58

a score or because some of their family

1:00

members or their partner or you know

1:02

boyfriend girlfriend force them or told

1:04

them why don't you try this why don't

1:06

you try that you know for me or for

1:07

yourself when you do this for all of

1:09

these reason it is really wrong you

1:12

won't be getting that motivation to do

1:13

it then why are you setting preparing

1:15

isles for well for emotions indirect

1:18

directly but directly or abroad. Now

1:21

think about it. If there was no going

1:24

abroad would you write ISS?

1:28

No. So I abroad going abroad is the most

1:32

important question. Not why I is why

1:35

going abroad. So I have go I have been

1:38

um to Germany and Sweden. I lived there

1:41

for some time. I worked there. I studied

1:43

there. So my journey will definitely

1:45

help you guys. there's a different story

1:48

why I came back and all. I'll definitely

1:50

help you out if I can for free. Of

1:52

course, there's no charge for that. What

1:54

you can learn from my journey, how you

1:55

can also earn from there, work from

1:57

work, work over there and study. But

2:00

question arises, why abroad? There are

2:02

five possible reasons for that. Number

2:03

one is changing your surrounding. Okay,

2:06

what do you mean change of surrounding?

2:08

I'm not saying you hate your city or

2:10

anything. I'm just saying that you want

2:12

to live in a new place. You want to try

2:14

a new place. The first is changing your

2:17

surrounding. Second is family. Your

2:20

family is living abroad. There are many

2:22

cases family, partner, someone is living

2:24

abroad. So they want to go there

2:26

basically to live with them. Right?

2:29

Third one is to study. How they want to

2:31

see how academic you know uh excellence

2:33

can be achieved or how uh seminars or

2:37

sessions or even full courses are

2:39

conducted abroad such as countries

2:41

Canada, Australia, New Zealand, India.

2:43

Uh I mean not India sorry you are

2:45

already in India most most of you I I

2:47

hope USA we have multiple countries

2:49

there are eight English speaking

2:51

countries and then we have even Germany

2:52

European countries right then we have

2:55

traveling people who just want to go

2:56

there enjoy and look at places you know

2:59

kind of tourist vibes and finally money

3:02

so this can be considered as work

3:04

professional people right you can call

3:07

them skilled professionals or skilled

3:09

workers right so these are the five

3:11

reasons I'm not saying money is bad it's

3:13

just if to do it properly legally in a

3:15

way. So we have five possible reasons of

3:18

going abroad. Let me just number them. 1

3:20

2 3 4 5. What are your numbers? It can

3:23

be one, it can be five of them, it can

3:25

be three, it can be two, any of them. If

3:27

I would have if I would have answered

3:29

this question, I would always answer 1

3:31

135. Right? I I would answer this way.

3:34

I'm just saying. Okay? But three and

3:36

five, three or four and five would make

3:39

sense. I mean, it's your personal

3:40

choice, right? What? What? Why am I

3:42

saying that? Now you know why you're

3:44

going abroad. First of all, I mean you

3:46

knew that you're just declaring it.

3:47

Number two, is I think some of you have

3:50

basic idea that in ISS we have band

3:53

structure. The lowest band you can get

3:55

is one and the highest band you can get

3:57

is 9.5.

4:00

You get 0.5 increment.

4:02

So what is your desired score?

4:06

Second question I have is what is your

4:08

desired score? Now the meaning of

4:10

desired in the sense not what your

4:11

college demands not what your you know

4:14

company demands what do you really need

4:16

this is going to be your first task now

4:19

every day we're going to get tasks okay

4:21

remember that every day we're going to

4:23

get task and what is your first task

4:25

I'll tell you one thing write it down

4:26

please you will need it for later take

4:29

an A4 sheet okay let me just clear it

4:31

all up take an A4 sheet

4:34

and on the top right what is your

4:36

desired score let's say 8.5 and below So

4:39

write the reason why you're going

4:40

abroad. For example, most of you said

4:42

three or five or three. So let me write

4:44

here.

4:47

This is an A4 sheet. Remember that.

4:48

Okay. The one which you use for

4:50

printing. So something like this looks

4:52

like this. Of course, right? You take

4:55

this sheet, write it down these huge

4:58

letters and stick it wherever you are

5:00

seen in your house. For example, I like

5:03

my studio and I like kitchen because I

5:06

like cooking, right? So I would stick it

5:07

two different places. is I can make two

5:09

copies. Why do we need this? We need a

5:12

tick. We need a poking, you know, thing

5:14

that keeps telling us we need to study.

5:17

We need to get this. We need to get this

5:18

for this.

5:21

Every day you're going to get tasks.

5:23

Okay, this is the the most basic task

5:25

you're getting. You know, with time you

5:28

will get it. The tasks are not that

5:29

easy. You will have to complete tasks

5:31

such as complete these questions,

5:32

complete this task. This is the basic

5:34

task, the first task. Please do this.

5:36

It'll help you a lot. Right? first task.

5:39

Second one, okay, we need to see the

5:41

second one which is important. Why do we

5:43

need to be consistent? But what is the

5:45

meaning of consistent? So if I say I

5:48

have to be consistent in in studying,

5:51

what is the meaning of consistency or

5:52

being consistent? Being regular is good.

5:55

It's important. One of the part of the

5:56

consistency, the most important part

5:59

being regular and having the same

6:01

energy. There are two E in consistency

6:04

when you say think about it. Remember

6:06

you want to remember energy and

6:08

enthusiasm both of them have have to be

6:11

there. Think about a situation where you

6:14

did not eat for 2 days. Let's say you

6:16

could eat only a little bit because you

6:17

are in hurry and adventure no picnic.

6:20

You come back and take a class. Will you

6:23

be studying properly? No. No energy.

6:27

You don't like the subject you're

6:28

studying. No enthusiasm.

6:31

Done. So consistency consists of two

6:34

words which is I said energy and

6:36

enthusiasm and these words now are the

6:38

same. So the this is something called

6:40

easy versus simple. If we understand

6:42

both of these words you understand

6:44

consistency better. How

6:47

these two words look same but they're

6:48

not same. So simple means less number of

6:52

steps. That's it. And easy is relative.

6:55

What is the meaning of relative? Let's

6:57

say I know how to swim. Somebody do not.

7:00

Or I know how to drive somebody do not I

7:02

don't know how to let's say run properly

7:05

somebody can for them winning a race is

7:08

easy for me driving is easy every person

7:11

has a different way of saying this is

7:12

easy for me for some people it's not

7:15

simple are just less number of steps

7:17

might be easy might not be easy doesn't

7:19

matter

7:21

right less number of steps in doing so

7:23

for example drinking your coffee just

7:25

take the bug and magic it's simple right

7:28

basically simple

7:30

When you think about it, everything is

7:33

simple. How? There are only s two steps

7:36

to get a good score. Just two steps. If

7:39

you want to get an IS GRE, PTE, TOEFL,

7:42

let's say any any other exam, okay? Your

7:45

college exam or anything, you just need

7:47

to find the reliable information and

7:50

practice. Isn't it? So, you thought Sam

7:53

will be fine for reliable information.

7:55

He will teach as well. and if I practice

7:58

with the material he'll provide me, I'll

8:00

get a grade score. That's what you

8:02

thought in your 12th grade. You thought

8:04

school will provide us reliable

8:06

information and I'll practice from the

8:08

books. This is what you thought, right?

8:12

Okay. Was your 10th and 12th easy?

8:19

I think you can relate relate with this,

8:21

right? Because this this is where we are

8:23

forced the most. We have the most

8:24

highest stress. You can say it wasn't

8:27

easy because on day one or you can say

8:29

even day month day um sorry month one

8:32

you were all enthusiastic and energy was

8:34

high. Oh my god this is 10th I'm going

8:36

to do it great I'm going to get 98% 99%.

8:39

And by the time it it has gone for some

8:42

time like ah it's okay it's difficult

8:44

leave it it's boring. So energy went

8:46

down, little bit down and it was not

8:47

your fault either, right? Why? Because

8:51

nobody told you how to make it easy, fun

8:55

and exciting because nobody told you how

8:57

to study. They keep telling you study,

9:01

keep doing, come on, you can study for 4

9:03

hours, 5 hours, 3 hours. That's just

9:04

wrong. That's just boring, right? So we

9:07

have a nice fun and exciting method in

9:10

order to, you know, get it done, get it

9:13

started with IELS. you will see that

9:14

it's it's really fun and that's called

9:16

pomodoro technique. So pomodoro has to

9:19

do with the timing basically time

9:21

related study but why is it about time.

9:24

So what happened is there was an

9:25

experiment done long ago and it was in

9:27

probably 190

9:30

or something 2001 something like that

9:33

when they checked the human span

9:35

concentration span it was 59 minutes

9:38

humans could concentrate for that you

9:40

know why it was this high back then

9:42

there were no phones

9:44

now when I press enter I cannot wait for

9:47

3 seconds oh my god my internet is slow

9:49

I need to call my internet service

9:50

provider why is it so slow earlier

9:53

people fine with slow so they could

9:55

concentrate longer. Do you know what's

9:57

the concentration spend now? It has gone

9:59

down and I believe within five more

10:01

years it'll be in minutes again like 5

10:03

minutes 6 minutes because everyone is

10:05

watching shorts these days re these days

10:07

all of them right they want the content

10:09

as quickly as possible so pomodoro

10:11

technique says that because we all have

10:13

become like this we need to study

10:15

quickly as well so they say that don't

10:17

study for 2 hours study only 25 minutes

10:21

then take a break of five minutes

10:25

25 minutes study 5 minutes break That's

10:29

sorry multiply it by two. So 25 minutes

10:32

study and then again 5 minutes break.

10:35

When you add this this is 50 minutes of

10:38

study. That's it. Do you have this much

10:42

time every day?

10:46

I hope all of you because every

10:49

homework, every task I provide you will

10:52

not exceed this time.

10:55

And I guarantee you, I promise you, if

10:57

you attend every class, if you honestly

11:01

continue with this session, these

11:03

sessions every day 2 hours, don't miss a

11:05

single day and pay attention. 50 minutes

11:08

of maximum homework, 15 minutes,

11:09

sometime only 10 minutes, sometime 20

11:11

minutes, sometime 40 minutes, maximum 50

11:13

minutes. Within a month, you'll be ready

11:15

with your desired score. If somewhere in

11:18

between you're like, "Oh, it's okay.

11:20

I'll do the homework tomorrow, day after

11:21

tomorrow, and then day after tomorrow,

11:22

you know, pile up. what what will you do

11:24

on that day? Ah, it's okay. I'll do it

11:26

next week. And by the time it's it's

11:29

gone. It's gone. So when there is uh

11:31

there is a break in between, there's a

11:33

ripple, you know, created and it goes

11:34

for a long way. So never do this. Okay?

11:37

Never do this. Where whenever you think

11:39

okay it's time let's complete the

11:41

homework. It should be today. It

11:42

shouldn't be tomorrow. Right? If you do

11:44

this, trust me, you will easily get the

11:46

desired score. Right? How do I know this

11:49

works? I have conditions placed there

11:53

for your studies plus your free time.

11:55

Okay, first of all, this is for your

11:57

both your studies and free time of 25

11:59

minutes. No smartphones. If you have any

12:01

smartphone, then if it is necessary,

12:03

then no internet. If internet is

12:05

necessary for your studies, then no

12:07

social media. This is the culprit, not

12:10

the smartphones. They're just devices.

12:12

They cannot do anything by themselves,

12:14

right? Social media, you know, really

12:16

wastes a lot of time. So, please don't

12:18

do that. Otherwise in break if you start

12:20

using social media you feel that I'm

12:22

taking a 5 minutes break but the break

12:24

will go on for 2 hours you won't even

12:26

realize that right second please move in

12:30

between 25 minute session 25 minutes

12:32

session break in that break please move

12:35

and then 25 minute session um so why

12:38

this movement remember in your childhood

12:40

when you were in school or college even

12:43

you know when we were oh we were in

12:44

youth we used to move our leg a lot

12:48

sometime like no

12:50

uh and and we used to get shouted upon

12:52

as well about that right shouted at as

12:55

well you know like why are you doing

12:56

this why are you moving your leg

12:57

actually that was not a mistake it was a

13:01

body's call to increase your blood

13:03

pressure

13:05

remember that when you sit for suddenly

13:08

at at your chair you won't move your leg

13:09

after 10 minutes you start moving your

13:11

leg because your blood pressure by

13:13

sitting at one place is going down when

13:15

it is going down your brain is telling

13:16

you do something so that your blood

13:18

pressure goes up you know you you focus

13:21

more so you move your leg you move your

13:23

hand or do something like some gesture

13:24

that's why I say movement is must have a

13:27

walk in those five minutes in between so

13:29

that your concentration stays high okay

13:32

last but not the le least because 70% of

13:34

your brain is water or liquid format so

13:38

we need to have something to drink you

13:39

will see always I will water tea or

13:41

coffee with me so these are my favorite

13:44

I mean you can choose your favorite uh

13:46

and uh you know hydrate yourself so that

13:49

you can function better. When you do

13:51

this in your five minutes break this is

13:53

the the remaining or the next 25 minutes

13:56

will be not be feeling you know won't be

13:59

feeling drained or you won't be feeling

14:00

down you'll be feeling exactly same

14:03

confidence or concentrated right so

14:06

please do this with pomodoro technique

14:08

this will definitely work and I tried

14:10

and tested this using some Android apps

14:12

and and Apple apps I mean uh iPhone apps

14:15

I have um allow I have provided the link

14:18

in you in Google drive. The link for

14:21

that drive will be sent to you after the

14:22

class is over, right? And when I tested

14:25

this to learn German, it was crazy. It

14:28

it took me honestly very little time to

14:31

learn German because I used this. I used

14:34

to take four such sessions, 25 minutes,

14:36

25 minutes per day. And within a total

14:39

of 8.5 months, I got B2 level,

14:43

which is really good. So A1, A2, B1, B2.

14:47

It's kind of a fluency level that you

14:48

can speak. Think I can speak in German

14:50

to you guys. So initial first level

14:53

without pomodoro took me 4 months. Can

14:56

you imagine? I I didn't know about

14:57

pomodoro. After a2 I started

14:58

understanding about pomodoro and these

15:00

three levels only took 4.5 months. They

15:02

are difficult actually but still they

15:05

took less because I could study for a

15:07

very short time and enjoy it at the same

15:09

time. So please use these uh these

15:12

tricks you can say these uh have these

15:14

strategies about only studying for a

15:16

very short time rather than long time. I

15:18

is descriptors.

15:20

>> But let's say there's a question I ask

15:22

you right now, right? The uh traditional

15:23

newspapers are going to be repl they're

15:26

going to be replaced with ebooks and

15:28

all, right? Do you agree with that idea?

15:30

You will have some ideas as well in your

15:32

mind. Why will they be replaced? Because

15:34

everyone is using phone these days.

15:36

Papers are accessibility. Yes, papers

15:38

are um actually made of trees. So they

15:41

are not good for environment XY Z

15:43

reasons. Right. Nice. You think all of

15:47

you have almost same reasons. Do you

15:49

think all of you will get same score? So

15:51

we have uh in ISEL it's called

15:54

descriptors.

15:55

Your score descriptor. How can they

15:58

describe your score based on what you

15:59

have written? They have set descriptors.

16:01

There are total four descriptors and

16:03

they cover everything you have written.

16:05

If you follow the descriptors basically

16:08

your 50% of your task is done in

16:10

writing. If your English is amazing and

16:13

then you don't follow the descriptors,

16:14

you might get five ends of 4.5 or six

16:17

maximum.

16:19

They're that important, you know,

16:20

because they the question paper is

16:22

created by them and the and the you can

16:24

say rules belong to them. We cannot

16:27

change the rules here. My grammar is

16:29

good but my answers are really bad. I'm

16:31

I'm writing something else. No chance of

16:33

getting good score. So basically what do

16:36

we have? We have to find what are those

16:38

four descriptors based on which we can

16:41

get best score. So there are total four

16:44

descriptors for both writing and

16:45

speaking and some of them are same. So

16:48

we'll start with the same one right the

16:49

first one which is same for all

16:51

descriptors are the way they check your

16:53

paper and they have officially declared

16:55

these are the descriptors. Of course we

16:57

have to study them right. So what what

16:59

are those descriptors? The first one is

17:01

called lexical resources.

17:06

If you don't know the meaning of it, let

17:08

me just write down vocabulary. First

17:11

one, vocabulary.

17:15

Sorry, I'm I'm going to erase this so

17:17

that we can keep in mind what is lexical

17:18

resource. Fine. How many of you feel

17:21

your your vocabulary or word knowledge

17:24

is weak? I mean, you're weak in that.

17:26

Today, we'll prove it. It's not the

17:28

vocabulary problem. But to prove it, I

17:30

have to explain it to you why it's not

17:32

the problem. You will see that. Okay.

17:34

Lexical resource is not just about

17:37

vocabulary. The definition of lexical

17:39

resources, how you represent your uh

17:42

ideas in the form of sentences using

17:45

words that's called lexical resources.

17:48

How do you use words basically in order

17:50

to u talk about your ideas or write your

17:53

ideas. So both for writing and speaking

17:54

lexical resources exactly appropriate

17:56

words you can say that. Now there are

17:58

three different parts in there as well.

18:00

Please start taking note. This is going

18:02

to be very important for everyone. If

18:04

you feel it's weak, you can enhance your

18:06

vocabulary from today itself. I'll give

18:08

you amazing ideas as well as data. If

18:10

you feel after this, no, my vocabulary

18:12

is good. You don't need to worry about

18:13

that. Okay. The first one is called the

18:16

quality of the words we use.

18:20

Fine. And how do we determine the

18:22

quality? So, we have three different

18:23

qualities E, M, and D. Let's call them

18:27

this. Easy, medium, and difficult.

18:31

easy, medium and difficult. So if I if I

18:33

say a word out loud, you write in the

18:35

chat. If it is E, that means easy. If it

18:38

is M, that means medium. D is difficult.

18:41

So if I say

18:44

let's say drawing, what do you think?

18:47

Easy, medium or difficult?

18:49

coffee

18:52

basic

18:55

fundamental.

18:59

Um, jeopardize

19:03

horrific,

19:06

clusterize.

19:09

When you chose E, M, and D. Okay. Based

19:13

on what factor did you choose that?

19:16

based on how many times you heard that

19:17

word, the frequency with which you use

19:19

these words and spellings, if you know

19:22

them. Yes. Good. Do you think that can

19:24

be considered a universal rule that if

19:26

you know that it's easy, if you don't

19:27

it's difficult?

19:30

No. There is no this cannot be

19:33

considered a rule that if you know it

19:36

then becomes easy otherwise the word can

19:38

be determined as difficult for you. It

19:40

might be but universally it cannot be

19:43

considered a rule and that's what our

19:45

problem is because we have heard some

19:47

amazing words we feel ah it's easy I

19:50

don't think I can use this word in ISS

19:52

but actually we have amazing vocabulary

19:54

we don't know that now I'll prove it to

19:56

you why some of the words which you use

19:58

every day is they're amazing right

20:01

so what happens is in ISS we get bands

20:05

right in ISS we get bands but in English

20:07

we don't have bands officially English

20:09

is a European language. So if you search

20:13

uh Sephur versus I is English is a

20:16

European language and every European

20:18

language has to go through this sephur

20:21

to be determined if it is you know um

20:24

basically A1 A2 B1 B2 they have levels

20:27

actually rather than band score. So if I

20:29

show you look at this one. So we have

20:32

these A1, A2, B1, B2 and C1, C2. And

20:37

Sephur is common European framework of

20:39

reference for languages. That's a full

20:41

definition or full form. And uh you can

20:44

say there are three three categories.

20:45

You can call them easy, medium or

20:47

difficult or basic users or independent

20:49

user and proficient users. Right? Your

20:51

band score is based on this itself.

20:54

Right? So 4 to five bands is for B1. Uh

20:59

above 5 5.5 till 6.5 B2 7 till 8 is C1

21:04

and 8.5 and 9 both are considered in C2.

21:07

Right?

21:10

Why am I telling you all this? There is

21:12

no word meaning there is no quality

21:14

determined here. every word is provided

21:18

this particular

21:20

title A1 A2 B1 B2 C1 C2 officially right

21:25

we just don't see it because we were not

21:27

shown that ever if you look at uh

21:30

dictionaries such as Cambridge

21:31

dictionary or Oxford dictionary they

21:33

will have such words so if I search here

21:36

the word basic

21:37

uh in in uh your Cambridge dictionary

21:40

right you will see that that we have um

21:44

we have something called the level of

21:46

the word. Let me let me share my

21:48

display. And uh one second you can see

21:51

the level of the word basic. What is the

21:52

level of the word basic? Here

21:57

you can all see it. Now

22:00

I use this word P1.

22:03

Basic all of you say it's easy. Good.

22:05

Now the meaning of the word basic is

22:09

fundamental and you call it easy. What

22:11

is the level? C2

22:16

isn't this nine band worthy yes it is so

22:19

if I write a sentence or if I speak a

22:21

sentence the basic issues with the

22:25

current time are instead of that if I

22:27

say the the fundamental problems or

22:29

fundamental issues or obstacles right

22:32

now people are people facing are now you

22:35

automatically you are in the C2 level

22:37

that means either 8.5 or 9 band

22:40

right so that means we have those words.

22:43

It's just we feel oh my god I if I don't

22:45

know that word I have to get that one.

22:47

This is how humans work. If you don't

22:49

have it that looks amazing. If you have

22:52

it you're like ah it's useless. You can

22:54

try it's of no use right? This is how it

22:56

works with everything. We have foro we

22:59

have every every you know psychological

23:02

concept works on this. If you don't have

23:03

it it's bad. If you I mean if you have

23:05

it it's bad. If you don't have it it's

23:07

great.

23:08

So we don't want that in isles. We want

23:11

to understand if we have it or not. And

23:13

most of you have quality. If you don't

23:15

have, we have to do one thing. There is

23:17

a list I have created for B2, C1 and C2.

23:22

400 words each. These 400 words I

23:26

collected after reading almost 3 months.

23:29

Honestly, I read three months essays and

23:32

articles from Cambridge dictionary and

23:34

sorry Cambridge website. So I read uh

23:37

reports, I read letters, I read essays

23:39

not just from here but from ETSs as

23:41

well. ETS uh is the creator of GRE and

23:44

TOEFL and I found out these 1200 words

23:48

were repeated the high quality words of

23:49

B2, C1 and C2. So what did I do? I

23:53

collected them and um created a PDF so

23:56

that you can have it in your Google

23:58

Drive. There's something called

24:00

must-have words for ISS. Now if you

24:02

think about a sentence you cannot use

24:05

every word of C2 level. Think about a

24:07

sentence

24:11

right any sentence you think there has

24:14

to be word is are am this these are not

24:18

C2 level words right no we cannot but

24:21

wherever we can change right for example

24:24

I like this teaching style

24:27

well the we can say instead of teaching

24:29

style pedagogy now it has become really

24:31

higher level but I like I cannot change

24:35

like can be changed a bit but pedagogy

24:37

can change. So certain things we cannot

24:38

change and that's why there is a there

24:40

is a file available in your Google drive

24:42

called must have words for I iss folder

24:46

actually not not file and you will be

24:48

able to see it over here must have words

24:51

for ISEL there are total 1200 words 400

24:54

each level and you'll be able to

24:55

download them if you want to or you can

24:57

let them be here right 1200 words

25:00

available in your Google drive now what

25:02

to do with those words just words will

25:03

not do anything there's an excel sheet

25:06

also available to you. How will it look

25:08

like and why do we need that? Take that

25:11

Excel sheet. Let me just zoom in a bit

25:14

and paste all the words that you have in

25:17

the 1200 words first. Paste all of them

25:19

here. You know it's easy to copy paste

25:21

very simple in this. First of all, you

25:22

have to download the sheet. You cannot

25:24

paste it in drive. First you paste all

25:26

the words 1200 words. Then you start

25:29

doing this yes and no thing. Do I know

25:30

this word? Yes. Can I use this word?

25:33

Yes. Can I pronounce the word? Yes. If

25:35

everywhere it's yes, just select it and

25:38

delete removed.

25:42

Right? And if there anywhere there is no

25:45

either knowing the word or using it or

25:47

pronouncing it, keep it there. Now you

25:50

have your own list ready.

25:52

Out of the 1200 words, you have your own

25:55

list ready of around I don't know 600,

25:57

500, 800, I have no idea. Whatever list

26:00

you want to create for yourself, you

26:02

can.

26:04

Right? So, this list can be will

26:07

definitely reduce from 1200 to around

26:10

500 to 600.

26:12

At least first we have a list of higher

26:14

quality words.

26:16

What about the lowquality words? Well,

26:18

lowquality words have no issues, right?

26:20

We do use them, but there is a tiny

26:22

problem with lowquality words as well.

26:25

We rarely use highquality words in our

26:27

sentences. We do. But lowquality words

26:30

we have a problem and that problem is

26:32

synonyms.

26:37

Most of the words that we use are low

26:39

quality around you know uh B1 or maybe

26:42

A2 but we need to find as many synonyms

26:45

for those words as possible. So I what

26:47

I've done is I'll taken some basic words

26:49

easy words and I've created synonyms for

26:52

them and I created a PDF again for you.

26:54

So this is the this is the list of most

26:56

commonly used words every day. For

26:58

example, to praise someone, to give

27:00

order, to belittle and everything and

27:02

beginner, happy, sad. So take the word

27:04

happy. Look at this. two pages worth p

27:08

words.

27:10

Vital, jaunty, uh ludicrous, vasious,

27:13

cheerful, content, joyful, jealous, uh

27:16

spirited, perky, uh blissful, um merry

27:21

and um peaceful, right? Jolly so many

27:25

words I think we we don't even use them,

27:27

right? So there's so many words we have

27:29

which can be used not exactly

27:31

everywhere. For example, blessed can be

27:33

used in certain situation. But instead

27:35

of happy, we can. So you will get this

27:37

list and you can download all the basic

27:39

words where we need synonyms. I'll be

27:41

keep I I'll keep adding new words anyway

27:43

later. But for now, these will be

27:45

enough. Right? So second problem can be

27:47

solved with the list itself. Everyday

27:49

problem of synonym. But yes, we do need

27:51

synonyms for sure. Right? Third problem

27:55

is the biggest problem. Appropriateness.

27:57

Let's say I know synonyms. Let's say I

27:59

know high quality words but I don't know

28:01

where to use them. There's a word called

28:03

catastrophe. Some people do know where

28:05

to use it, some people don't do not. And

28:08

consequences let's say it's a good word,

28:09

high quality word. But if I use it, if I

28:12

don't know the use and I use it

28:13

somewhere, you'll get more problems

28:16

actually than if you don't use it

28:18

because now they know you don't know

28:19

this word properly.

28:22

Right? So you get harm more harm than

28:25

than not using it. Appropriateness is

28:28

the usage of the word in a sentence and

28:32

this can be solved three different ways.

28:34

Initial two solutions for finding a good

28:37

usage of your word is free.

28:40

The last one is not free but there are

28:41

three. First one is called using flash

28:44

cards.

28:45

So flash card is a way to check your

28:50

knowledge about a sentence plus a word.

28:52

Say but what do we do? So you know you

28:54

know in your childhood we used to write

28:55

on one side a word on the back side the

28:58

meaning of it. So we used to check oh if

29:00

I know the meaning same way we have a

29:02

flash card but because we cannot just

29:04

you know keep cutting the pages and

29:06

everything we have a software as well as

29:08

data called Anki.

29:12

Some of you might not know about this

29:14

but this is an amazing software called

29:16

Anki and uh it's available everywhere

29:20

except for iPhones. It's free

29:22

everywhere. iPhone it's it's paid. It's

29:24

like $50 or something. So, click on

29:27

download. Go to Windows, Mac or Linux or

29:30

iPhone or Android, whichever you want to

29:32

own. And development also free

29:33

everywhere. But but but uh iPhone is not

29:37

free. Android is free. So do one thing

29:39

download this software and what will it

29:42

do? It will give you word and sentences.

29:45

I'll provide you where you can download

29:46

also those sentences as well. It's just

29:49

empty initially and you'll be able to

29:51

practice sentences as well as uh words

29:54

as well as phrases connected to ISS from

29:58

this particular ank. So how will it look

30:00

like? I'll show you. And the best part

30:02

is it has some intelligence in there.

30:06

Some intelligence. Okay. How

30:09

uh for example there's a word

30:12

um let me just show you something. Okay.

30:16

Let me share. Okay. So there's a word

30:18

called marcher

30:20

and the meaning they have mentioned to

30:21

walk. This is French and they have

30:23

converted to English. In the same way we

30:25

have on one page you will have a word

30:27

for example to walk and the back side

30:29

you will have the meaning of it plus

30:30

sentence. Right now you have an option

30:32

of making it into easy good or again

30:35

that means you can select I feel this

30:37

word is easy they'll never repeat for 4

30:39

days. If I click on again if I feel the

30:42

word is difficult I don't know the

30:43

sentence it will repeat after 1 minute.

30:46

So the the software remembers that this

30:48

word is difficult for you and you will

30:50

have around 300 3,000 to 4,000 words and

30:52

sentences to practice. So this is free

30:54

of freely available. I'll show you where

30:56

to get it completely free. Right. Second

30:59

one is called Taba.

31:02

Taba is a collection the world's biggest

31:05

collection of sentences.

31:07

So if you go to um your your favorite

31:10

browser and just search the word Taba,

31:13

you will get this website called

31:14

ttoaba.org or and it's one of my

31:17

favorite websites for connecting

31:19

sentences. For example, if I write here

31:21

the word collection recently I searched

31:23

about it and collect look at this one

31:26

you get so many sentences with the word

31:28

collect not just collection collect

31:29

collects collection everything

31:31

collective as well and initially you get

31:33

short sentences just in case I don't

31:35

know this word I get short sentences

31:37

with audio sometime and these audios are

31:39

not by computer by um native speakers

31:42

they provide the sentence only they have

31:44

the rights and then you go down and go

31:47

to the 100th page you will get such

31:49

length 90 sentences you can see that

31:53

right? So if you go 98 you can see every

31:56

uh sentence is much much better compared

31:58

to the the previous page. So if you want

32:00

to collect more sentences or practice

32:02

more sentence you can use start a as

32:03

well but the last one is kind of

32:07

combination of everything we call it

32:09

learn with salmon dash. What do we do in

32:10

that most of your premium? So for

32:13

premium we have an English course which

32:15

is completely free where we combine

32:18

multiple topics 1200 words plus your

32:21

synonyms plus flashcards and tto aa all

32:25

of them plus on the top of that seven

32:27

types of you know practices and

32:29

exercises they all are combined learn

32:31

with sinache website you can practice

32:33

from either tauaa or anki or you know

32:36

practice from there if you want to

32:37

upgrade it you can also upgrade it it's

32:39

up to you we don't mind it but for that

32:41

you have to write an email the team will

32:43

tell you how to upgrade it. So what will

32:44

we do in uh in this website? In this

32:46

website you can see that you can uh you

32:49

can see that what will be the the uh the

32:51

data words, sentences, conversation,

32:54

grammar, article, stories and exercises

32:56

and the words which we have there 1200

32:58

words are used here in order to do like

33:00

this. So word meaning and then sentence

33:05

word meaning and sentence everything

33:06

covered here.

33:09

Right? So this website will have this

33:12

data. You can download it. You can

33:14

practice from the website. It's up to

33:15

you.

33:16

Right? So your English will definitely

33:18

enhance if you use this website. If you

33:21

are not member, write an email. If you

33:23

want to upgrade it, if you don't want to

33:25

upgrade it, you can go with flashcard

33:26

and data. You'll be fine, right? It just

33:28

it'll take a little bit more time.

33:30

That's it. Nothing else. So the first

33:32

one is definitely lexical resources. And

33:34

I I believe all of you understood that.

33:37

The second one is an abbreviation G gr.

33:43

This is same for both writing and

33:46

speaking both. But GR stands for let me

33:50

just write it here. Grammatical range

33:53

and

33:55

accuracy.

33:57

G R A. So why didn't they write it

34:00

grammar? Why it like this grammatical

34:02

range and accuracy? We need to

34:03

understand that in in depth for both

34:05

writing and speaking. So if I write a

34:07

sentence just tell me if it is correct

34:09

or not. Okay.

34:11

There is many boxes on the uh table. Is

34:18

this correct?

34:22

I believe no. No it cannot be correct.

34:26

Right. Basically it's not. There are

34:28

exactly generally right. So let's just

34:30

take the sentence and now we can uh

34:32

correct it a bit and just change this

34:35

part of R here. Now it is accurate. So

34:38

the first thing to check in your grammar

34:41

is the accuracy. This is accurate. This

34:43

is inaccurate. You get zero marks for

34:45

the previous one. But still it is not

34:47

complete. This is very weak sentence.

34:50

The range is low. So we can increase the

34:53

range by doing one thing by first of all

34:56

making it accurate

34:58

and enhancing the range. But I like the

35:02

one on the chair.

35:07

Now the range is also high. It is

35:09

accurate as well. Both are done. You get

35:12

good marks for grammar.

35:14

So they check both. First of all your

35:15

accuracy. Second your range. Both they

35:18

check. If any of So first they always

35:21

check accuracy. If accuracy is zero, why

35:23

would they go with range either? Right?

35:25

But if you notice that I've just used

35:26

word but and I created a a nice

35:29

sentence. This is called a compound

35:30

sentence.

35:32

Is this the only type of sentence that

35:34

we use? No. We have other types as well,

35:36

other rules as well. So there are total

35:38

seven rules which are really important

35:41

in your grammar. So let's just write

35:43

them here. Grammar concepts which are

35:45

must for you to go through. And what are

35:48

those concepts? Let's start with the

35:50

first one. First are the tenses that we

35:52

have. We hate them but they are there.

35:55

Total 12 tenses right important concept.

35:59

Then we have something called parts of

36:01

speech.

36:02

Parts of speech are total eight. I think

36:05

some of you remember them by the word

36:07

called noun, pronoun, adjective, verb,

36:09

adverb. There are total eight. I think

36:11

all of you remember them. Noun, pronoun

36:12

and verb and adjective. All of them.

36:14

Right?

36:15

Then we have something called um types

36:18

of sentences

36:20

and there are total four types of

36:21

sentences. Let me write here types of

36:23

sentences.

36:25

There total four types. We have simple,

36:27

complex, compound and complex compound

36:30

combination. Right? Then we have active

36:32

passive voice.

36:35

Oh, active passive voice. Direct

36:39

indirect speech.

36:43

Let me write them all here. And there

36:45

are total two as you can see on the from

36:47

the name itself here total two. Then we

36:49

have something really important called

36:51

collocation. And collocation there are

36:54

total six types of collocation.

36:56

Collocation is when we combine certain

36:58

words and they make sense but the

36:59

synonyms won't make sense at all. For

37:02

example, we have the word uh fast food.

37:05

Now fast food is making sense and also

37:07

correct. And if I change fast to quick

37:10

that cannot that cannot be true, right?

37:12

Quick food does not make sense. So

37:14

certain places we cannot use synonyms,

37:17

right? So but if I change the food to

37:19

meal, it makes sense. Not the same

37:21

meaning, but it makes sense. Quick meal.

37:23

Yes, it can be. So this this is called

37:25

collocation. What goes together? What

37:27

doesn't? That's there are total six

37:28

types. Noun, noun, noun, verb, noun,

37:31

adjective, something like that. And

37:33

finally, we have um phrases. All type of

37:37

phrases, verb phrases, and you know,

37:38

adverbial phrases and all type of

37:40

phrases. There's no set number for that.

37:42

So if you understand all these seven

37:44

concepts you know which you see

37:47

on your display your your grammar is

37:50

done. I'm not going to teach grammar

37:51

here trust me. So you have to go through

37:53

all the concepts by yourself. But if you

37:56

again premium members we have a 53

37:58

minutes video available which I'll

38:00

provide you in your uh separate folder

38:03

called premium folder. You'll get only

38:04

material for premium. All the concepts

38:07

are explained within 53 minutes.

38:08

everyday watch only or understand only

38:11

one concept right per day and then

38:13

things will be um pretty clear to you.

38:16

You will be able to understand

38:17

everything. But if you don't want uh

38:18

premium or if you don't have premium you

38:20

can search about this

38:23

separately and that will be enough.

38:25

Right? Seven concepts done everything is

38:27

over. Grammar can be covered in these

38:30

concepts. It's very simple. There's no

38:33

such hectic stuff such as we had in in

38:35

our words or you can say lexical

38:38

resources. Right? This was the second

38:40

one. Now we have the third one. Third is

38:44

a bit um

38:46

issoriented or something new in that you

38:49

see not in other things that we see. So

38:52

we have a separation here writing and

38:54

speaking two different types. The first

38:56

one that we have is in writing is called

38:58

coherence.

39:01

coherence and we have

39:05

coherence and then we have something

39:07

called cohesion as well. Okay, coherence

39:10

plus cohesion you can say you can write

39:12

here and but in speaking we don't have

39:15

same we do have coherence and we have

39:18

something called fluency. There are two

39:20

different things here. Why do we have

39:22

such separation? Because we don't write

39:25

in we don't uh speak in paragraphs. We

39:28

speak randomly but we write in

39:29

paragraphs. So we have to have something

39:31

different. Right? Now the word coherence

39:34

is

39:36

when our data or the material or

39:39

argument whatever it is it makes sense.

39:41

That means it's logical

39:44

plus it is connected.

39:47

Connected in the sense even if you want

39:48

to change the topic it should be

39:50

connected topic. For example I I could

39:52

talk about rocket science or dinosaurs

39:54

but I have to take you to that topic

39:57

eventually and slowly. Suddenly we start

39:59

talking about um uh dinosaurs and it

40:02

won't make sense to you. So it won't be

40:04

logical. It won't be connected. So our

40:06

data whatever we are writing

40:09

should make sense. You cannot just jump

40:11

to any data suddenly in writing or

40:13

speaking. That's that's why we have both

40:15

places coherence. It should be

40:17

connected. It should make sense. And yes

40:19

when when we have we are writing answers

40:21

in in coming sessions you will

40:23

understand corance in more detail

40:25

basically more details right. But

40:27

cohesion is something a little bit

40:28

different. So cohesion is the

40:30

stickiness. Stickiness in the sense how

40:32

some concepts um make sense together.

40:36

That is generally with the paragraphs.

40:39

For example, this paragraph is talking

40:40

about positive side of one thing. This

40:42

is negative side. This is also negative

40:44

side. Then what do we do? We start this

40:46

paragraph normally.

40:48

We write negative sentence here or

40:50

negative part which is something let's

40:52

say however or in contrast to show

40:54

contrast. So this connectivity is called

40:57

cohesion or stickiness right but they

41:00

both are ideas about some topic one

41:02

topic but they are opposite ideas about

41:05

one topic so that topic has to be here

41:07

this is called cohesion so cohesion is

41:09

when let me just make it clear to you

41:11

okay what is coherence and cohesion

41:13

because I don't want you to go with a

41:15

doubt

41:16

coherence

41:19

is connected

41:21

plus logical I I'll tell you a nice uh

41:24

example that to to make sense. Okay.

41:27

Fine.

41:29

So what if I want to talk about a forest

41:32

which contains snake, spiders and other

41:35

animals and if you go there you might

41:37

not survive. Okay. So we have the word

41:39

forest,

41:41

we have snakes,

41:43

we have uh spiders

41:47

and then we have survival. Okay. I

41:49

cannot suddenly write that snakes

41:51

spiders are there you won't survive in a

41:53

forest. No, we can start with uh last

41:56

week I read about uh the most dangerous

41:58

forest. It is probably in South America.

42:02

It can it has lot of poisonous snakes

42:05

and uh not just them we also have the

42:08

most uh dangerous spiders and some of

42:11

them are in the category of tarantulas.

42:14

If a person goes there try living with

42:17

these animals they won't survive at all.

42:18

You see there these are connected using

42:21

what? using ideas. They're connected

42:23

ideas and I connect with them with the

42:25

sentences. I didn't use extra words to

42:28

connect with them in between. They are

42:30

ideas connected. But what about

42:31

cohesion? Cohesion is if I use extra

42:35

words to make sense. For example,

42:39

she is uh weak. Okay. She will win.

42:44

Fine. Now if you look at this one can I

42:47

can I connect them using anything any

42:50

other one word one word or two words

42:53

whatever you want to connect with we can

42:55

>> exactly but I can use though initially

43:00

although I can use as well. So what are

43:02

we doing here we are not creating a

43:05

logic or sense we are connecting with

43:07

them with this sticky word called but or

43:09

though or although right this is what we

43:13

call cohesion the stickiness. This is

43:14

what the ideas are. Then what is

43:17

fluency? Can anyone define fluency? I

43:20

have great words. I have great

43:22

sentences. No grammatical errors. My

43:24

grammar is fine. Right? Everything is

43:27

fine. I have exposure to the language,

43:29

to the culture and everything. But what

43:31

if I start speaking way too fast?

43:35

Will that be considered fluent?

43:38

My speech?

43:41

No.

43:42

Even if everything is fine, if my pace

43:45

is higher than what is required,

43:48

then I won't be considered fluent

43:50

because people cannot understand me.

43:53

That's it. If people cannot understand

43:56

me, that means my fluency is gone. But

43:59

because what what is happening uh

44:02

because we are humans we can you know

44:04

understand that if you record on

44:06

computers and try to convert your text

44:08

your your audio into text if you take

44:11

too many pauses automatically they will

44:12

say that I don't understand it please

44:14

start again

44:16

right so basically if a person enjoys at

44:20

the same time understands your language

44:21

that is what we call fluency and now

44:24

there are multiple factors no

44:25

interruption effortlessly and no um no

44:28

let's fumbling or you have pace as well

44:32

included in that everything includes in

44:34

fluency. We don't need to go in depth

44:36

but understanding is the most important

44:38

part right but how do we enhance it?

44:41

This is what fluency is but how do we

44:43

enhance our fluency? Fluency can only be

44:46

enhanced by one thing practicing with a

44:49

partner. If somebody tells you just

44:51

reading a book will help no reading a

44:52

book will be a catalyst not the main

44:55

material. Fluency can only be you know

44:58

achieved by helping with a partner with

45:00

talking with a partner and you can find

45:02

partner in three different places. Okay.

45:05

The first place is at your home in your

45:09

surrounding let's say your friends

45:11

family partner uh siblings you have your

45:14

parents your your relatives who whoever

45:16

so your neighbor ask them every day 10

45:19

minutes can we have have a talk every

45:20

day in English if they are fine with

45:22

that best the best because you can meet

45:24

them second one we will create a group

45:28

of all of you right where you can um ask

45:32

each other can you guys can we discuss

45:34

uh every day some topic Guys, can we uh

45:36

do a group practice? Can we do

45:38

one-on-one practice with each other? You

45:40

can have such partner, right? Number

45:43

three,

45:45

there's a website to meet native

45:47

speakers for free. Okay, native speakers

45:51

can help you and you can help native

45:53

speakers and I had around 10 to 15

45:55

friends like this online and they are

45:58

there only to learn languages. There's a

46:00

website you there you go. So I'm going

46:03

to share here the link conversation

46:05

exchange. Here what do we do? We first

46:07

of all create a profile called sign up.

46:09

Once we sign up we do we click on

46:12

search. Once we click on search you can

46:13

see here you have to describe the person

46:15

you want to meet

46:18

right or you want to speak. So we are

46:21

looking for a person who can of course

46:23

uh speak in English because we are

46:24

looking for uh not espiranto English.

46:27

And what is that person learning your

46:29

native language? For example, let's say

46:31

my native language is Hindi, Punjabi,

46:33

Gujarati or whatever it is. So I click

46:35

on that or Udu, whatever it is, Hebrew.

46:37

Let's say click on Hindi for now. And

46:40

which country are they from? Which town,

46:42

which province, wherever you want to go

46:44

with it. Let's say I write Canada here.

46:46

I mean in the country. And I can select

46:48

that only people from Canada will appear

46:51

in the result. I want to meet them face

46:53

to face or I want to just write them or

46:55

I want to use Skype, chat, any any chat

46:58

message. You can select here.

47:00

age, gender, everything you can select

47:02

and click on search and you will see

47:05

there are people uh from let's say Egypt

47:08

teaching English let's say or they want

47:10

to learn these many languages but they

47:12

are going with English

47:14

uh another person from Egypt there's a

47:16

there's a lady from Japan there's a man

47:18

from Egypt there's um UK there is Italy

47:21

there is Croatia there is uh Spain so

47:25

every place Canada we have we have

47:28

France so basically

47:30

You will find people and they have no

47:32

know thumbs up or thumbs down. That

47:34

means these people are really good and

47:36

helpful. So you get thumbs up and thumbs

47:38

down as well. You can see here sit here

47:40

helps a lot

47:42

and and you can say um Tristan helps a

47:45

lot helps a lot. People like to talk and

47:48

you know discuss. So basically this is

47:51

how it works. The last uh rule that we

47:54

have that is separate completely for

47:57

writing and speaking and in writing and

47:59

speaking we have something called task

48:03

response and task achievement. Let's

48:05

just write here task achievement and

48:08

task response. Let's just make it a

48:11

little bit readable and only one here

48:15

and that is enough pronunciation.

48:18

Oh my god.

48:21

ation. Okay, it's fine.

48:23

The first one is called task achievement

48:25

in writing and they have two. This is

48:28

for part one of writing. This is part

48:30

two of writing. Why do have why have

48:33

they they created it separately? You

48:35

know why not just one? Because in part

48:37

one they are asking you questions where

48:40

they don't want you to share your story.

48:42

They want only what you see on the

48:45

image. They don't want to change

48:46

anything. So basically there's a report

48:49

there's a there's an image. If you

48:50

change in the image, you're wrong. So

48:51

you achieve whatever they ask for.

48:54

There's no response required. That means

48:57

your input doesn't matter. What matters

48:59

is what do you see is what you write

49:01

based on the image. Task response is in

49:04

essays because every person will write

49:06

different review or view or opinion in

49:09

essays and they have different reasons

49:10

for their opinion. That's why response

49:12

is used in task two that is essay

49:15

writing.

49:16

Right? So this is what we have in essay

49:18

writing and um and then in part one and

49:21

part two you will I I'll show you in

49:22

detail um some examples or in detail

49:25

what is achievement and response later

49:27

but basically whatever question is based

49:30

on that what responses you provide is

49:32

for essay and whatever the image is if

49:35

you write proper uh report for that that

49:37

is for achievement right pronunciation

49:40

is different now people mix

49:43

pronunciation with accent it's not

49:45

accent

49:47

I'll explain that. So there are three

49:49

words and um I want all of you to

49:52

pronounce them to mark this one and

49:56

let's say this one

50:00

and uh this one.

50:04

Now can you can you pronounce three

50:06

other words just in one go?

50:08

>> Tomato, photography and academic.

50:11

>> All of you write about this. None of you

50:14

write about these and and because we all

50:17

are doing this that's why it feels it's

50:18

correct. It's not. I'll explain in a

50:20

second. So what happens is tomato or

50:24

this tomato can be pronounced three

50:26

different ways and three of them are

50:27

correct. We have US, UK and India.

50:32

In US it is pronounced as tomato. T is

50:35

pronounced as D and um A is E like we

50:39

have in in UK it's U

50:42

it's bath in US is bath right b so what

50:46

what is happening here tomato becomes in

50:49

UK tomato a is a and t is t when we

50:53

combine both of them we get India tomato

50:56

and that is fine three of them are

50:58

correct

51:00

but here we have something called

51:02

syllable stress syllable stress Syllable

51:05

stress is some part of the word will be

51:06

stressed to I don't know why languages

51:09

are languages right they have rules so

51:11

it's not photography because there is a

51:13

word called photograph which is correct

51:15

pronunciation if I add y here this

51:18

becomes photography the to is stress

51:21

basically this becomes photography same

51:24

goes for this word we have the word

51:28

academy without the plus part this is

51:30

academy this is correct now I cannot say

51:32

academic it's academic dynamic changes

51:35

something here. So please understand

51:37

that there is a change in every word

51:41

which is connected to some other word

51:43

because we remove Y doesn't mean that

51:45

it'll change. I mean it doesn't mean

51:46

this going to stay the same. If I add Y

51:49

meaning will I mean the pronunciation

51:50

will change that is pronunciation not

51:53

accent because we have syllable stress

51:54

there. Now how do we know if we are

51:56

pronouncing the word correctly? We don't

51:58

know that and we don't need to know that

51:59

otherwise you know you will revise all

52:01

the words that will take you months. We

52:04

don't have that much time. Then how do

52:05

we remember them? Well, the best way is

52:08

to watch movies or TV shows. And my

52:11

favorite in all this is Harry Potter.

52:16

Why? I'll explain. It's not because of

52:17

the story or I like um you know those

52:20

books or anything. No. So Harry Potter

52:23

has something amazing which no other

52:24

movie has which is the growth. For

52:28

example, in part one, the age of those

52:31

kids was around 5 to 7 years old. And

52:34

how crazy words can they use? Not that

52:36

crazy. A little bit good words, little

52:38

bit no easy words or medium words,

52:41

right? They used and and you can say A1

52:43

till C1 maximum.

52:47

Yes, we keep subtitle on initially.

52:48

Initially because we need to I'll tell

52:50

you the technique after this. Okay. By

52:53

the time the movie is on eth, they are

52:55

they are fully grown, right? every movie

52:58

with every movie they are growing the

52:59

language is increasing. So if you watch

53:01

eight movies properly with subtitles on

53:04

for a reason, how do I practice? I when

53:07

I'm watching the movie on on Netflix or

53:09

let's say prime generally these are

53:10

used. I pause the movie. So I I was

53:14

practicing somewhat let's say English uh

53:16

earlier for a little bit advanced

53:17

English uh medieval time English as

53:19

well. There was a TV show called um

53:23

uh it was available on Star. It was

53:25

called um the demon the winy demons.

53:31

It's it was about Leonardo that Vinci

53:33

one of my favorite uh TV show to enhance

53:36

your language but that is highest level

53:38

you can get right so don't go there yet

53:40

you'll get bored the Vinci demons is

53:42

amazing how Leonardo DaVinci lived his

53:45

youth you know how he um created those

53:48

those things and inventions and all

53:50

those things right

53:52

so in here I used to pause the movie or

53:54

the TV show and read those words by

53:56

myself and let the actor play

53:59

play the dialogue and I check oh same

54:02

then it's fine if it is not the same I

54:04

understand that write it down and then I

54:05

move on same way you can do it for the

54:08

eight movies it'll take you a month or

54:09

something but your pronunciation will

54:11

definitely definitely improve rather

54:13

than oh let me just collect 10,000 words

54:16

and and search everything in in a

54:18

dictionary online no it's going to be

54:20

very boring within 3 days or 2 days in

54:21

fact within one day itself you leave it

54:24

like it's boring but watching movies and

54:26

pausing them and check if I know is you

54:28

won't stop it. Right? So this is how you

54:32

can enhance your pronunciation or you

54:34

can like I said conversation extend is a

54:36

good tool where you will meet people

54:37

online and you you know you can

54:39

basically talk to them and you will

54:41

definitely improve from that as well. So

54:43

these are the two different ways either

54:45

watching watching movies or through um

54:49

um talking to people that are native

54:51

speakers right is listening structure.

54:55

So in listening we also have the same

54:57

structure of 40 questions. Okay, we have

55:01

40 questions. These 40 questions are

55:03

then divided in four sections. Remember

55:06

that listening, academic and general

55:08

training will get the same question

55:10

paper. No change at all. First thing.

55:12

Second in listening the time is not set.

55:16

It's based on the audio length. Sometime

55:19

duration can be 25 minutes, sometime 30,

55:21

maximum 35. I've not seen more than

55:23

that. Right.

55:25

And there is extra time and there are

55:27

two types of times available. When it

55:29

comes to CBT there is 2 minutes only and

55:33

when it comes to pen and paper uh let's

55:36

say we have around 10 minutes.

55:39

Why this extra time? Because in here all

55:42

the answers have to be copied. Only here

55:44

five to six answers have to be copied.

55:46

Rest of the answers can be directly

55:47

provided in the on the computer display.

55:50

So you don't need to need extra time for

55:52

every other question. That's why we have

55:53

less time in CBT, more time in uh extra

55:56

time in pen and paper. Right? Okay. What

55:59

about these 40 questions? How are they

56:00

divided? They divided in four sections.

56:02

Section one, section two, section three,

56:04

and section four. Remember that these

56:07

sections are created in order to make

56:09

you understand that all the scenarios

56:11

are important. They have created four

56:13

scenarios. Okay. The first scenario is

56:16

when they have a conversation going on

56:19

about everyday stuff. Okay.

56:22

everyday uh everyday context you can say

56:25

that

56:27

in this the difficulty level is quite

56:30

you can call it very easy. So the the

56:32

speed will be low and 10 questions will

56:35

be there in this I mean everywhere there

56:37

will be 10 questions no chance about

56:39

more or less but yes everyday context a

56:42

conversation and very easy question

56:44

types right in between section one there

56:48

will be breaks for example there are

56:50

five questions then a break and

56:52

remaining five or six questions four

56:54

questions after that but in between you

56:56

will have a break of time around 30 to

56:57

40 seconds you can read the question

56:59

then you can go to the next one Right?

57:02

After this is done, there is another

57:03

break here, sectional break and the

57:06

break continues till the end. Right?

57:08

Second scenario is a monologue. Instead

57:12

of conversation, this is a monologue.

57:14

Again, everyday context, it's not very

57:17

easy, but it is easy. You can say

57:18

difficulty level has changed. Again,

57:20

there will be two question types

57:21

available and there will be break in

57:23

between those question types. Again,

57:25

another break instead of monologue. Now

57:28

again we are going back to conversation

57:30

but everyday context will change to

57:32

academic context in the sense something

57:34

connected to studies they will ask

57:35

doesn't mean that general training

57:36

people don't have to go for that they

57:38

will have to do the same question paper

57:39

it's just they'll go to school and

57:41

create a scenario they'll go to to the

57:43

to a college and they'll create a

57:45

scenario this is what we call academic

57:47

context where they're talking about um

57:50

um lecture and two people are talking

57:52

about that or three so that's

57:53

conversation it's not easy in my opinion

57:57

it's difficult quite difficult compared

57:58

to the previous one. In fact, most

58:00

difficult section four is not that

58:02

difficult. I mean according to official

58:04

website it the difficulty keeps

58:05

increasing. Section four is difficult

58:07

according to them but according to me

58:09

this is the most difficult part. Section

58:10

three and here as well the questions

58:12

will be divided into parts. Part one and

58:15

then break and then part one. So five to

58:16

six here and then four to six there.

58:18

Right?

58:20

In this one we have monologue context is

58:24

academic same as previous one. The

58:27

difficulty level is high, right? But

58:29

here there's a problem. We don't have

58:31

any break in between. That means

58:32

question number 31 to 40 all will be in

58:36

one go. There is there are no breaks in

58:37

between. Here we have breaks. For

58:39

example, question 21 to 25 first and

58:41

then we have remaining. But here no

58:44

breaks. All the questions will be played

58:46

in one go. You will get initially some

58:47

time to look at question and understand

58:50

them. There there will be uh no time

58:53

apart from that. Right? So I'll show you

58:56

an example of that. I'll show you how

58:58

the question looks like. I mean the how

59:00

the exam looks like and then we'll we'll

59:01

go to because we have time. So we can go

59:04

understand a question type and we'll try

59:06

to solve it. Right? So if you look at

59:08

this one this is a listening uh one

59:10

second let me share my display and talk

59:12

about this. This is a listening question

59:14

type and we have to uh understand this

59:16

from the perspective of sections as well

59:18

as question type. Look at this one. We

59:21

have section one 1 to six. First they

59:23

will play and they will allow you to

59:25

look at question 1 to six and then we

59:27

have 7 to 10 before that there will be a

59:29

break and then again after 10th is done

59:31

section changes and then 11 to 16 in one

59:34

go they will give you a break before 11

59:36

to 16 around 30 to 40 seconds you read

59:39

the question and send them and then you

59:40

go to the next one which is 17 to 20 you

59:43

complete that we have another section in

59:45

this case again same thing you go on

59:47

till 30 but after 30 if you notice that

59:50

they haven't mentioned uh something like

59:52

31 1 to 36. No, 31 to 40. All the

59:55

questions in one go. This is section

59:58

four like I said.

60:01

Okay. So, this is the structure. Of

60:03

course, you don't have to solve any

60:04

question paper for now. We'll solve it

60:07

um in few days because we have to to

60:10

understand how the exam complete exam

60:12

feels like. Well, we'll do it. Is

60:14

listening answer in short. We have today

60:18

something called answer in short or

60:21

answer the following question whatever

60:23

question type you call them answer the

60:25

following question or answer in short in

60:27

listening

60:29

we have seen them in reading so you know

60:31

how it looks like they look exactly the

60:33

same what you see in reading but the

60:36

strategy is little bit different of

60:38

course it's reading right it's listening

60:40

I mean compared to reading it's

60:41

different so what do they look like and

60:43

how do we solve them first of all they

60:46

look exactly the same and And when it

60:47

comes to solving we have completely

60:49

different strategy.

60:51

Now first of all in this question type

60:54

you can see the instructions number of

60:56

words no more than three words. Clear?

60:58

Now comes question 11. The audio will be

61:01

played in the sequence of this question.

61:03

That means 11th information about 11th

61:05

will be played first and while they are

61:07

playing the information you write the

61:08

answer. Two words one word you can

61:10

easily write. Then they will talk about

61:11

12 then 13 and like this right.

61:15

Secondly, this question type is not in

61:17

the difficult side because it is in

61:18

either in section one or section two.

61:20

Rarely it is in section three or four.

61:22

Okay. So, it's in on easy side little

61:24

bit. Now coming to how do we solve it?

61:27

Remember there are two um categories of

61:32

information that we have. The first one

61:34

is before the audio what to do and

61:36

second one is during the audio because

61:38

after the audio everything is over. You

61:40

cannot do anything. Okay. So what is

61:44

this before the audio and during the

61:46

audio? Let me just write here before the

61:49

audio

61:50

and this is during the audio.

61:54

We'll understand two of these uh timings

61:56

and what to do in those timings. In both

61:59

the times before the audio and during

62:01

the audio you have to do you have to

62:02

take care of two steps. Step one and

62:04

step two here as well. Step one and step

62:06

two. What is that first step? First step

62:08

is to understand that initially you will

62:11

always get 30 seconds or 40 seconds even

62:14

some time um extra time to read the

62:17

questions and we're going to read we're

62:19

going to take care of this time um how

62:22

to say precisely as precisely as

62:24

possible and what do we do in this time

62:27

we do two things number one number one

62:31

we read the question and underline what

62:35

is the question about for example What

62:38

was the sea life center previously

62:40

called? It's about sea life center. And

62:42

number two, predict what could be the

62:44

answer? Answer could be a name because

62:46

they are saying what was it called? Sea

62:48

life center and a name of it. What is

62:52

the newest attraction called? Newest

62:54

attraction and a name of it. Main

62:57

feeding time. So main feeding and time

63:01

basically a time set time, right? Let's

63:03

take another example. What special event

63:05

will the sea life center arrange for

63:06

you? So we are talking about um special

63:09

event arrangement and name of an event.

63:13

This way you're kind of understanding

63:15

the question also writing down what are

63:16

we predicting from the question.

63:18

Wonderful. Once you do that and remember

63:22

that initially initially when you're

63:23

practicing in the the first week only

63:26

try to do the lengthy questions in the

63:28

initial time that is 30 to 40 seconds

63:30

time before they play the audio. Try to

63:32

go with the lengthy questions such as

63:34

11th is lengthy, 15th and 16th and 17th

63:36

are lengthy questions. 12, 13, 14 are

63:38

short questions. And why am I asking you

63:40

to do so? Well, the reason is because we

63:43

don't have that quick reading and

63:46

understanding comprehending power. So,

63:48

we tend to mess it up while reading

63:51

everything. So I'm asking you to read

63:53

only lengthy sentences and understand

63:56

them because we can easily read the

63:58

short ones while audio is being played

64:01

initially once your reading speed

64:04

increases or once you are uh or or later

64:08

when you're getting a grip on this

64:10

strategy of reading quickly you can read

64:12

all of them in one go but that you have

64:14

to test am I able to read seven

64:16

questions or six questions in one go and

64:17

guess the meaning guess the answer as

64:19

well as predict and everything so you

64:21

basically

64:23

It is based on how long it takes you. 7

64:26

days, 10 days, 8 days, 4 days, you never

64:28

know, right? Okay. So, the first one is

64:30

clear. Read the questions initially the

64:32

lengthy ones. Secondly, that you have to

64:35

do two things again. That is what is the

64:37

topic about and prediction. Done. What

64:39

about during the audio? During the audio

64:41

again, two things. Number one,

64:44

please remember there is something

64:45

called distraction.

64:48

distraction in the sense they will never

64:50

they're not going to tell you directly

64:51

the answer for example sea life center

64:53

previously was called this that will be

64:56

very easy then what do they do they

64:58

initially use different names such as

65:01

well we have many names names of sea

65:03

life center that people call it right

65:04

now and it is uh let's say xyz center

65:07

abc center um dolphin center whatever

65:11

they call it but the question is about

65:13

previously called and they are telling

65:16

us what it is called now and they say in

65:18

the past though it was called this

65:20

already in your head one answer is set

65:22

let's say ABC center because you heard

65:24

it first and and you're like okay this

65:26

could be the answer but because they

65:27

played on the words because you're

65:30

looking for a name for the CF center

65:32

they used it but not for previously now

65:34

this is called distraction let's say

65:37

what is the main feeding time they could

65:39

say well the feeding time was this XY Z

65:42

or let's say 2:00 or 5:00 or 7:00 but we

65:46

uh we didn't like the time and now it is

65:48

this well they're not asking about past

65:50

they are asking now right when is right

65:53

now so this is called distraction they

65:55

will try to distract you as much as

65:56

possible that's how they test how well

65:58

you are in listening second one is

66:01

domain

66:03

let's say you are pretty smart you read

66:05

the first question you understood it and

66:07

distraction you remove you found the

66:08

answer but you stayed at number 11 you

66:11

didn't know how to jump and when to jump

66:13

to number 12 then you're gone

66:16

Only one answer you found it correctly

66:18

good second it's a problem domain in the

66:21

sense where are they right now are there

66:24

se life center name or they at newest

66:26

attraction called where are they how do

66:28

we recognize that from the topic if they

66:31

start talking about attraction something

66:33

latest something newest something name

66:35

of an attraction either you are at 12 if

66:38

they start talking about time or

66:40

something about feeding animals or

66:42

something like that they are number 13th

66:44

so we have to understand the domain that

66:46

means when have they switched based on

66:48

this topic. Second way of understanding

66:51

the way they have switched is they use

66:53

words such as uh well then all right

66:56

then we are jumping to or main feeding

66:58

time well let's talk about that. So they

67:01

they use this change of tone or

67:03

something like that. Sometimes they take

67:05

a pause of half a second. All these

67:07

hints you will understand once you

67:09

listen to the audio. But yes, this

67:11

question type is not on the difficult

67:12

side but yes it it's creating a base of

67:15

listening that is all these things you

67:16

have to do in the coming question types.

67:18

Little bit added will be extra will be

67:20

added but this is the base of your

67:22

listening domain will always be there

67:24

distraction will always be there and

67:26

before the audio you have some time as

67:27

well. This is the base right listening

67:30

form completion.

67:33

Did you ever receive a call from anyone

67:35

for anyone let's say where saying uh

67:38

okay you bought something sir but your

67:40

order was not delivered on time uh we

67:43

need to find a solution for that. Did

67:45

you receive any call from customer care

67:47

like this earlier? Multiple times. Okay.

67:50

Did you ever receive a call that you

67:52

were about to um you were going for a

67:55

trip and your travel agent wanted to get

67:58

information ma'am what's your sir what's

68:00

your name and when are you traveling and

68:02

all those stuff we had this calls right

68:04

this every day right this situation is

68:07

called form filling in real life so what

68:10

what happens there is it's 99% a call

68:14

people don't come with a form in their

68:15

hand right oh let me fill the form that

68:18

becomes a survey more than a form

68:20

filling

68:20

The same type of question or same

68:23

situation comes up in IEL's listening.

68:27

So what happens in listening? There's a

68:29

question type called form filling

68:32

a form completion we call it in ins.

68:35

Okay. In this situation we have two

68:37

people talking. Let's call it person A

68:39

and person B. They're always over a

68:41

call. And in this situation one they're

68:44

discussing about details to fill. For

68:46

example, a might ask let's say this

68:48

person is uh the customer care or the

68:52

owner of the company asking you question

68:53

whatever it is okay they're asking you

68:55

question you can do you can do this you

68:58

can do that with our service or you can

68:59

get the the package ready whatever it is

69:02

okay you can get it your house clean

69:04

with our service whatever basically

69:05

they're asking you information over a

69:08

call to fill their form right and what

69:11

do they ask name generally uh area code

69:14

of the area or address or the date on

69:17

which you want to get the service done

69:19

or the a package number or ID whatever

69:21

it is. So you have multiple details

69:23

possible.

69:24

This question type is only possible in

69:27

section one. And you know what happens

69:30

in section one. It's the most easiest in

69:33

a way.

69:34

Fine. So we have uh this question type

69:37

in section one. It's the easiest and it

69:39

will be pretty slow. And the best part

69:41

I'll show you when I show you the

69:42

question how it looks. You have so

69:44

little to read that you can easily

69:46

listen to what they are saying. This

69:49

question type is in section one. That's

69:50

where that's why they're not going to

69:52

give lengthy statements and everything

69:54

huge. They're not going to do that.

69:56

They're not going to do that. So if I

69:57

show you the question type or the sample

69:59

here, you will say Sam it's it's baby's

70:02

task. Anyone can do that question. Okay.

70:04

So let me share my display and we can

70:06

continue. If you look at this one, you

70:08

can see it's from section one. Phone

70:11

number definitely we will fill phone

70:13

number here. US address. Continuity of

70:16

the address. So address will be filled

70:17

here. We are looking for a day. Here we

70:19

are looking for a uh again another day.

70:22

Here we are looking for storage time.

70:24

Here so basically it's easy to recognize

70:27

what we are filling first of all less to

70:29

read and of course the audio is slow

70:31

like I said. Then what is the problem?

70:34

How can we say that this will be uh this

70:36

could be a difficulty to find answer?

70:38

Yes, there are few things tiny things.

70:40

Number one is that because it is on a

70:43

call keep your volume little bit high

70:46

little bit high because sometimes what

70:48

happens in a call one person is speaking

70:49

in in a different way another person is

70:51

speaking uh in a in a normal way. So

70:54

basically one will be recorded directly

70:56

so it will be clear but the call

70:58

recording for that other person will be

70:59

a little bit weak. So keep your volume

71:01

little bit higher to understand what

71:03

they're saying. one thing. Second,

71:07

do not skip anything in the question.

71:10

For example, I found this answer, this

71:12

answer, this answer, this answer. Don't

71:13

jump to this one. We have something to

71:16

keep a track on. That means they will

71:18

have to talk about 11th March. They have

71:19

to talk about 5:00 p.m. Then they will

71:21

go to number five. They have to there's

71:24

no chance about that,

71:26

right? So, please don't skip. Do not

71:29

skip information. We have to understand

71:32

that if you skip information, we are

71:34

gone. We have problem, right? So do not

71:37

skip information. Keep the information

71:38

in the queue. Last but not the least,

71:41

numbers. Numbers are crazy. Especially

71:43

the number zero. So what happens to

71:46

zero? They because it is pronounced in

71:47

different ways such as O, we have not,

71:51

we have zero. Three ways we have. So you

71:54

know if they use this any of the way you

71:57

might get confused. they say uh 630 uh

72:00

01. So now you say what is O? You're

72:03

confused in the between and that time

72:04

the audio is gone. So these are the

72:06

three things that we have. Keep your

72:07

volume high. do not skip information

72:09

because we need to keep the sequence a

72:12

and numbers might be little bit trouble

72:14

such as O or not because in in US they

72:17

use not one course one not one and O is

72:20

used in UK

72:22

right so sometimes they use this

72:24

sometimes they use that sometimes they

72:26

use zero as well that's all that's what

72:28

we have to understand otherwise this

72:29

question type is very easy

72:31

>> IS listening map labeling

72:34

>> map labeling is not a big problem until

72:36

unless you understand the technique It's

72:38

very simple. It it's straightforward.

72:40

You have a map mentioned. You have

72:42

somewhere data mentioned and you try to

72:45

find the answer, you can easily find the

72:46

answer. When I say simple, when I say

72:48

simple, there's a difference between um

72:51

simple and difficult. So simple one is

72:53

in a map when questions are mentioned in

72:57

the in inside the image and options are

72:59

outside. How is this simple? Sequence is

73:02

maintained

73:04

in the question number. Right? So we

73:06

have 11 12 13 14 15

73:12

right. So it goes like this. The audio

73:14

will go like this. Basically they will

73:16

go in this sequence. So they will go

73:17

like this and talk about this like this.

73:20

You know that which path they're going

73:21

to take easily you can find the answer

73:24

unless and until you take care of few

73:25

things which are okay um where did they

73:28

enter in the image? Well, they have an

73:31

arrow for now. They can enter from

73:32

anywhere. But import most importantly,

73:34

they'll talk about 11th for for sure

73:36

first that that we have to mention,

73:38

right? Good.

73:40

And we have something called landmarks.

73:42

For example, library and desk. They have

73:44

close to library and desk. This one

73:46

above library area or left or

73:47

non-fiction here. Right of uh seminar

73:50

room is here and all those things here.

73:51

Right? Sometime instead of right and

73:54

left, they can use the word east and

73:55

west and south and north. Remember that

73:57

in any map always the upward direction

74:00

is always north. Opposite of that is

74:03

south. Left is always the west. Remember

74:07

that. Why? Think think about your

74:09

country's map. Your country's map where

74:12

is the west looking at the map it's

74:14

always on the the left and the right is

74:16

always the east part. So if they say go

74:19

in easterly direction when it comes to

74:20

seminar room we have something. Oh

74:22

you're talking about 14th for sure. Now

74:25

so it's easy because the ima in the

74:27

image we have question numbers and you

74:29

know which which when they will talk

74:31

about so 11th they will jump to 12th

74:33

then 13th then 14th then 15 this is not

74:35

the problem if you get this kind of

74:37

image it's very easy straightforward

74:39

easily you can find the answer the

74:41

problem is when it comes to the

74:43

difficult type what is a difficult type

74:46

where they put the questions outside the

74:48

image and what it will look like you

74:50

will see you will understand what I'm

74:52

trying to say now in In this case, what

74:53

do we have? First of all, you see the

74:56

questions are outside the image. Now,

74:59

cafe will be discussed first, which

75:01

could be answer C. Toilets will be

75:03

discussed second. The answer could be A.

75:05

Now, look, they're jumping here. Next

75:07

one is whatever formal gardens, they

75:09

could be going to edge directly. Now,

75:10

they they can go any direction. So, now

75:13

we have an issue. The issue is not even

75:15

this. This is a tiny issue. Okay, they

75:16

can jump to any direction. Along with

75:19

that we have one more issue that we have

75:22

to listen to three different things at

75:23

the same time. Number one we have to

75:26

read the whatever we have in here.

75:30

Number two we have to listen to the

75:31

audio. Of course without that what how

75:33

will you solve in listening right? And

75:35

number three we have to look at the

75:36

image and if anywhere if you miss 5

75:39

seconds of either of them either reading

75:41

while listening or listening while

75:43

reading or looking while listening and

75:44

reading you're gone. 5 seconds gone, the

75:47

synchronization is gone and your answer

75:49

is incorrect. You're confused. So this

75:51

combination of multiple things is what

75:55

creates problem. We cannot do that,

75:58

right? We cannot do that. So how do we

76:00

solve this problem? Well, in this

76:02

equation of three different things, we

76:04

can remove one of them.

76:07

How can we remove one of them? Well,

76:09

understand that humans can actually

76:12

remember stuff more than you think.

76:15

So what you have to do now is look,

76:18

listen and read at the same time. You'll

76:20

be reading these things. You'll be

76:22

looking into the image and listening the

76:24

audio like that's my point. Too much

76:26

combination of you know chances of going

76:28

wrong are high now because you have

76:30

multiple things to do. Yes, what you're

76:32

saying is okay we can do this. Yes, but

76:34

still the question type is difficult

76:35

because 3 seconds 4 seconds here and

76:38

there gone. It's gone. So the method

76:40

where that we have is can we remove the

76:42

looking part? we can reduce the amount

76:45

we have to look into the image or at

76:46

least we can remember the image. You

76:48

will you will see that how. So we have a

76:51

technique called temporary memory

76:53

invocation technique that what do we do?

76:55

We try to remember the image within a

76:56

span of 9 to 10 seconds. And how to do

76:58

that? We have to focus on the image for

77:02

9 to 10 seconds. When you do that your

77:05

retina has this energy or power of

77:08

remembering things. And when you look at

77:11

any image for 9 to 10 seconds, it is

77:13

imprinted in your head for another two

77:16

to three minutes easily. Easily. Now if

77:18

you blink anywhere anywhere basically on

77:21

the wall, you would see some kind of

77:22

image in your head. Do you see that?

77:25

Yes. That's that that means the the data

77:28

is stored in your brain somewhat. Not

77:30

definitely everything, right? You cannot

77:32

just draw it. But you would know almost

77:34

70 to 80%. See how how crazy our brain

77:37

is. Look at this one.

77:39

And without even looking at the image,

77:41

you said from south gate to north gate,

77:43

there was something on the right side.

77:44

It's glass houses.

77:47

Now almost 80% of the time you don't

77:49

have to look into the even if you miss.

77:50

I'm not saying don't look. I'm saying

77:52

look. But in the case you miss the

77:55

listening looking part is almost over

77:57

now.

77:58

So you will make lesser mistakes now.

78:02

In fact no mistakes because you know the

78:04

path already. Okay. We go from south

78:06

gate lake towards the lake lake. go

78:08

about old museum and on the corner we

78:10

have a turn now you know where we are

78:12

talking about yes misunderstanding could

78:14

happen even after practicing million

78:16

times because that is oh by mistake I

78:18

heard something that's that's different

78:19

but technique says that if you remember

78:22

certain image like this you can easily

78:24

find the answer

78:26

one more thing one more thing we have uh

78:29

a document which says that it's um

78:32

vocabulary related to maple labeling we

78:34

have a document available in your Google

78:36

drive u in the same folder. Please

78:38

download it and print it. It'll be very

78:40

useful for you for map leveling and even

78:42

for reading and any any any part you can

78:44

have this and it has a lot of words and

78:47

phrases which are useful. Um, of course

78:49

I'm not going to explain each and every

78:50

word you can go through it. If you find

78:52

a problem you can ask me to listening

78:54

sentence completion. Now before we

78:56

proceed towards listening sentence

78:58

completion we also have to understand

78:59

what is section four in listening. Let's

79:03

talk about it here clearly. listening

79:06

section four is something which is a

79:08

nightmare for many people and the reason

79:10

for that is from section 1 to section

79:13

three let's say section one plus uh let

79:16

me just get rid of it plus section two

79:18

plus section three every time we have

79:21

each section we have breaks in between

79:23

that means two question types question

79:25

type one question type two one two one

79:27

like this and in between you will have a

79:29

break of 30 20 to 30 seconds right but

79:32

in section four we don't have a break

79:34

that means Here we they're asking 1 to 5

79:37

and then or 1 to 6 and then 5 to 10 then

79:39

here. So they keep taking breaks. So I

79:42

was talking about section four. In

79:43

section 4 we don't have breaks. That

79:45

means question number 31 to 40 will be

79:47

in one go. There will be initially only

79:50

one break which is yes longer than these

79:53

breaks which is around 60 to 70 seconds

79:55

before they play the audio. You have

79:57

ample time to read the questions. But

79:59

that's not the problem. One of the

80:01

problem is this that we have multiple

80:03

questions in one go. Second problem is

80:06

these questions are so many they look

80:08

very simple I 10 questions only but

80:10

because the audio becomes 8 minutes long

80:12

sometimes 7 minutes long continuous

80:14

audio and you have to keep listening to

80:16

it and write the answer no breaks in

80:18

between you get bored your concentration

80:21

goes down and because of that finding

80:23

answer becomes difficult sometime that

80:26

happens I'm not saying all the time

80:28

you'll be not concentrated because it is

80:30

about only one person speaking it's a

80:32

monologue so when A monologue is uh it's

80:35

kind of a lecture about some topic um

80:37

and let's say rock formation or water

80:41

cycle or carbon cycle whatever it is and

80:44

um when they're discussing they have

80:45

some blanks or any kind of question

80:47

which is matching with that information

80:49

and they'll ask you sentence completion

80:51

is one of those kinds you know in

80:53

section four so sentence completion

80:55

could be in section two three very

80:59

rarely I've seen three but yeah three is

81:01

mainly made for MCQs section four mainly

81:04

Yes, this question type can be there.

81:06

So, we have to be careful about this

81:09

part that we don't get bored. And yes,

81:10

we have some strategies. But I have to

81:12

tell you this, these are some challenges

81:14

that we have in section four. Okay. Now,

81:16

what about the question? If it is in

81:18

section two, we have some hints. If it

81:20

is in not in section two, in section

81:22

four we have some different hints along

81:24

with what we're going to discuss now,

81:26

we'll have more hints. Now, what we have

81:28

discussed earlier will be definitely be

81:30

applicable here for sure. like you know

81:33

you have a prediction you have uh during

81:36

the audio and after the audio. Do you

81:38

guys remember that?

81:39

>> Yes. So there were two things be during

81:41

the before the audio we have to worry

81:43

about. What are those two things before

81:45

audio?

81:47

So first one was read the long sentences

81:49

and after you read what do you do?

81:50

Predict what it is about. Yes. Along

81:53

with

81:54

>> predictive plus topic. So let's say this

81:56

is a lengthy sentence. You need to have

81:58

a blank to buy a ticket for £10. Ticket

82:01

for £10. And we're looking for something

82:03

like a ID or a paper or something that

82:06

you need to buy something or money

82:08

maybe. Right? Same way here the cost of

82:11

ticket bus ticket includes entrance to

82:13

the blank. So we're looking for um a

82:16

noun and a place name where you can

82:18

enter basically entrance to some place

82:20

like that. Right? Okay. So they the same

82:23

these are the before audio after audio

82:26

or no there's no after during the audio.

82:28

We have something these are the are two

82:30

things for during the audio. What are

82:31

those things?

82:33

>> Step.

82:34

>> Sequence. Okay, that's called domain.

82:36

That's the second. What was the first?

82:38

If you remember,

82:43

distraction.

82:47

Distraction in the sense whenever

82:49

there's a question being played, of

82:50

course you know that. Okay, let's say

82:52

this is the first one. Now, they're not

82:54

going to tell you directly this is the

82:55

answer. They will say that for example,

82:57

because this is about £10. They might

82:58

say that well for £20 ticket you have to

83:02

have this. For uh if you want to buy a

83:04

ticket for £30 we have this but if you

83:07

want for £10 we have this. Now because

83:09

they are numbers there's a word called

83:11

buy. We might put the previous one word

83:14

as an answer. So if you notice that we

83:17

have something called distraction. They

83:18

will play with you with your mind. They

83:20

try to provide another answer. And if

83:22

you have read the initial part done the

83:24

initial part this can be solved. Domain

83:26

is where are you right now. For example,

83:28

you need to have a blank and they're

83:30

talking about ticket for some amount.

83:31

They're talking about

83:33

uh some things you need to buy the

83:35

ticket and all those stuff, right? But

83:37

as soon as they change the theme, they

83:39

will talk about the bus tour or some

83:41

duration or some time. Basically, that

83:43

means they have jumped to number 16th.

83:46

We have to recognize this. Where are

83:49

they? That's called domain. That means

83:52

which question are they on based on

83:53

these hints? If they're talking about

83:55

let's say entering some place cost of

83:57

ticket or something like that any of the

83:59

hints you underline those hints

84:00

highlight those hints in the case of CBT

84:02

they have reached to 70 if you reach to

84:05

the right question at the right time if

84:08

you remove the distraction by

84:09

understanding the question in the

84:10

previous one everything fits then you

84:13

will not go for the incorrect answer if

84:15

one of them is missed for example you

84:17

did not understand the question and

84:18

you're searching for hints no if you

84:20

understood the question but you don't

84:22

know which question it is now Right?

84:24

Because domain is lost again incorrect

84:26

answer. So these things are

84:28

interconnected. That's why I made it

84:30

before uh the audio and during the

84:32

audio. Such things have to be followed

84:33

to find the answer. And this was used in

84:36

other types as well. So we don't it's

84:38

not something new for you guys. You you

84:40

tried it and it it worked out for you uh

84:43

easily, right? But the second type is

84:47

little bit difficult. It's difficult

84:49

because of its uh complexity on purpose.

84:52

Basically this is called sentence

84:54

completion. Let me let me share my

84:56

display and show you what I mean by

84:57

that. Sentence completion section four.

85:01

Section four I told you they will not

85:03

have a break. So you can see question

85:05

number 31 to 40 no breaks in between.

85:12

Now what what can happen is after two to

85:14

three questions because it is only one

85:17

person speaking not interesting some

85:19

topic about something you'll be like

85:21

okay it's okay and then it goes on and

85:23

suddenly you miss that one phrase and

85:24

it's gone this is one of the problem

85:27

right so how do we solve this first of

85:29

all remember that the best thing not the

85:32

first of all the the most important

85:34

thing are the subheadings

85:36

and every time we have section 4 you

85:38

will always get subheadings without

85:39

subheadings you cannot solve

85:42

Right? You will always have subheadings.

85:44

Subheadings help you to figure out two

85:46

things. Number one, let's say we have

85:49

ceramics and they're talking about

85:50

ceramics a lot. Right? So at least you

85:52

know this is all about ceramics. Second

85:54

at the end of the ceramics we have a

85:55

topic called bodkar quartz and

85:58

porcelain. So they are together when

85:59

they're discussed. That means okay this

86:01

is the end of ceramics. Now how do I use

86:04

it um you know psychologically to

86:07

enhance my concentration? I create

86:10

sections by myself and feel that oh I

86:13

completed something. So I create

86:14

subheading as one section. This is my

86:17

section one part one of that. So it's

86:19

section four part one. Section four part

86:22

two section four part three. So once

86:25

subheading ceramics is done that means

86:27

they have reached bodkar and quartz this

86:29

is done. Second they reach Romans and

86:32

glass this is done too. And the last one

86:34

we don't need this because there's

86:36

nothing apart from that. Right?

86:38

Moreover, not just this, we get it done.

86:40

If we are lost even in this, we know if

86:43

they are at birdare or Chinese pailing,

86:45

that means they are at the end of

86:46

section one. But yes, this strategy

86:49

always works. Now, what about the

86:52

solving strategy? The same as the

86:54

previous one. Read the lengthy sentences

86:56

first. Do the same u two uh things

86:59

before the audio, two things during the

87:01

audio. They're going to work the same

87:03

way but the subheadings will be a

87:05

different um addition you can say

87:08

additional strategy to help your

87:09

yourself to you know gain into um the

87:12

the easier way basically because there's

87:14

a lot to go through so we reduce the

87:16

amount we have to go through right

87:19

otherwise if it is in one go it becomes

87:22

hectic is listening flowchart completion

87:26

and if you notice the way flowcharts in

87:28

listening are mostly mostly I would say

87:31

has a very typical trend. Look at the

87:34

first word.

87:36

Every time the first word will be an

87:38

action,

87:40

isn't it? Look at this one. And and it's

87:41

very simple. Get complete book and

87:46

setup. Fine. Get what? Approval from

87:50

someone. So, we know we're looking for a

87:52

person or a group or someone, right? So,

87:54

someone let's write it here.

87:58

complete some type of form, book some

88:01

type of I don't know meeting or

88:05

conference or a call whatever set up

88:07

again some type of a call or conference

88:10

or something like that with these people

88:12

either here system analyst here

88:14

technologies uh team so look at this one

88:17

action prediction action action is very

88:20

simple to understand as well get

88:21

complete book setup straightforward

88:24

uh we'll go with the next one the next

88:26

one this one was simple le you know you

88:28

keep listening and answering very simple

88:30

second one little bit more difficult the

88:32

reason for that the difficulty is it's

88:34

not uh top- down flowchart it's typical

88:38

you know weird not atypical you can say

88:41

that weird flowchart it's a flowchart

88:43

there's a flow in there but not

88:45

straightforward first of all second

88:48

thing compared to the previous one it's

88:50

it contains a lot of information

88:53

lot of information right so this

88:55

question type if you notice it's really

88:57

you know complicated but it is not we'll

88:59

understand that how can we remove the

89:01

complication questions are the same if

89:03

you notice action and prediction just

89:05

get some from somewhere add something

89:08

see again the same thing we have seen

89:10

earlier get remove chop add something

89:14

again this is blank that means this is

89:16

an action blank and distribute material

89:18

action collect something action use

89:21

something heat something so all of them

89:23

are same thing no then what is the

89:25

problem the problem number One is the

89:27

audio will be pretty lengthy. That means

89:29

the recordings that we have will be

89:31

pretty lengthy almost let's say 3

89:33

minutes 4 minutes long sometimes and

89:36

what do they do there in theuh long

89:37

audio either they start with the first

89:40

question instantly within like like 10

89:42

seconds okay or sometime they explain

89:45

this initially either they explain at

89:47

the end or in the beginning it's up to

89:50

them we we cannot control that but yes

89:52

once they start the first question they

89:54

have to continue but they will have to

89:56

explain what is production what is paper

89:58

production what recycling and then jump

90:00

to first one. Sometime they do at the

90:02

end. We don't know that. So if they do

90:04

in the beginning of the recording you

90:06

might feel oh you missed the first one.

90:10

You might feel because for almost 1

90:12

minute they they don't want to tell you

90:14

if we are starting on the first one and

90:16

there's nothing like okay we are talking

90:18

about 21st now not like that right. So

90:20

we have to be careful about the first

90:21

one. If we miss the first one the

90:23

sequence is broken and you won't be able

90:25

to find the answer. So how do we know

90:27

that first one is spoken? First one

90:30

please pay attention lot especially in

90:32

large flowcharts. That means we have the

90:34

word get raw materials from someplace.

90:39

So from someplace can be considered in

90:41

one um sense like oh where can we get

90:44

raw material from factory you know a

90:47

person or let's say um let's say a place

90:50

or whatever it is. Okay. Um so that if

90:53

they they play about that that means

90:54

they are here getting something raw

90:57

material any word if they use synonym

90:59

that means they are reaching towards 21

91:02

you have to be very careful okay once

91:04

you understand that they have played the

91:06

21st answer for sure great now you have

91:09

uh removed one of the problem that means

91:11

initially audio lot or at the end audio

91:13

lot first thing second some people what

91:15

do they do after that they jump to

91:17

number 22 okay and they say that okay

91:20

now I'm waiting for this one don't do

91:21

them. The reason is this is important

91:25

for us to keep the sequence. Listen for

91:27

wait for them to talk about remove bark

91:29

and chop wood. Both of them have to be

91:32

discussed. Otherwise, what going to

91:34

happen? You lose the connection. You

91:36

lose the the sequence. So they will talk

91:39

about uh remove bark, they will talk

91:41

about job port, then they will come to

91:42

22nd one. Right? So keep an eye on this.

91:45

Okay, this is done. Okay, this is done.

91:47

Now I'm going to listen to this. So

91:49

don't just jump to anything else. keep

91:51

with the sequence even though there are

91:52

no blanks in there. The second thing not

91:54

just recording. Second, do not ignore uh

91:58

such things.

92:00

Okay, you understand what I'm talking

92:02

about such things in the sense where we

92:03

have no blanks. Do not ignore them.

92:05

Third, what some people do is they get

92:08

confused with the arrows. So we have

92:10

arrows here and here, there and

92:12

everywhere. So we are confused. Don't be

92:14

confused at all because the sequence is

92:18

only in the questions not in the arrows

92:19

here. So if 21st is here 22nd will be

92:22

after that 23rd will be after that yes

92:24

we have to pay attention in between but

92:26

this these arrows don't shouldn't

92:28

confuse you 22nd and then 23rd 24th and

92:31

25th so these these arrows and extra are

92:34

we don't care we care only for the

92:35

question number so the arrows can be

92:37

removed confusion based on that from the

92:40

question numbers right and if you do

92:42

these steps you know if you take care of

92:44

them done

92:47

lengy recording please pay attention

92:49

mention in the first one do not ignore

92:52

what is not mentioned here I mean if it

92:54

though no blank is mentioned in the

92:55

third instead of arrow pay attention to

92:57

the question three hints and the pre

92:59

previous one of course it's about you

93:01

know blank and action blank and action

93:04

simple you found the answer so we can

93:06

remove the problems with the initial

93:07

three tips now we have the biggest uh

93:12

difficulty it is it this question type

93:15

is

93:16

I would say going to give you nightmares

93:19

if we I don't find a solution for that

93:21

and this question type has options

93:24

lengthy statements and a flow

93:27

and an audio to play.

93:30

Now if we are talking about products if

93:32

I use the word advertising campaigns you

93:35

will jump to this one and choose this

93:36

answer.

93:39

They would do that. They would they

93:40

would play the audio and they would you

93:42

know with their trick use word somewhere

93:44

just to say that oh this could be the

93:46

answer but it is not true. The problem

93:49

is the text is really really long. You

93:51

can see that in each question and the

93:54

options are there. Now you have to

93:55

choose out of these. You cannot just

93:56

listen to the word. So you have to you

93:58

know change your attention from the

94:00

audio or the question reading to the

94:02

options and then back to the question.

94:04

This is a problem. So we have a problem.

94:07

Like I said if you understand why you

94:11

keep going with the why part your

94:13

solution comes out very quickly.

94:16

Whenever you have any difficulty in

94:18

finding any question type or anything in

94:20

life while running recognize why is it

94:24

happening why is it that is there a

94:25

difficulty in this case can and can can

94:27

you even tell me why is it a difficult

94:29

thing to find the answer because they

94:31

they do distraction they they do a lot

94:33

of distraction the reason it's difficult

94:36

is because there is a lot to read

94:40

and at the same time we have to find and

94:43

also read the options that is a problem

94:46

What if like we did in the case of map

94:48

labeling, we reduce something that we

94:50

have to read. And how do we do that? We

94:52

do that by reducing the length of the

94:55

question.

94:59

We do that by reducing the length of the

95:01

question. And and that that thing how do

95:03

we do? I'll tell you how do we do that.

95:06

Okay.

95:08

So there is a theory in mathematics.

95:10

mathematics book if we remove words can

95:13

be fitted in like 10 pages. Look at look

95:16

at this beauty. Okay. If I say that um

95:19

not say that let me just write it down.

95:20

Okay. Um

95:24

take a number

95:26

and

95:28

let's call

95:30

it x.

95:33

Take another number

95:37

and let's call it y.

95:42

Add both these numbers

95:47

and save them, store them

95:51

in zed. Can you say that in a very

95:54

simple term?

95:58

And if I read this, can you understand

96:00

this easily? Can we do that for the

96:02

questions?

96:04

Maybe. So, we have so much to read and

96:07

if we if I read keep reading this, I'm

96:09

waiting for what information do they

96:10

have, right? These are extra. Let's call

96:12

this an X. So, yeah, it's a number X.

96:14

There's number Y and number Z. That's

96:16

it. And we know that there's there's a

96:18

symbol for that. This symbol means this

96:21

symbol means let's add these numbers.

96:24

Such a lengthy phrase. This is called

96:26

equation theory. To shorten whatever we

96:28

have.

96:30

to shorten whatever we have. If I take

96:32

any statement, I can convert it into an

96:35

equation of words. How

96:40

something about

96:42

the product

96:47

uh led to wider customer base is more

96:50

customers.

96:53

This is our blank and this is an

96:56

equation. If it does not fulfill our

96:58

equation, we leave it. Take a lengthy

97:00

sentence, you know, long sentence. Let's

97:01

see. Greater customer demand meant other

97:03

blank were needed.

97:06

More demand.

97:08

Okay. Equal to something. Let's just

97:11

write it like this. Needed. Now you

97:14

won't read even the question. You will

97:16

say more demand, something needed. Let's

97:18

wait for them to talk about demands and

97:19

see what is needed. Until unless this

97:22

equation is not fulfilled, you will say

97:24

there's no that is not the correct

97:25

answer. Here you're reading each and

97:27

every word again and again. Here you're

97:29

reading how many? 1 2 and 3. This one is

97:31

just just a blank. Instead of reading 1

97:34

2 3 4 5 6 7, you're reading three.

97:39

Instead of reading 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

97:43

you're reading three.

97:48

And secondly, secondly, if the equation

97:51

does not fulfill, that means there is no

97:54

chance that that could be correct

97:56

correct answer. For example, x + y = 2.

97:59

Nothing can fulfill this until unless x=

98:02

1. If I say guys, can x be 5? Say not

98:06

possible. It does not fulfill. Same way

98:08

here if they play the audio. If they say

98:10

that, oh, we are not getting much

98:12

customers because of the design. You

98:14

said okay, I don't care about this. But

98:16

because the way we proceed and show

98:18

values in uh in our company for the

98:20

product, we are getting customers. So,

98:22

okay, it's about the values.

98:25

If it is does if it does not fulfill we

98:27

don't care about that word and trust me

98:29

it's very easy then it becomes 200 times

98:33

easier now but the only problem that you

98:35

might have initially is how do we create

98:38

equations so quickly

98:41

right how do we create equations because

98:43

sometime we put the blank in the between

98:44

some uh in initial part sometime we put

98:46

the blank after the equation it's up to

98:49

you how do you want to do that but yes

98:51

initially it might be difficult later

98:53

you might make it very easy Why? Why

98:55

can't why don't we do that one thing

98:56

then? Why? Let's let's create an

98:58

equation for number 29.

99:00

Create an equation for number 29.

99:04

Let me just write it down if I can make

99:06

it easier.

99:19

Making sense?

99:23

This is extended. Okay.

99:27

Customer complaints equal to blank

99:29

changed.

99:31

Something has to be changed. Something

99:33

has to be changed because there were

99:35

complaints. Now they have mentioned word

99:37

complaint and no they changed brought

99:40

and changes to the blank. Why don't we

99:43

change the word for what we can

99:44

understand? Because complaints yeah more

99:47

or less same thing. What was changed is

99:50

brought the changes. Yeah that's

99:51

changed.

99:53

So try it. See this is what I meant. If

99:55

you want to get this method like crazy

99:58

easy even in any not just this question

100:01

type any question type if you want to

100:02

shorten the statement you can use this

100:04

method. The only thing is it'll take

100:05

time for you to practice. Converting the

100:08

whole statement into three words and a

100:10

blank is you know initially difficult

100:13

but later once you know this method it's

100:15

so damn easy then to find answers in

100:17

listening getting 8.5 to 9 becomes

100:21

really easy. IELTS listening table

100:24

completion

100:25

>> it's in listening and it's very easy why

100:28

because it's a table and secondly the

100:30

information is very little you know to

100:33

fill basically there's not much

100:35

information in tables and because it is

100:37

section one or two maximum so what

100:39

happens in there sequence is maintained

100:41

how much to read little third prediction

100:45

is like baby's task look at this one if

100:48

you look at this eighth one you can

100:50

without even taking more than 10 seconds

100:53

you can say oh I know what the answer

100:55

might be a number reflectance rate of

100:57

this material approximately definitely a

101:00

number

101:02

okay same reflectance rate for quarry

101:05

tile something like this and here I'm

101:07

looking for a material because they have

101:09

mentioned material name here this is how

101:11

easy it is because you don't have to

101:13

think what kind of answer I'm looking

101:14

for secondly these are not sentences

101:17

these are phrases so finding answer in

101:19

here is just paying attention to this

101:21

and they're discussing ing first this

101:22

one then this then this one then this so

101:24

basically they keep going with a

101:26

sequence and voila it's simple even the

101:30

most difficult ones look like you know I

101:32

can solve them anytime I want yeah we

101:35

have word count that is that you have to

101:36

notice otherwise it's it's not that

101:38

difficult if you even count the number

101:40

of words you have to read so 1 2 3 4 5 6

101:45

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 words which are almost

101:51

sometimes we have in MCQ one option

101:54

which has 13 words so this is how easy

101:57

it is okay so I would suggest all of you

101:59

to not worry about it just try to solve

102:02

one example of 2 minutes not more than

102:04

that and if you feel it's easy do not

102:06

even think about solving it more maybe

102:09

before during mock test you might get it

102:12

then it's the best way to solve

102:13

otherwise no extra practice required for

102:15

table completion

102:16

>> is listening summary completion

102:19

>> summary completions Sometime you might

102:21

need to practice sometime but not all

102:24

the time. Remember yesterday we were

102:25

discussing summary is easy. Why it is

102:27

easy? Because there is even if it is

102:29

section three. There is a kind of a

102:32

continuity in summary completion. When

102:35

there is a continuity, there is a

102:37

connection and connection can only be

102:39

formed when we have um next um when we

102:44

have um a connection between the first

102:46

sentence and the next sentence and the

102:47

next sentence have a connection has a

102:49

connection too. They cannot create a

102:51

continuity without a connection with the

102:53

previous one. Okay. So, summary

102:55

completion is kind of fill in the blanks

102:57

in listening but with connection between

103:02

them. So, what is the meaning of

103:04

connection? I'll tell you what could be

103:06

the answer for number 23.

103:09

Could this be about a discipline? Yes.

103:13

So that means we found the answer. Not

103:16

found basically we guessed the answer

103:17

based on the previous sentence.

103:20

This is not possible in sentence

103:21

completion. Remember that because all

103:23

the sentence completion questions are

103:25

not connected. They okay first question

103:27

done. Second question I don't have any

103:29

connection. And maybe after a speech of

103:32

like you know 30 seconds 40 seconds I

103:34

get next question here for sure they're

103:36

talking about mechanical engineering and

103:38

several disciplines one of the several

103:40

disciplines will be mentioned here which

103:42

he or she is finding difficult because

103:45

they have mentioned

103:48

section three section three that means

103:50

two people will be talking and how do I

103:51

know it's section three question number

103:53

23 to 26 come under section 3 1 to 10 is

103:57

1 11 to 20 is 2 21 to uh 30 is 3 and of

104:02

course 31 and 40 is 4. So in section

104:05

three two people talking that's why they

104:07

mentioned he so one person is asking

104:09

question probably another lady or a

104:11

person other name right and this time

104:13

George is answering because George

104:15

expectation or experience of university

104:18

so once you answer this question they

104:19

will discuss about his what is his

104:22

course about then they discuss about his

104:25

assignment now they will connect with

104:26

the course with an assignment you know

104:28

like oh in the course we have multiple

104:29

assignments and now you know they're

104:31

talking about assignments so if you get

104:33

this continuity connected did is same as

104:35

sentence completion which we have

104:36

completed. But what people do is they

104:38

just focus on 23. That's the biggest

104:40

mistake.

104:42

If you don't make this mistake of you

104:44

know just leaving the continuity, you

104:46

will be fine. You'll always find the

104:49

correct answer. This is so easy then

104:52

baby's task otherwise you might feel you

104:56

might get little bit stuck sometime

104:58

right. Okay. So summary completion also

105:02

easy even if it is asked in section

105:03

three or section four I've seen even

105:07

section four I'll show you an example

105:08

later because next question is connected

105:10

to this one right we'll have an example

105:13

of that too it's uh it'll become easy

105:16

even if it is section three or four

105:18

generally it is in section three or four

105:19

it's not that difficult because of its

105:21

continuity and we know where we are

105:23

going

105:24

>> is listening note completion now comes

105:27

the next question type which is little

105:30

bit difficult out of all these things

105:32

you have seen so far this is the most

105:34

difficult and so what is this last

105:35

question type so when you're noting it

105:37

down whatever I'm saying are you writing

105:38

in short or full sentences

105:44

short very nice that's why they got

105:46

short notes right and when you're

105:47

writing in short you're writing a title

105:49

as well I believe when you're writing a

105:52

title for example today we have um map

105:55

labeling kind of question okay and map

105:57

labeling we have two types type one

106:01

and type two right

106:03

and in in type one type two we have

106:05

something written here type two is

106:07

something written here do I have to

106:10

write when I'm reading these nodes map

106:13

leveling has two types and they are

106:15

number one number two we don't have to

106:17

write

106:19

we don't have to based on the way the

106:22

data is represented you can say we

106:24

talking about map labeling as a title

106:26

and two types about it and we have

106:28

details about each type separately. We

106:30

don't have to write this one is

106:31

particularly for type one. We don't have

106:32

to write them. Exactly. Same thing

106:35

happens in your listening in a question

106:36

type called map complet sorry note

106:39

completion. Somebody's note are

106:41

presented to you where some part of the

106:44

note is missing.

106:46

Not complete note is missing some part

106:49

of the note is missing. You are supposed

106:51

to fill that certain part which is

106:54

missing. And how do we fill that? Well,

106:57

it's very simple actually. Understand

106:59

the structure. That's it. And also like

107:03

I was asking you, have you written

107:04

title? You might write subtitles as well

107:07

or sorry, not subtitles, subheadings as

107:09

well. So this here is a heading

107:12

and this over here is subheading.

107:16

Right? So what what we have in node

107:19

completion? In node completion, we are

107:21

talking about one topic. Inside the

107:23

topic we have subtopics such as u hair.

107:26

We're talking about facts about hair.

107:28

These are some facts. Then we're talking

107:30

about structure of hair. We have three

107:32

three main parts. Bulb, root and shaft.

107:35

Right? If this structure is understood

107:37

or basically you understand how note

107:39

completion are organized, you can easily

107:41

find the answer. Now for two reasons.

107:44

First of all, you don't have to read

107:45

much compared to sentence completion.

107:47

Three phrases. Yes, something is

107:50

connected here. So for example for 32 we

107:52

have to read the previous sentence like

107:56

main component kitin makes fingernail

107:58

blank. So they'll talk about main

108:00

component hair is kin and it is really

108:02

useful and then they'll talk about

108:04

making fingernail blank or kin makes

108:05

fingernail blank something right. So yes

108:08

in not n not n not n not n not n not n

108:09

not n not n not n not n not node

108:09

completion the previous sentence of

108:11

previous phrase we don't have sentences

108:13

phrase is important

108:15

but the most important part is how data

108:18

is organized okay the reason is if you

108:22

look at this one there are three main

108:23

parts in here in hair bulb root and

108:25

shaft okay very simple bulb root and

108:28

shaft and they say oh there are three

108:29

main parts bulb root and shaft you're

108:31

not going to jump to shaft you know that

108:32

they don't discuss now bulb right and

108:35

they say oh this is the one they're

108:36

discussing let me just have Have a look

108:38

at like a what we are waiting for that.

108:41

So data representation will help you to

108:43

figure out the answer more quickly.

108:45

Second though this is section four and

108:47

it is always section four in note

108:48

completion you know that we have

108:50

subheadings. Once this is done like I

108:52

said earlier in another question type as

108:54

well subheading will help you to

108:56

recognize where you are and you won't

108:57

get lost.

108:59

And look we have completed the summary

109:01

below. I told you section four it's it's

109:03

possible. So you can see here there is

109:05

connection again with one to another one

109:07

they're talking about changes in the

109:09

diet we'll take this and in order to do

109:11

that we have to use vitamins and all. So

109:13

basically there is a connection between

109:15

hair maybe some problem with the hair

109:16

and they're talking about health and

109:17

hair look. So there's always a

109:19

connection in somebody it's not

109:20

difficult when you try this right

109:22

there's one more thing you can do. So

109:24

this is how you can find the connection

109:25

subheading also and the way the data is

109:28

represented. So if I look if I show you

109:30

another example what have they done

109:32

there? You will be surprised. They have

109:35

created even structure inside the

109:38

question. What is inside the question uh

109:40

structure? I'll show you. If you look at

109:43

this one, look at number 32. Okay,

109:47

they're talking about kites for sure.

109:49

This is about kite making process. Okay,

109:51

and here they're making talking about

109:52

appearance and kite. And here only about

109:54

kites often represented a bird, a god

109:58

and something. Now this is a list.

110:02

Even 35th is a list could be a triang

110:05

could be triangular, rectangular and

110:08

some kind of shape or some shaped right.

110:11

So if you notice that isn't this a

110:13

structure to kind of a list that means

110:15

they can actually talk about the first

110:18

one and then god and then bird. Maybe

110:21

maybe they say that well generally kites

110:23

represent xy z a god and a bird so you

110:27

know oh they're talking about this one

110:28

because this should come in the speech

110:30

in the same sentence or with within two

110:32

sentences. So you have to keep an eye on

110:35

such questions as well because they can

110:36

become easy uh because of the list

110:38

format. If they have a list format keep

110:40

an seventh is a list format. Sometimes

110:43

had a human head mask with this and a

110:45

tattoo. So the tattoo word they they

110:47

discuss they're discussing this one and

110:49

you have to go with this question

110:52

they're not going to discuss directly

110:54

the word and then tattoo sometime they

110:55

do opposite sometime they do the same

110:57

sequence but you have to understand or

110:59

underline whenever you see a list like

111:01

this one or this one or this one or even

111:04

in subheadings or could be anything. So

111:07

basically focus on such things you will

111:09

find the answer. So we have two types of

111:11

examples where subheadings are mentioned

111:13

as or okay in the heading itself they

111:16

mentioned we have three items sometimes

111:18

they don't mention that they write in

111:19

one sentence itself or one phrase itself

111:22

so that could also be understood based

111:23

on the structure

111:25

nowhere it's possible in uh note

111:28

completion that you will see that we

111:30

have um full sentences they are phrases

111:33

always because we don't write full

111:34

sentences in notes right and also yes

111:36

one word two words three words or one

111:38

word and Remember that alo that also is

111:41

important. So if this is clear though

111:44

note completion come under the category

111:46

of difficult question types you don't

111:49

have to worry. I listening multiple

111:52

choice questions. In multiple choice

111:54

questions we have two types. Okay. First

111:58

of all we have categorization. Basic

112:00

categorization that is part one two and

112:03

four in one category and part three in

112:05

listening is another category. Now why

112:08

do we have a separate section for se

112:11

part three and the reason for that is

112:13

it's crazy difficult part three is not

112:17

easy by any mean because they have what

112:20

they have multiple sentences I mean

112:21

multiple word options it's not just one

112:24

word option first of all second there

112:26

are two people speaking sometimes three

112:28

people speaking so finding basically a

112:31

point where you understand that is

112:32

difficult so we need to see what is um

112:36

the point with MCQs and how we can solve

112:38

them properly. Right? Okay. I'm going to

112:41

open uh an MCQ sample and then we'll do

112:45

one thing. We'll we'll try to understand

112:46

how to answer if it is the type one that

112:49

is part one, part two or part four. But

112:51

part three is completely different.

112:55

So this is what we have as MCQ and we

112:58

are supposed to understand how do we

113:00

answer such questions. Okay. Before we

113:03

go for the audio, you will always have

113:05

around so we have uh around 50 uh sorry

113:09

not 50 30 to 40 seconds initially before

113:11

the audio is being played. Don't read

113:14

the options in that time initially. Only

113:17

read the options if you have extra time.

113:20

Extra from what? After you read the

113:22

questions. See this is a tiny question.

113:24

We don't need to read it. This is a

113:25

lengthy question. We need to read it and

113:27

while you read underline the important

113:29

part or highlight the important part

113:31

such as where can customer meet the tour

113:33

manager traveling to main where customer

113:36

manager and write on the top or you can

113:38

underline where itself so we are looking

113:40

for a location right okay great how many

113:43

lunches are included in the price of

113:45

holiday well we're looking for a number

113:47

of lunches in price of holiday then we

113:50

have customers have to pay extra for

113:52

what for something so pay extra and

113:55

that's it pay extra for something. Fine.

113:58

Once this is done, which is generally

114:01

below between the time of 20 25 seconds,

114:04

you go to the lengthy options. Now,

114:06

lengthy options such as this one uh has

114:08

been in business for longer than most of

114:10

his comparator that means old. Arrange

114:13

holidays to more destination that means

114:16

um we can say long list of holidays. And

114:19

then we have has more customers than its

114:20

competitor. Means uh they have lot of

114:23

database that means big database for uh

114:25

for uh customers. So we have logged

114:27

database. Okay. So this is what we do.

114:30

We are creating in our head kind of a

114:33

possible phrase that they might use.

114:36

That's it. You don't have to create all

114:38

the phrases. Just try to understand

114:39

that. Okay. Once this is done, of course

114:42

the lengthy option done, lengthy

114:43

questions done. Generally it's between

114:45

35 to 40 seconds already over. If it is

114:48

not, well, it's okay. Anyway, you you

114:50

read it all. Now, when the audio is

114:52

being played, okay, this is a common

114:55

mistake I've seen in people. They don't

114:57

focus on the question. What do they

114:59

focus on? On the option. They keep like,

115:01

okay, let me just see when will they

115:02

speak Liverpool. Well, they will. That's

115:05

the point. That's the point of MCQs.

115:07

They will talk about three of the

115:08

options in a way that it feels like this

115:11

is correct. For example, tell me which

115:13

one is incorrect which I'm using as a

115:16

bait for you to choose the answer.

115:19

Well, tour manager is a nice person who

115:21

will be helping customers to travel to

115:23

Isisle of Maine. Uh the tour manager is

115:25

living right now in Luton and um and

115:29

this person can uh definitely be

115:31

available while you're traveling at

115:33

Liverpool. What's the answer?

115:38

Liverpool because Luton is where he's

115:41

living. He won't meet you there, right?

115:43

That's how they try to distract you.

115:45

What most people do is they they always

115:47

look for the option. No options would be

115:50

once you heard the answer then you match

115:52

with the option that's what they are for

115:56

right they are not for you know the main

115:58

content okay I'm going to choose from

116:00

between this this no it's not the right

116:02

way so never do that otherwise you'll

116:04

you'll get struggles you'll get problems

116:06

so never do that okay if this is easy

116:09

then what happens in section three

116:12

section three is a problem and the

116:14

reason for that is we will have to

116:17

basically ally read a lot, listen a lot

116:21

at the same time answer some complex

116:23

questions. So let me show you the

116:25

difference between part um what do you

116:28

call this part three and part two which

116:30

we saw earlier. Look at this one. This

116:32

is part three.

116:34

Can you see the difference? Lengthy

116:36

questions, lengthy options. Every option

116:38

is lengthy. Now, now how do we cope with

116:40

this situation? Well, in order to cope

116:42

cope with this situation, well, I mean I

116:45

I need feedback from you guys. How would

116:47

you answer these questions? How do you

116:49

answer? If you guys can tell me, I'll be

116:51

definitely uh maybe use the strategy.

116:56

There is a method that method works with

116:59

uh a simple strategy called who plus

117:02

what and you will see why this method

117:04

works. Who

117:07

remember that in section three there are

117:10

how many people speaking? At least two

117:12

or more. Sometime two or more, right?

117:15

Generally there are two sometime three.

117:17

That's it.

117:19

And why it's important because some

117:21

people can change the answer. For

117:23

example, whatever the answer is, let's

117:25

say uh both Annie and Jack are talking

117:27

here. And the person said and he said,

117:29

"Oh, the the technology that we have is

117:31

very complex and Jack says no." Yeah,

117:34

option A is gone. So, we have to listen

117:36

to them carefully. Who is changing the

117:39

answer? And if they are not changing,

117:41

what is the answer? So, basically, who

117:43

will provide the answer and what will be

117:45

the answer? Both are important. Now the

117:48

common mistakes are only two. The two

117:50

mistakes big big mistake. Number one is

117:52

you do not know for sure what is the

117:54

question about. Number two you fall for

117:57

the distraction that I said they one

117:59

person provides answer. Second person

118:01

changes that answer. This is a problem.

118:04

And how do we cope up with this? Make

118:06

sure you clearly know what is in the

118:09

question and what is it about? First of

118:11

all, what is this question about? It's

118:13

ice houses. Okay. Is it ice houses?

118:18

What if I say ice houses are nice places

118:20

to live? Is that what we going to choose

118:22

as an answer?

118:31

And he said that ice houses uh are a

118:34

nice place to live and they're situated

118:36

in uh Europe.

118:39

Can that be the answer? C.

118:44

No, because of one word it cannot be the

118:47

correct answer.

118:53

Discover

118:54

discover in the sense for the first time

118:57

she came to know.

119:00

So if she says that ice houses are the

119:03

places where we live but I never knew

119:05

that that they were created to do this.

119:11

That means it's not just about ice

119:14

houses. It's about what she came to know

119:16

for the first time about ice houses.

119:18

Discovery from reading about ice houses.

119:21

Remember that. So we have half

119:22

information. It's just ice houses. If

119:24

you do that, you get incorrect answer.

119:26

So discovering about ice houses is

119:29

important rather than just ice houses.

119:32

Please remember that. First of all, who

119:34

will provide the answer? Annie. Done.

119:37

This is more than enough. See this is

119:38

the problem. Look at the next one. This

119:40

time we have to be very careful who

119:42

provides the answer and what let's see

119:45

who will provide the answer here.

119:48

Any what does what point does Annie make

119:50

about refrigeration in ancient room?

119:52

Annie and what is it about

119:55

refrigeration in ancient Rome? So what

119:58

she says about refrigeration in ancient

120:01

Rome. Good. This is little bit more

120:03

complex. Who will provide and what about

120:06

what?

120:10

23rd

120:17

both I guess. So we have in connection

120:20

with modern refrigerators both Annie and

120:22

Jack are worried about something.

120:25

What will be in this case

120:29

worried about modern refrigerators? They

120:32

have worries about modern refrigerators.

120:34

Something wrong with modern

120:35

refrigerators, right? So basically this

120:38

is what we have to search about. What

120:39

are their worries about modern

120:40

refrigerator? Now if like I said in the

120:42

previous uh few seconds ago that if they

120:45

say that

120:47

well like I said any says that oh

120:50

there's this is really complex

120:51

technology and J says no I have seen

120:53

that they have a manual so a is gone. If

120:56

they say that well

120:59

uh really people are throwing away the

121:01

fridges and all those stuff Jack says

121:03

that and he says that no I've seen

121:05

people keeping them properly. So B is

121:06

gone as well. So this way try to see

121:09

which point they are speaking about and

121:11

who is speaking about that and wait for

121:13

other person to confirm. If they don't

121:15

confirm what going to happen that answer

121:17

cannot be selected as the correct

121:19

answer.

121:22

That answer cannot be selected as the

121:24

correct answer. Remember that please

121:26

otherwise you will definitely get a

121:28

problem.

121:30

Fine. That's good. That's good. So at

121:32

least we know what is the best strategy

121:35

that is who plus what what is the

121:37

question about read properly. Who is

121:39

going to provide the answer? You can

121:41

write them in your note in the case of

121:43

CBT. In the case of penetent paper you

121:44

can write in the book itself in the in

121:46

the let's say question paper itself. But

121:49

this strategy makes your section three

121:51

very easy. If your what is done properly

121:53

and who is done otherwise no

121:55

>> IELTS reading structure

121:58

>> let's try to get the meaning of what or

122:00

let's understand the what is the

122:02

structure of your uh reading and

122:03

listening right so when it comes to

122:06

reading we have a difference between

122:09

academic and general training for both

122:12

uh academic and general training certain

122:14

things are similar for reading let's

122:15

talk about the similarities first of all

122:17

in reading there will be 40 questions

122:20

these 40 questions have to be answered

122:22

in 60 minutes. Okay, remember that you

122:25

don't have more than 60 minutes, not

122:27

even 1 second. In the case of um any of

122:30

the CBT or penant paper, you don't have

122:31

extra time. They will, you know, take

122:33

away the paper and in CBT the the

122:36

answers will be sent by itself. You

122:37

won't have any extra time. Okay? And

122:39

there is no extra time like I said to

122:41

check your answers or anything like in

122:42

listening we have extra time not here.

122:45

These 40 questions are then subdivided

122:48

in three sections. Section one, section

122:50

two, section three. Now before I before

122:53

I go to the sections, let me tell you

122:54

all the questions are referenced to

122:56

context in the sense there will be

122:57

passage and out of those passages you

123:00

have to answer certain questions. So you

123:02

have passage, question, answer.

123:05

And these are the sections that we have

123:07

three sections. Now if you divide 40

123:09

questions in three different parts,

123:11

it'll never be equal. And same goes

123:13

here. We don't have set number here but

123:16

that number is anything between 13 to 14

123:18

questions. 13 to 14 questions and 13 to

123:22

14 questions. Let it be general

123:24

training. Let it be academic. There is

123:25

no difference here so far. Everything is

123:28

same completely. Now what happens next?

123:31

Let's talk about academic first. Okay.

123:35

In academic we have three sections same

123:39

but there are there's only one passage

123:42

per section. So we call it passage one,

123:44

passage two and passage three. So three

123:48

passages, huge passages, large passages

123:50

you can say that. And in each passage

123:52

you have multiple question types. So

123:55

when I'm drawing these lines that means

123:56

there are only two question types in

123:58

here. Question type 1 2 then we have 3 4

124:01

then we have five 6 and seven. So this

124:05

part can have seven that means can have

124:07

three question types. The last passage

124:10

sometime it has only two. So if it has

124:12

two it's six question type minimum. If

124:15

it has three then we have seven question

124:17

types minimum. Right? So what I mean by

124:20

type is let's say fill in the blanks.

124:21

That is one type. True false not given

124:23

that is another type

124:26

in the language of it's called sentence

124:28

completion not fill in the blanks. But

124:30

I'm just for your understanding I'm

124:31

trying to help you out to understand.

124:33

Okay. All right. So we have like I said

124:37

six question type uh seven question

124:38

types and six minimum when it comes to

124:41

academic. Now what kind of passages do

124:44

we have like I said large passages three

124:47

of them are huge and I'm going to show

124:49

you those last large passages here

124:51

because we have to see you know in

124:53

action how exam is uh conducted. So uh

124:59

I'll show you an exam which is properly

125:02

you can say truly academic size or every

125:04

question type will be like that. So we

125:07

have like you see you can see the the

125:08

paragraph starts over here page one we

125:11

have uh page two continuous I think

125:14

there was a problem. Okay, page one,

125:16

page two and then we have this part,

125:18

right? You can see multiple pages of

125:21

paragraphs, two pages of paragraph and

125:23

then we have question type 1 to 7 which

125:24

is first question type called true false

125:27

not given second question type called

125:29

matching the following features in the

125:31

passage. Right?

125:33

Then they change the section, change the

125:35

paragraph again, page one. Then we

125:37

continue to page two. Then almost yeah

125:40

there basically two pages and two

125:43

question types again. Question type one

125:45

and question type two below. Right? Then

125:47

we have third section and it continues

125:49

like this section page one and then we

125:52

have again multiple question types

125:55

available. Right? So this is how it

125:58

works in the case of uh academic. you

126:00

have three passages uh and in the end

126:02

you can have three question types or two

126:03

question types but above that will

126:06

always be two question types right now

126:09

how are they scored right

126:12

for every correct one answer you get one

126:15

point there is no negative marking if

126:17

there are questions like this please

126:18

solve question number 39 and 40 out of

126:20

below options then even if one is

126:22

correct you will get full marks for full

126:24

mark for that one mark right you won't

126:26

get oh one is incorrect everything is

126:28

gone not like GR In GRE uh let's say

126:31

though two question two questions are

126:32

combined and if you get one mistake

126:34

everything is over no not here you get

126:36

you'll get one mark for that and then no

126:38

negative marking so don't leave anything

126:40

you know empty in the answer sheet try

126:43

to fill everything right so this is your

126:45

structure when it comes to academic in

126:48

the case of general training you have

126:50

the same thing

126:53

put equations three sections section one

126:55

section two and section three the only

126:57

thing is the number of paragraphs s will

126:59

increase here and the size of the

127:00

paragraphs will increase here as well. I

127:02

mean decrease here as well. For example,

127:05

if you look at section one, it has two

127:06

paragraphs like uh two passages and last

127:10

one is only one. So we have passage one,

127:12

passage two, passage three, four and

127:15

five. These initial four passages are

127:19

teenytiny teenytiny in comparison with

127:22

um academic. Right? So if I show you an

127:25

example of what is uh a paragraph in

127:28

general training you'll be like oh

127:30

that's so easy compared to our academic

127:33

very easy let me show you what I mean by

127:35

that look at this one this is the size

127:37

of the paragraph when it comes to uh

127:39

general training starts over here and

127:41

few lines and that's it and only one

127:43

question type out of that you can see

127:45

here question type 1 to 7 another

127:47

paragraph starts from here and only one

127:50

page that two not even completely done

127:52

and then we have one question type out

127:53

of Section two again teeny tiny

127:56

paragraph and two one question type last

128:00

section we call it section three as you

128:02

can see here

128:04

has huge passage sometime they write the

128:06

question above and then passage below

128:07

doesn't matter but look at the last

128:08

passage same as academic huge passage

128:11

starts over here continues for two and a

128:13

half pages almost so general training

128:16

the only difference is the size of the

128:18

paragraphs and the number of paragraphs

128:20

but the question types will stay same

128:22

the techniques we're going to apply stay

128:24

same everything going to stay same no

128:26

change in there

128:28

right now what about the scoring now how

128:32

to get the scoring basically let's say

128:34

out of 40

128:36

if I uh if I get only um 20 out of 40

128:40

let's say what will be my band score

128:45

so we have a band score um mentioned on

128:48

the website official website if you go

128:50

to the website called issum.org

128:53

org and you search score to bands. Okay,

128:57

if you write score to bands and I iss

128:59

I'll provide you the the link. Don't

129:00

worry about that. The official website

129:03

will come up. There will be other

129:04

websites as well. You know, people have

129:05

created their own but this is the most

129:08

um appropriate one straightforward one.

129:11

And there you go. You can see on the

129:12

website we have understand the scoring

129:14

section. And if you go below in

129:16

listening we don't have any separation

129:18

out of 40 whatever you get reading we

129:20

have a separation for academic and

129:22

general training. If you want to score

129:24

five bands you have to get 15 correct

129:28

in academic but in general training if

129:31

you want to get five bends you have to

129:33

get 23 correct.

129:36

You can see the difference here.

129:38

23 is six bands but 23 here is five

129:42

bands. In order to get eight bands in

129:44

academic you are supposed to get only 35

129:47

correct out of 40. Okay. Here in order

129:49

to get eight bands you have to get 38

129:51

correct. But they have not mentioned

129:53

here but yeah out of seven in order to

129:54

get seven bands you have to get 35

129:56

correct. So basically one band here and

129:58

there general training scoring is little

130:01

bit difficult because the passages are

130:03

easy. So in a way it's all the same but

130:06

we don't have to worry because um we

130:09

don't care about this. Oh one marks here

130:10

and there, one mark here and there. care

130:12

about how to solve these questions,

130:14

right? IELTS reading answer in short. So

130:18

today we'll see that how do we solve the

130:20

questions. We're not going to solve all

130:21

the questions in one go. We will solve

130:24

one question at a time. That means one

130:26

question type at a time. There around

130:27

seven to eight question types. Now there

130:29

are subtypes as well. For example, one

130:31

question type can have three. Now I'm

130:33

not going to count them as separate

130:34

types. I call them subtypes. So

130:36

excluding that we have eight to nine

130:38

question types and we try to solve them

130:42

with every time there will be a new

130:44

strategy best way to solve them. So I

130:46

want all of you to please start taking

130:48

notes for everything I'm teaching you.

130:51

There will be definitely the best idea

130:53

is to take notes. That would be the

130:55

perfect way to solve your uh you know

130:58

otherwise what going to happen later you

130:59

will want to study properly but you

131:01

won't be able to because you want to

131:04

watch the video again and then that'll

131:06

waste another 30 hours of yours right?

131:08

If you take notes right now properly you

131:10

will spend only like in the end half an

131:12

hour to practice one question type.

131:15

easily you can you can do that but not

131:17

if you uh take the notes right

131:20

let's continue we have something called

131:22

answer in short okay we'll study what is

131:26

answer in short in in uh reading now we

131:30

are talking about general training and

131:31

academic there is no difference in here

131:33

remember that question types this

131:35

question type and the strategy will stay

131:37

same now when I say question answer in

131:41

short how many sentences do we write in

131:46

answer in short

131:50

maximum two lines. So one to two

131:52

sentences you can say. Yes exactly one

131:55

to two sentences was the normal two to

131:57

three sometime maximum three after that

131:59

it becomes lengthy answer ins when they

132:02

say one or two uh uh when you say answer

132:05

in short that means not more than four

132:08

words I've seen.

132:11

So this is between one to four words and

132:14

mostly it's anything between one to two

132:16

words as well. So where do we get this

132:17

information? We get this information on

132:20

our uh in the instructions of the

132:22

question right where do we get this

132:24

information when they say answer in

132:26

short in the instructions. Let's see how

132:28

the question looks like and how are we

132:30

going to solve it. Answer in short comes

132:33

under the category of medium difficulty

132:35

question type. Whenever there's a

132:37

question type I'll tell you you write it

132:38

down. This is medium difficulty. It's

132:41

not way too difficult. It's not way too

132:42

easy. when there is very difficult

132:44

question type they are in let's say true

132:46

false not given MCQs I'll I'll do tell

132:49

you that you can spend extra time on

132:51

that right so here we have something

132:53

called u um basic difficulty or you can

132:56

say medium difficulty question type

132:58

answer in short and you can see before

133:01

there is a there are questions you have

133:03

the instructions first always read the

133:06

instructions before you read the passage

133:08

or question doesn't matter but read the

133:10

instructions because if you're wrong

133:12

about this you'll be wrong about the

133:14

answer as well. So let's read it. They

133:17

say no more than two words and or a

133:19

number. What does it mean? No more than

133:21

two words and or a number. So if I write

133:23

the answer here,

133:25

um the board is this correct according

133:29

to the instructions?

133:32

Yes.

133:34

Yes, it is correct. Okay, cool. What if

133:37

I write um just port? Will it be fine?

133:42

Yes, exactly. They are not saying you

133:45

cannot write less than two. You can say

133:46

just not more than two.

133:49

What if I say the little boat?

133:55

No. Now in that case it's incorrect. But

133:59

what if I say two little boats?

134:04

Yes, that's the correct because they

134:06

have mentioned you can add a number.

134:08

This is number part. This is the word

134:10

part. And you are allowed to do that.

134:12

Now you cannot add one more number. Two

134:15

little boards three. No you cannot do

134:17

that because now there we are changing

134:18

the rule of a number rather than we are

134:20

writing two numbers. Right? That's not

134:22

possible. So yes this is fine. This is

134:25

not fine. This is fine. This is fine. We

134:28

need to know this because sometimes we

134:30

uh by mistake or let's say in a hurry

134:33

don't read instructions and we uh write

134:35

the incorrect answer. Though our answer

134:36

is correct technically speaking. I mean

134:38

theoretically speaking but technically

134:40

it's incorrect. We don't do that. Now

134:44

also one thing you should always know

134:46

please never read the passage first.

134:48

I've seen students doing it. What do

134:49

they do? They start reading through the

134:51

passage first. They say that if I read

134:52

the passage first I'll get some idea in

134:55

the sense oh this is good. I understand

134:58

what's happening in the passage and then

134:59

I go to the question. Right? Not a good

135:02

idea. not a good idea because you're

135:04

wasting your time. When you're reading a

135:06

passage without any reference, you're

135:09

just reading randomly and you won't

135:10

remember stuff. When you're reading

135:12

after you understand the questions, that

135:14

means you will definitely look for

135:16

references. So, never read the passage

135:18

first. Always read the question. And

135:20

when we say read the question, I'm not

135:22

asking you to read all the questions at

135:23

once. You should read only one question

135:27

at a time. So, you can write down the

135:29

steps. Step one is to always read the

135:33

instructions.

135:35

Okay. Um step two is to read the

135:39

question.

135:42

After that comes step three. In step

135:44

three after you have read the um so we

135:47

have a third step. When in this third

135:49

step we kind of manipulate the statement

135:53

or the question whatever is mentioned

135:54

here because we can't just read it and

135:57

just go to the passage. We manipulate.

135:59

So that what is this manipulation?

136:00

That's the most important part you need

136:02

to understand. When I explain it to you,

136:04

write down the notes. That's the most

136:06

important part. We'll go in detail about

136:08

this. After this in step four, we go to

136:10

the passage. So again, let's just

136:12

quickly get it clear. Step one are the

136:15

instructions. Step two is the question

136:18

reading. Step three is the manipulation

136:20

of the question. Step four is going to

136:22

the passage above reading that area.

136:26

Step five is coming back to the question

136:28

connecting with the passage and bringing

136:31

the answer out. That's the whole

136:34

structure that we have right now. What

136:36

is this manipulation part? Other things

136:39

you understood that go to the passage,

136:40

read it and find out the manipulation

136:42

part is what we need to get into detail

136:44

and we're going to get it. So let's take

136:46

one question to understand what is

136:48

manipulation and how we going to

136:49

understand the question and remember the

136:51

question as well.

136:53

What happens is when we read a question,

136:55

we read it from two different

136:56

perspectives. One is to understand the

136:58

question and second is to find the

137:00

answer. So always start with the first

137:02

one that we want to understand the

137:04

question first. Okay. Fine. What do we

137:07

understand from the question even that

137:09

we have multiple things to understand.

137:11

Let's go in detail now. The first one is

137:15

keywords or key phrases.

137:18

Keywords or key phrases that we have in

137:21

a sentence. I think there should be a

137:24

a gap never mind then apart from that we

137:27

have something called scanning then we

137:30

have skimming then we have reading and

137:32

finally prediction so I'm just writing

137:35

in short scan skim read and predict and

137:38

keyword indication now what are these

137:41

things what I'm talking about right with

137:42

these there are many things about you

137:44

know I'm I'm talking about let's try to

137:46

understand that what is the meaning of a

137:49

keyword or a keyphrase in a statement by

137:50

the

137:52

just a general meaning by I mean what do

137:54

you think when it comes to normal

137:56

searching or normal word meaning of

137:58

keyword because that is that gives the

138:00

gist of the sentence in ISEL that is not

138:03

the correct meaning the correct meaning

138:04

or correct definition you can say that

138:07

is a word that helps you to figure out

138:10

where my answer might be in the passage

138:13

yes there will be synonyms sorry for

138:15

sure but basically we are looking for

138:19

something which helps me to figure out

138:22

where my answer might be. Okay, let's

138:26

understand what I mean by that. So if I

138:28

write here Sam will be late for the

138:32

meeting. Fine.

138:35

Out of these words there is a word

138:37

called Sam. The chances no chances there

138:40

is no chance that they can have a

138:42

synonym of word Sam. They cannot have

138:44

it. So they'll provide it as it is. Now

138:48

finding Sam would be much much easier

138:50

compared to meeting right.

138:52

So always keep something called unique

138:55

words or unique numbers as keyword

138:59

either unique words or numbers as

139:02

keywords because they will help you to

139:04

figure out where in the passage do I

139:06

have um the answer. But there's a

139:09

problem. We don't have any specific

139:11

word. We don't have any unique word

139:13

here. What are we going to do in this

139:15

situation? Well, for that we have to

139:17

find out certain extra steps to figure

139:19

out what is a good keyword which helps

139:21

us to figure out the answer area. Not

139:23

the answer, answer area.

139:26

So how do we figure out when we don't

139:28

have any specific word such as name,

139:30

number or any title? We don't have it

139:32

here. In that case, look at the all the

139:35

questions. Just look within 10 to 20

139:37

seconds, you will get the idea which

139:38

word is repeated the most. Which word is

139:41

repeated the most in all these six

139:43

questions. employee, staff, employee. So

139:45

basically the passage might be about

139:47

employees or something about employees.

139:48

We cannot keep it as a good keyword

139:51

because it's everywhere. How can we

139:53

figure out it is unique? No, it's not.

139:55

Apart from employees,

139:58

time period. Okay, time period is

140:00

mentioned here. Time period is mentioned

140:02

here. Time period. Okay, you're right.

140:04

Maybe time period, right?

140:07

So we cannot take time word as it is as

140:10

well as employee word as it is as a

140:12

keyword. Then what is left? What is left

140:14

in the sentence is work regular hours,

140:19

isn't it? That's left. That could be

140:22

considered a good keyword. But there's a

140:23

problem with this. Now, whenever there's

140:26

a keyword and there is any negative word

140:28

connected to your keyword, keep it with

140:31

it. What do I mean by that? Because

140:33

it'll change the meaning. Not to work

140:36

regular hours. Now, that changes the

140:38

meaning completely. To work regular

140:40

hours is 9 to5.

140:42

not to work or choose not to work

140:43

regular hours. They can work anytime. So

140:45

this changes the meaning to anytime they

140:48

want. Basically remember that there's

140:51

negation. This will be very important.

140:54

Multiple questions they put in they add

140:56

negation a little bit and then they say

140:58

this is the statement. Try to find the

141:00

answer. We forget the negation and now

141:02

we have an issue. Multiple time you will

141:04

face this problem. Okay. Do not leave

141:06

negation ever. If it is connected to the

141:08

keyword, if it is randomly lying

141:10

somewhere, we don't care, right? So, not

141:12

to choose, not to work regular hours is

141:14

our keyword. Now, we can move to the

141:17

next one. Okay. What is scanning then?

141:20

Scanning is basically to search the

141:23

keyword in the passage. We are using the

141:26

word search, not read. Search the

141:29

keyword in the passage. And when we are

141:31

searching the keyword in the passage,

141:33

there are three types of searches. Okay?

141:35

Please write it down. Fine.

141:37

There are three types of searches. First

141:39

one is the most easiest. You can say

141:42

that the easiest one, not most easiest,

141:44

the most easy and and that one is

141:47

directly a specific word. For example, a

141:50

name, a number. You will see that and

141:52

you'll say, "Oh, this is where it is."

141:54

But for now, I'm just going to use a

141:55

random word and you have to tell me

141:57

which sentence it is in. Okay? That

142:00

specific word. So, where do you see the

142:03

word retronasal?

142:11

This is called specific searching or

142:13

synonym or not synonym non synonymous

142:15

searching or you can say unique

142:16

searching but not necessarily you will

142:19

get this opportunity most of the time it

142:21

will be searching for a synonym or

142:23

paraphrase version of that phrase right

142:26

kind of difference phrase instead of

142:27

that so what if I say um to figure out

142:33

uh smells from outside source where do

142:35

you See that

142:40

detect external smells. Exactly. Because

142:43

figure out is detect external is from

142:46

outside source. Smell is smell. Right.

142:49

Okay. One more. Latest and known tastes.

142:54

Latest and known tastes.

142:57

Where do you see it?

143:08

New and familiar flavors. New is latest,

143:10

familiar is known. Exactly. That's good.

143:14

Same way the third type is not about

143:17

phrases. They completely convert full

143:19

sentence into a phrase and they ask you

143:21

in the in the question somewhere they

143:23

place it. For example, if you look at

143:25

one of the paragraphs, there is a

143:26

statement that can be summarized with

143:28

the phrase I'm I'm going to tell you.

143:30

Professions working on smell.

143:35

Do you see the sentence somewhere?

143:47

Working out the role of smell is in

143:49

flavor interest food in food scientists,

143:51

psychologists and cook alike. So you can

143:53

they can do that they can write that

143:55

right. So we our responsibility is to

143:57

understand what are they asking you know

143:59

from us basically and we should be able

144:01

to answer that by using this scanning

144:03

technique. Now I have a question. When

144:05

you were listening for all this, did you

144:08

understand anything in the passage?

144:11

What's happening apart from that word?

144:16

More or less like one two or one or two%

144:19

I guess that's it. Okay. The reason is

144:21

you don't need to you don't need to

144:23

understand anything in the passage while

144:25

scanning. This is the best part because

144:27

now you won't be that stressed. You only

144:30

understand where my answer might be

144:32

present. And that's what we call

144:34

scanning. That's why it it takes uh you

144:37

know it is there in the process and it

144:38

becomes really quick for us to find the

144:40

answer. If we read everything in order

144:42

to figure out what are we doing we

144:44

wasting time right? We are wasting time

144:47

and of course energy. Skimming is

144:50

something that does that. You know most

144:51

of the people on internet most of the

144:53

people in books they say that do

144:55

skimming instead of scanning. I don't

144:57

support it. The reason I don't support

144:59

it is you spend time, precious time in

145:03

understanding the question, in figuring

145:05

out what is the right keyword. And after

145:07

doing so, what did you do? You found the

145:10

place where the answer might lie. Almost

145:12

95% you'll find the answer close to the

145:15

keyword. Then why are we doing skimming?

145:17

Why are we reading it quickly? Skimming

145:19

is reading quickly to understand the

145:20

meaning. You're wasting your time.

145:22

Chances are that if you're skimming, you

145:25

your precision goes down. you will not

145:27

find the answer accurately. So what do

145:29

we do after scanning? We read properly

145:31

those two sentences. For example, we

145:33

have a sentence here. Another sentence

145:35

starts here, ends here and another

145:37

sentence goes continues like this. If my

145:39

keyword is present here somewhere, first

145:41

of all, I'm going to read the statement.

145:43

Chances are that I'll find the answer in

145:45

this one. If I do not, I go one sentence

145:47

above, one sentence below, and 99% you

145:51

find the answer here.

145:54

Right? So if you have just we just have

145:56

to read three sentences properly. Why

145:58

are we doing skimming in there?

146:01

Because when you do skimming you go very

146:03

fast to understand the meaning and in

146:05

doing so you lose the answer and then

146:07

again you start from top and this is the

146:10

the biggest time wasting reason the

146:13

reason to waste the most time in in your

146:15

IS reading which is another problem for

146:18

reading time. We don't have time much

146:20

right finally prediction. What is

146:22

prediction? prediction is to determine

146:25

what kind of answer am I looking in the

146:28

passage. For example, if we say that um

146:33

for how long

146:35

did the meeting

146:38

last? Now in this case you're looking

146:41

for duration.

146:43

You're looking for duration. That's

146:44

called prediction. What are you looking

146:46

for in the in this question? What kind

146:47

of answer are you looking for?

146:51

Time period. Sure.

146:56

Which employees may choose not to work

146:59

regular hours? Are you looking for time

147:00

period? Are you looking for some type of

147:02

employees?

147:03

>> Yes. Exactly. Because if we say number

147:06

of employees, they have to mention how

147:08

many employees may choose not to work

147:10

regular hours. But if they say which

147:12

employees in the sense either type or a

147:14

group,

147:16

right? When you do this, your your

147:19

process is done. There's only one step

147:22

left. But that's very important step

147:24

which most people don't do and most

147:25

people don't even tell you. This

147:27

question is written by or created by

147:30

Cambridge in their language in their

147:32

style. It's not our style of writing.

147:34

It's not our style of understanding. So

147:36

we convert it into our style how we

147:38

work. How do we work? We work with

147:40

commands. We work with statements. So I

147:43

always try to convert my question into

147:45

statements using the prediction keyword

147:48

and everything else. So how will the

147:51

sentence look like to me? It look like

147:53

this. I am looking for

147:58

some type

148:00

of employees

148:04

who or which

148:07

um can work anytime

148:13

in this case because I'm thinking maybe

148:14

it's a group that's why I'm writing

148:16

which otherwise no right otherwise I'll

148:19

say who that's not maybe there you can

148:21

write but yes this is how you should

148:23

understand the question instead of this

148:24

now you'll remember I'm looking for some

148:26

type of employee who or which can work

148:28

anytime they want nice now you go to the

148:32

passage I'm going to paste the question

148:33

here you will see that that statement

148:36

will stick to your mind rather than the

148:37

question I'm looking for something

148:39

rather than that so remember our keyword

148:42

first what was our keyword our keyword

148:44

was they can work anytime and our

148:48

prediction was I'm looking for some type

148:49

of employee do you see any of them here

148:52

exactly we have two types of employees

148:54

mentioned. There are two types of

148:55

employees. Number one, we have indoor

148:58

staffs and we have then outdoor staff.

149:01

Which is the correct time? Out of these

149:03

both one one of them is correct. Outdoor

149:07

staff. Where have they mentioned they

149:08

can work anytime they want? Because

149:10

question demanded us to understand that

149:12

right. Question said that which

149:14

employees can may choose not to work

149:16

regular hours. Have they mentioned

149:18

anything about

149:20

>> indoor staff work full-time? The

149:22

standard working week for full-time

149:24

council employees 35 hours for indoor

149:26

staff and 38 for outdoor staff. They are

149:29

not saying worked over 5 days. There's

149:31

no information that one of them is good

149:33

or bad. Nothing. They're just saying 35

149:36

hours for indoor and 38 hours for

149:38

outdoor. There is nothing about they can

149:39

work anytime or not. There is no

149:41

information about that. What they're

149:43

stating here is for indoor staff there

149:45

are 35 hours. For outdoor staff there

149:46

are 38 hours. That's it. Nothing else.

149:48

Look at the next sentence.

149:50

Indoors are flex time.

149:52

>> Yes. Are able to access the benefit of

149:54

flexi time and also number of these

149:56

occasions work from home when

149:58

appropriate and example of an initiative

150:02

that can provide flexibility at certain

150:03

stage of employees career. Now what

150:05

happens? You are at the right place. You

150:08

understood the question. You spend so

150:11

much time in doing so. And because you

150:13

are in a hurry and not even hurry, you

150:16

actually connected the idea of the word

150:19

35 hours or whatever half idea and you

150:22

chose the answer as outdoor stuff. Why?

150:25

Because you didn't read the remaining

150:26

part,

150:28

right? They have not mentioned anything

150:30

about flexi time or any they can work

150:32

anytime they want. Nothing about that.

150:33

But here they have mentioned for indoor

150:35

staff and this is how we go wrong. So

150:37

answer is indoor staff. Outdoor SA does

150:39

not fulfill the condition which is

150:41

mentioned in the question. All of you

150:43

clear about the first answer.

150:47

Right? Good. Now the next question we

150:50

should not start reading again from here

150:52

for the next question. Right? We should

150:54

read from here because till here it's

150:56

all about you know indoor staff and

150:58

explaining about flexibility of the the

151:00

indoor staff. That means probably from

151:02

here we should read for the next

151:03

question. If we find the answer within

151:06

this time within this line, then we

151:08

should try start reading from here for

151:10

the next question. But because this is

151:11

used for this question, we can we can go

151:13

to the next uh paragraph itself. So this

151:16

is called sequence maintenance, right?

151:18

So we go to the next question. Same

151:20

thing going to happen. But there's a

151:22

problem with the next question. The

151:23

first question was teenytiny. Look at

151:25

the next question. If I read it, you

151:26

will understand it. How much time of

151:28

each year is an employee able to to take

151:30

to look after relative? Such lengthy

151:33

sentence for no reason. It's not even

151:34

that difficult. It is created in a way

151:37

to create illusion as if it is

151:40

difficult. It's not. And why it is not

151:42

difficult? Because we're going to break

151:44

the sentence into pieces. Certain words

151:47

can be converted into phrases easily.

151:49

For example,

151:51

how much time of each year? Isn't this

151:54

about leave

151:56

per year?

151:58

Leave per year. Let me just clear

152:02

leave per year. Okay. Is an employee

152:04

able to take? So employee can take

152:08

to look after relative to take care.

152:11

Very simple. Now you can create your own

152:13

sentence. Again we are looking for again

152:16

a keyword. Keyword could be relative or

152:18

taking care or leave any of them because

152:21

employee cannot be good keyword. And a

152:24

statement prediction statement could be

152:26

I'm looking for duration of leave an

152:29

employee can take to take care of

152:30

someone. That's it. Instead of such

152:33

lengthy statement which is not even what

152:35

we generally use, I can say that I'm

152:37

looking for leave duration per year

152:39

which employee can take to take care of

152:41

someone. As simple as that. Now the

152:43

question converted into something that

152:45

you um you like and you understand.

152:48

Right? Now what if the passage size

152:49

increases, difficulty increases, what

152:51

going to happen? How are we going to

152:53

solve it? Should we change our strategy?

152:55

No, we're not going to change our

152:57

strategy. But we're going to understand

152:59

what are we supposed to do. We are

153:01

supposed to just get one thing. The

153:04

fundamentals will not change. The only

153:06

thing that will change is more data.

153:10

Fine. What does it mean? Doesn't matter

153:13

the size there. Same here. The

153:15

fundamentals will stay the same. So I'm

153:17

going to show you the passage size. It's

153:18

huge. starts over here that you can see

153:21

here and it continues like this. Do we

153:23

have to change? Nothing. No. But we have

153:26

to understand that because there is the

153:27

size has is more now the answer will be

153:30

hidden. That's it. So we have to be

153:32

ready to find the answer. Okay. So look

153:35

at the first first of all instruction.

153:36

No more than one word. Not even a number

153:38

just one word. If you write more than

153:40

one word you're incorrect. There's

153:42

something very unique in this question.

153:43

Luckily if it's not then it's okay. But

153:46

luckily we have something unique and

153:48

that is quotation marks. What is the

153:51

meaning of quotation mark?

153:54

Why have they mentioned anything in

153:55

single quote? Generally we write

153:57

statements right? Whenever we write a

153:59

paragraph we have a domain. In this

154:03

domain that particular object can be

154:06

considered order object. This becomes a

154:09

proper noun only for the current

154:11

situation.

154:13

For example, we take we say let's say

154:15

Karthik and I write here, let me write a

154:17

statement.

154:19

Karthik

154:22

uh is a problem solver. Now if I write

154:27

like this and I if I write on the top

154:29

quotation marks for the complete

154:31

paragraph wherever I mention problem

154:33

solver I'm spec I'm I'm specifying to

154:35

Karthik for this paragraph only for

154:38

another paragraph I can name another

154:40

person problem solver. So this paragraph

154:43

this becomes a proper noun only for this

154:45

paragraph. That's why it's not created

154:47

as plural. Oh no sorry capitals. If I

154:49

write capital here it becomes a proper

154:51

noun forever like you know for every

154:53

other paragraph. But it's not possible.

154:55

It's my domain. So in this domain this

154:58

is a proper noun for something.

155:01

Do you understand guys?

155:04

Right? This particular name is given to

155:06

Karthik only for this paragraph. Later

155:08

it'll change. That's why we write single

155:11

quotes. Okay, good. What does it mean?

155:14

Single quotes are your help are your

155:16

helpers in your way. That means there is

155:18

no synonym like you said Jed as well,

155:20

right? There is no chance you will find

155:22

synonym of this. That means there a name

155:24

for now only. So we'll search order

155:26

object directly without thinking about

155:27

it. But first we read the question

155:29

instead of passage. In what form does

155:31

the brain store order object? So we are

155:34

looking for a form in which brain can

155:36

store order objects. What are order

155:38

objects? We don't care. We don't know.

155:40

We have to just search what our order

155:42

object was. So let's go to the passage

155:45

because it is exactly same word. You

155:48

will not find a synonym for that. Do you

155:50

see order object anywhere? No. Very

155:52

nice. Quick reading. Let's do next.

155:54

Order object.

156:01

Yes. You see specific word because they

156:04

were given it a term. Now order objects.

156:06

Fine. You won't believe how much you

156:09

just read. I'll show you.

156:12

This is the power of humans. We don't

156:15

know that we read from here to here to

156:17

find for information. How long did it

156:19

take? 30 seconds.

156:22

Can you read this much in 30 seconds?

156:24

No, we were not reading even we were

156:26

searching. And that's why we never read

156:28

initially. We search initially. We read

156:30

not just there. We read till here to

156:33

find the information. And this happens

156:34

sometime in exam that your answer is

156:36

lying down there. Generally they provide

156:38

quotation marks single quotes I mean not

156:40

quotation marks. So you see order object

156:41

is mentioned here. Wherever you find

156:43

your keyword you read their statement.

156:44

Death search if they have mentioned any

156:45

form

156:47

sorry smell stimuli from what seph

156:51

sephers terms order objects stored as

156:53

memories and these have a direct link

156:55

with our emotions. What is the answer?

156:59

Question was in what form does the brain

157:02

store order objects?

157:04

>> As memories. Yes. Answer is memories.

157:06

One word answer required. There you go.

157:08

Answer found. It took you only one

157:11

minute maximum. Even with us discussing

157:13

it took us one minute to find the

157:14

answer. Even though the answer is after

157:17

one complete page of reading and second

157:19

page half reading, we still find the

157:21

answer easily. Why? Because we were

157:24

focusing on something what we need to

157:26

focus on.

157:28

Right? So for example when uh you used

157:31

to be kids definitely you might have

157:33

ridden you know you might have used a

157:34

bike not motorbike normal bicycle to

157:37

come to home. So you let's say this is

157:39

your home and this is your school. You

157:41

wanted to come to school. Let's come

157:43

home in the afternoon or in the evening.

157:46

You didn't care about the shops around

157:48

until unless you need to buy something,

157:50

right? You for you destination was only

157:52

this. What if every uh let's say turn or

157:57

every house looks like your house? Now

158:00

you're confused.

158:02

Now you're confused, right? Should I

158:03

take this turn? Should I take that turn?

158:05

No. Everything looks unique. And that's

158:07

why for you target was this and here

158:09

your target was this because of this

158:11

targeting you you get it correct. Now

158:13

what happens in exam some people make a

158:16

mistake in this targeting. That means

158:19

they don't know where is my house where

158:21

is my particular target. Some people

158:23

make a mistake of taking the wrong turn.

158:26

They go to the wrong paragraph and try

158:27

to find it there. They waste time there.

158:29

Some people not just one turn. They take

158:31

multiple turns. Now they have spent

158:32

almost five minutes for one question.

158:35

Right? So these are the mistakes which

158:37

you can understand from simple example

158:39

like this. If you on the target you will

158:41

not take that much time. So exam

158:43

creators are experts. they have tested

158:46

it by you know solving the question

158:48

answer them multiple time and only then

158:50

they say oh this can be completed in

158:52

this much time even if they um they do

158:54

this and that for every um question they

158:57

do test such stuff right so I think all

159:01

of you understood doesn't matter how

159:03

long uh the passage is doesn't matter

159:05

how short the passage is if we

159:06

understand the fundamentals we can

159:08

easily find the answer

159:11

but try not to read the passage first

159:13

until unless I tell you This is the

159:15

question type where we have to there are

159:17

question types which are weird where you

159:19

don't have to even read the question you

159:21

will see that there are certain question

159:22

types you don't have to read the

159:23

question you have to read something else

159:25

opposite you come to the question at the

159:26

end so strategies are always different

159:29

for every question type and if you don't

159:30

apply the strategy nothing going to

159:31

happen you will be finding the answer

159:33

for sure in the end but with what with

159:37

uh the prize of time and when you think

159:40

about it how many questions do we have

159:42

we have total 40 questions questions and

159:45

how much 60 minutes. Fine. How much time

159:49

do you think we should spend on one

159:50

question?

159:54

1 minute 30 seconds, right? But we need

159:57

extra time to also move the answer into

159:59

answer sheet first. We do in the rough,

160:00

right? So, we can remove 20 seconds from

160:03

each or 15. 1 minute 15 seconds maximum

160:06

we can spend on each question. And what

160:09

if you're getting stuck somewhere in

160:10

between? What going to happen then?

160:14

in the end you get trouble right so time

160:17

management is the biggest problem in

160:19

reading number one number two every

160:21

question type will have um something

160:24

called time buffer or time allowance for

160:27

example this question type definitely

160:28

can be completed within 1 minute itself

160:31

but there's a question type called true

160:33

false not given or MCQs or matching

160:35

heading I can say that go with even 2

160:37

minutes in matching heading 2.5 minute

160:39

as well I don't mind it because there is

160:42

a benefit of doing that question type

160:45

right so that's that's the point here

160:47

right so there a question is smell

160:51

stimuli form what sephert's term now

160:54

what's the point here is smell stimuli

160:57

forms something it is not stored in any

160:59

form please understand there are two

161:02

words for the word form one word is a

161:05

verb one is a noun

161:11

okay

161:12

what is the solid form of water

161:17

ice. So what is that word form in there?

161:21

A noun,

161:23

right? Solid form of ice. But what about

161:26

this one? Something forms or something

161:29

form what? This thing. So this form is a

161:32

is a verb. So understand from that

161:34

perspective something is forming and

161:36

that term is used this. But this stored

161:40

this particular thing is stored as

161:42

memories. when they say stored as

161:43

memories in the sense in the form of

161:45

memories

161:48

right so that's how we understand from

161:50

the question using the reference if you

161:52

see this is how they play the game

161:54

honestly one more thing I would like to

161:55

tell you if there's a word mentioned

161:58

there and you feel oh I I think this is

162:00

the answer but because they have used

162:03

exact word 90% of the people go wrong in

162:06

this case majority of the people because

162:08

they see oh their word word is mentioned

162:10

there must be the correct answer no they

162:11

are putting there on purpose to lure you

162:14

towards the incorrect answer. We should

162:16

never do that. We should never be lured

162:18

towards such uh statements. Right? Okay.

162:23

Reading multiple choice questions. Now

162:25

in MCQs like we did in the case of

162:28

listening there were multiple types you

162:31

know two sentence types or three

162:32

sentence type two types of MCQs. Even in

162:35

uh reading we have multiple types of

162:38

MCQs right? What are those types? We

162:41

don't have multiple types of MCQs. We

162:43

have uh multiple uh sentence types in in

162:47

MCQs. Let's understand that. Okay. So

162:50

you can see that structure is same. We

162:52

have passage on the top and we can see

162:54

questions below. In listening you saw

162:58

one question and three options always in

163:00

listening. Okay. One question, three

163:02

options. Here one question or a

163:05

statement and four options always.

163:10

Sometimes they can have more than four

163:12

and that is only when they're looking

163:13

for more than one answer. For example,

163:15

they're only looking for choose the

163:16

correct answer out of these. Okay. But

163:18

sometimes they want to ask um please

163:21

search for two answers correct out of

163:23

these five options. There is also MCQ.

163:26

We'll discuss that at the end. But if it

163:28

is normal MCQ where one answer is

163:30

required, this is normal type

163:34

and only four options will be there. Now

163:39

how do we solve this question type?

163:41

Right? First of all like I said there

163:42

are two types of statements that you

163:44

have and that if you understand your

163:47

MCQs will be very easy. Now what is this

163:50

this strategy called multiple statement

163:53

types. Okay.

163:55

If I say one statement or one question

163:58

is predictable

164:00

one one statement is predictable. Let's

164:02

see what it means. That's the most

164:04

important thing in MCUs. Most people

164:06

don't get it but it is important. So if

164:08

I say that

164:10

um

164:12

I am

164:14

working on this project

164:19

because okay fine and if I write this I

164:22

am out of these statements which one can

164:25

I predict the answer which one can I

164:27

cannot the first one or second one?

164:30

Second one is unpredictable right? So

164:33

why am I telling you what is

164:34

unpredictable? Look in this case I can

164:37

guess that we are looking for a reason

164:40

and I can even give a reason random

164:41

reason. Let's say um I'm working on this

164:44

project because I get paid for that.

164:46

Okay.

164:48

Fine. Now in this case in the the case

164:51

below I am not as good as my

164:55

subordinates. I am a good teacher. I'm

164:59

um not well today. So multiple themes

165:02

are possible. It could be a reason and

165:04

it could be um a comparison. It could be

165:08

anything. So for example, I am not

165:10

working because this. So if this is the

165:13

case when we cannot predict the answer

165:16

in one word that is called

165:18

unpredictable. Here we know that we are

165:20

looking for a reason. Here we don't know

165:24

what we are looking for. Reason,

165:25

comparison,

165:27

anything is possible. Now this kind of

165:30

com this kind of uh separation if

165:32

understood things will become easy in

165:34

the case of reading. Look at this one.

165:38

The writer suggests that Marshall's

165:40

discovery came at a good time for the US

165:42

because now is this predictable.

165:47

It is predictable because we have the

165:48

word because

165:50

we're looking for a reason for

165:52

something. What was the reaction in 1848

165:55

to the news of discovery of gold? Is

165:56

this predictable? No. Okay. Don't you

165:59

think I can also like I did in the case

166:01

I'm looking for a reason. I can say I'm

166:03

looking for a reaction

166:06

maybe. Yes, we can look for a reaction.

166:09

What was the result of thousands of

166:11

people moving to California? Is this

166:12

predictable? We looking for results.

166:15

What does the writer say about using pen

166:17

and rockers to find gold? Is this

166:18

predictable?

166:20

Suggestion. Okay, that's good. We are

166:23

looking for a suggestion. Now, this

166:24

suggestion can be anything.

166:27

Please understand that there is a

166:29

difference between looking for a result

166:30

and looking for a suggestion. What I

166:32

mean by that is we are looking for a

166:34

particular result for this particular

166:36

thing. That means people moved out. We

166:39

are looking for result for that. We are

166:40

looking for a reaction for this

166:41

particular situation. We're looking for

166:44

reason for this particular situation.

166:47

Here what are they saying is above we

166:50

have some information about pens and

166:51

rockers. Please tell us which R of these

166:55

statement is true from the above

166:57

passage. That's what they're saying.

167:00

Okay. So what does the writer say about

167:02

using pens and rockers in the sense

167:05

whenever the question whenever the

167:07

question says you can also say that it

167:08

is unpredictable. Whenever the question

167:11

says anything about using something or

167:14

using this or anything about any topic

167:16

this becomes not predictable. Now let's

167:18

understand from a another perspective.

167:21

What does the writer say about coffee?

167:25

Okay. What does the writer say about

167:27

pen? What does the writer say about

167:29

having online sessions? Okay. Let's say

167:33

these kind of questions are

167:34

unpredictable.

167:37

Right? So if they say pens okay pens and

167:40

rockers are now if they leave their

167:42

question empty that is also

167:43

unpredictable because we don't know what

167:45

does the writer say about this is

167:46

unpredictable. Any question which says

167:48

that what does the writer say about

167:50

this? What if they change the question

167:52

like this? Writer says that pens and

167:54

rockers are really good uh techniques

167:57

because as soon as they add because it

167:58

becomes predictable because it's a

168:00

reason when it is predictable when you

168:03

know for sure you're looking for a

168:04

reason or reaction or result or location

168:08

whatever it is if it is set we what we

168:10

are searching for it's very easy. Okay

168:13

it's very easy. Why? So in step one you

168:17

first of all read the question one

168:18

question at a time. Don't read the

168:20

passage first. Second thing don't read

168:22

the options first. They are useless. You

168:24

won't remember this much.

168:27

Some people do that they read all the

168:29

options and feel that oh I'll get some

168:30

idea. No you won't get some idea. You

168:32

will get literally confused more than

168:35

getting idea. So only read the question

168:38

and not read the option. In the question

168:41

you have a possibility of finding two

168:42

types of uh details. Number one is

168:45

called because it is predictable. How

168:48

and what is the prediction? Okay, let's

168:51

see what is the prediction. Second, we

168:53

are looking for keyword if possible.

168:56

Keyword if possible because it helps you

168:58

figure out the answer in the passage.

168:59

And if possible, I mean proper noun. It

169:02

cannot be um common noun per se. So we

169:05

have here Marshall's discovery because a

169:08

name and the US as a keyword because

169:10

it's a name. So keyword could be used

169:12

this way. What about prediction?

169:14

Prediction cannot be just saying oh it's

169:16

a reason. No, just say in your head or

169:18

write it in your notes. What are we

169:20

looking for? Reason in detail. What was

169:23

the reason for us to have a good time

169:25

and Marshall discovery came?

169:29

How was US having good time because

169:31

Marshall because of Marshall discovery.

169:32

So basically we have a connection

169:34

between Marshall's discovery and US

169:35

having a good time. That's what they're

169:37

saying. What is the reason for this?

169:39

What was the reason? That's what they're

169:40

asking. Why would we read when we have

169:42

no idea? So elimination method used to

169:45

work earlier in the sense when we used

169:48

to study in school. So what what they

169:50

used to do is some of the options were

169:51

absurd. Absurd in the sense it's for

169:53

sure it's useless. So we remove it,

169:55

right? It's of no use. But here we can

169:59

rely only on the passage above. Every

170:01

reason looks valid, right? We don't know

170:04

that for sure. So what do we do after we

170:06

understand Marshall discovery and us? we

170:07

have to find and we are looking for the

170:09

reason between them to have a good time

170:12

and its discovery. We go to the passage

170:15

we try to find this information and

170:18

remember that question is more important

170:19

than the options. So you search in the

170:21

passage. Do you see Marshall's discovery

170:23

in the US anywhere?

170:25

So we'll read that because Marshall

170:28

Marshall was Marshall found gold in here

170:30

and they said Marshall discovery the

170:32

treaty of G whatever the name is was

170:35

signed and because of this treaty the

170:37

MexicanAmerican war ended and because of

170:40

the end they transfer California with

170:42

full of this into the ownership of

170:44

United States and at the time at the

170:47

time the population of this area

170:48

consisted of these many Californians and

170:51

these many foreigners and 150,000 Native

170:53

Americans. So we'll do one thing. All of

170:55

you found the area. But there are

170:57

multiple reasons what Jun Juned has

170:59

mentioned. Now you can say there are

171:00

multiple reasons they have mentioned in

171:01

the passage not in the question. So what

171:04

are we going to do? We going to go to

171:06

the question and I would ask you which

171:09

one out of these is the correct answer

171:12

out of these possible reasons they have

171:14

mentioned. Right. So let me just uh

171:18

Okay, there we go. It's readable now.

171:20

MexicanAmerican war was ending is

171:23

mentioned but men needing work both of

171:25

you found perfectly good that means men

171:27

needing work was not mentioned in the

171:29

passage we don't need it that means this

171:31

op option cannot be selected D is the

171:33

correct answer because yes the region

171:35

which is California was about to come

171:38

under the control of US and how was this

171:40

good time for us because this California

171:44

was full of mineral deposits

171:47

so it's beneficial for us why would they

171:50

let it Go. That's the correct answer.

171:52

Okay, next one. Right. What was the

171:55

result of thousands of people moving to

171:57

California? So again, we do we're going

171:59

to do the same thing. Ignore the

172:01

options. Read the question. What is the

172:03

keyword here?

172:05

California.

172:08

Keyword is California. That's a name,

172:09

right? Or people moving to California.

172:11

Okay. Now comes your prediction.

172:13

prediction or you know in this case

172:15

predictability is because of we're

172:17

looking for result of some people moving

172:20

or many people moving to California what

172:22

was the result of this particular

172:24

phenomenon what happened because of this

172:26

basically what what they that's what

172:27

they're asking right so we'll copy the

172:30

question go to the passage search where

172:32

are they discussing about California

172:33

people moving and what is the result for

172:36

that let's go above last answer we found

172:38

in this paragraph so I don't think there

172:40

are anything result we go to the next

172:41

paragraph if possible

172:43

And if you notice that in the question

172:46

they have also mentioned

172:49

uh

172:52

oh we skipped one question here

172:56

jump to this one never mind we'll go to

172:58

the previous one it's okay I mean we'll

173:00

go to the this one which we have read so

173:03

maybe here somewhere do you see anything

173:06

people moving to California

173:10

so

173:11

where have they mentioned People are

173:13

moving to California. So thousands of

173:15

people around United States borrowed

173:18

money, bought case their property, spend

173:20

their life savings to make hardest

173:21

journey to California. It's difficult

173:23

journey to California. And what was the

173:25

result of that? What happened because of

173:26

this journey?

173:28

So you all of you read some things you

173:30

remember that what was the result of

173:32

people moving to California? Is there

173:34

any reason mentioned here? So answer is

173:37

C in that case.

173:40

So basically what did they do? They

173:42

actually left everyone to get gold

173:47

in pursuit of the kind of wealth they

173:49

had never dreamt of. They left their

173:50

families and uh and local areas. In turn

173:53

their and once they left their wives

173:56

have nothing to do and they had no

173:58

option. So they did what? They took the

174:00

responsibilities such as running farms

174:02

or businesses and many made the year

174:03

successful. They were successful. So

174:06

basically men left and whoever so was

174:09

left they had to do according to that

174:11

time weird jobs now everyone is equally

174:13

here so now they are doing this so

174:15

that's why C is the correct answer some

174:16

of those who stayed behind had to take

174:18

unexpected roads

174:21

yes C is the correct answer now if you

174:23

chose Ds were established which became

174:25

good place to live if you go below a

174:27

little bit they have mentioned

174:30

the overcrowded chaos of the mining

174:32

camps and the towns grew more lawless

174:34

even more lawless.

174:37

So what happened to the town? They were

174:38

not good places to live. They became

174:41

chaotic places to live.

174:44

Right? So that cannot be the correct

174:46

answer. So wherever you choose an

174:48

option, you have to do two things after

174:50

even while choosing the option. Number

174:51

one, confirm every phrase in the option.

174:55

Number two, connect the option with the

174:57

question. Sometime we just choose an

174:59

option which is available in the

175:00

passage. Oh, I saw something. I'm I'm

175:02

going to choose that. No, we're looking

175:04

for what happened as a result of what

175:06

was the result of people moving to

175:08

California. That was not the result

175:10

basically. Then it is not it is not

175:12

correct answer. This is not correct. Not

175:14

because it's not mentioned. It is

175:16

mentioned but because they didn't become

175:19

good place to live. B cannot be correct

175:21

because they didn't get money. They were

175:23

just dreaming of getting that money. And

175:26

how is that a result? It's not a result.

175:28

It's something else. So that cannot be

175:30

true again. So watch out for the options

175:33

and think about the connection between

175:35

the passage and the answer first second

175:37

and try to connect every phrase you can.

175:41

Okay, that's that's important. That's

175:43

really important. Sometime one word can

175:44

change the answer. Uh look at the

175:46

previous one. I mean we messed up the

175:48

sequence but it's okay. We'll go to the

175:49

above p paragraphs because we um we

175:53

didn't read it this time. What was the

175:55

reaction in 1848 to the news of

175:57

discovery of code? What is the key word

175:58

here by the way?

176:01

1848.

176:04

Isn't this because think about it. Can

176:07

you find a synonym of 1848?

176:11

>> It's a number.

176:12

>> It's a number. You cannot find maybe

176:14

maybe they have what the worst they can

176:18

do. They can write it in words which is

176:20

very rare numbers to be written like

176:21

that.

176:22

>> Now in 1848 what happened? What is a

176:24

prediction? We are looking for reaction

176:26

of people because of news of discovery

176:28

of gold. What happened as soon as they

176:30

find found gold in 1848? What were how

176:34

did people react? That's what they're

176:36

asking, right? And if you go to the

176:39

passage,

176:41

uh let me copy the question to the

176:43

passage uh to the sample. And the last

176:46

answer we found was here. So we go above

176:47

because we don't know, we didn't check

176:50

the sequence because second question we

176:51

skipped. Do you see any 1848 there?

176:56

Mid-March 1848. Anything mentioned about

177:00

uh gold, discovery gold, discovery of

177:02

gold? The initial reaction was

177:04

disbelief. Okay, let's go to the

177:06

options. Any option talking about

177:08

disbelief?

177:10

The option says people needed to see

177:12

physical evidence before they took it

177:14

seriously.

177:16

Okay, let's see. Let's read it. We are

177:18

guessing it, right? Okay. Though the

177:20

initial reaction in San Francisco were

177:22

disbelief, storekeeper Sam Brandon set

177:24

off a frenzy when he paraded through

177:25

town displaying a small bottle

177:27

containing gold from Sutter Creek. And

177:28

by mid June, some 3/4 of male population

177:31

of San Francisco had left town for the

177:33

gold mines and the number of miners in

177:34

the area reached 4,000 by August. So

177:37

what are they saying here? They're

177:39

saying that initially nobody believed

177:42

later they did and by mid June these

177:46

this much population was there. They

177:48

left the town to find gold. This is what

177:50

the information is which I feel where

177:53

the answer might be present. Okay, let's

177:55

just assume that and we go to that area

177:58

and we see which option could be

178:00

correct. Now,

178:05

okay, now you can read from here.

178:08

Now, if you remember the first word that

178:13

made you think, let's go to the option.

178:16

Isn't it going against P? Okay, let's

178:19

say they they were having disbelief and

178:20

they didn't go there. Let's say if they

178:22

write like this and next statement says

178:24

that um and eventually many people came

178:28

and us came first that could be answer D

178:30

then we don't know that if we do it

178:32

without with our perception 50% of the

178:36

answers will be incorrect

178:38

we cannot do that right so yes they

178:41

disbelieve but look at the next

178:42

statement what did they write the

178:43

problem is that the word they have used

178:45

what have they used they have used a

178:47

nice word called frenzy so the statement

178:49

it says Yeah, nobody believed initially.

178:52

That's why immediately it's not

178:54

possible. Storekeeper Sam Brennan set

178:57

off a frenzy. That means he created a

178:59

craze. These days we call it things

179:01

going viral. So he set off a frenzy when

179:05

he took a small bottle of containing you

179:08

know small world containing gold and he

179:10

parided through the town showing it. So

179:12

let's say if I tell you guys there is a

179:14

place where you can take your phone and

179:16

get a new phone instantly upgrade your

179:18

phone for free and there's a place

179:20

called XY Z you would say ah Sam this is

179:22

just a joke and what if I show you a

179:24

video I'm doing it you would go crazy

179:27

that means you I will set up a frenzy of

179:29

you guys going to that place right

179:31

that's what he did he showed the gold in

179:33

a bottle and he said look so much gold

179:36

and they they kept running them so

179:38

people needed to say their evidence

179:40

before they took it seriously ly

179:42

immediately not possible. Nothing about

179:44

miners going first from US press was not

179:47

that important either. Especially when

179:48

it comes to reaction, no. So yes, that

179:51

is C. Correct answer. You guessed it.

179:53

But guessing will not be a good idea.

179:55

Explanation is important. Right? Now

179:57

when it comes to such questions which is

179:59

which are unpredictable, now comes a

180:01

problem. The problem is how to solve it

180:04

because I I'll tell you when it comes to

180:07

unpredictable, please don't read the

180:08

options either. Number one. Number two,

180:11

we don't we read the question but we

180:14

only underline initially what the topic

180:16

is in the statement. In this case, the

180:18

topics are two pen rockers or pen and

180:21

rockers. Let's write it one pen and

180:23

rockers. Okay, pens and rockers are the

180:26

topic because the question says what

180:27

does the writer say about using this? So

180:29

we are having pens and rockers or using

180:31

pens and rockers basically as the topic.

180:34

Always underline the topic when it comes

180:36

to unpredictable. If you write, if you

180:38

take notes, it'll be better. So, step

180:40

one is to figure out where have they

180:42

mentioned pens and rockers first because

180:44

let's say there are 50 sentences about

180:46

pens and rockers. Out of these 50

180:49

sentences, only one will be found in

180:51

here.

180:53

So, first we search the topic in the

180:55

passage. And what do we search? We don't

180:56

we're not searching for answer yet. We

180:58

are searching for the topic and how many

181:01

uh paragraphs you will see pens and

181:03

rockers. Remember that. Okay. Let's go

181:05

above. Okay. If you notice that last

181:08

answer we found over here. So we start

181:10

reading over here. Last answer we found

181:12

right this business and and all those

181:14

things. Do you see pens and rockets

181:15

here?

181:21

No.

181:23

Pens and rockers in D. We we are not

181:26

reading anything. We're just figuring

181:28

out if this paragraph is required for us

181:30

because we the question is what does the

181:32

writer say about pens and rockers? Now

181:34

it could be could be anywhere in this

181:35

paragraph. Anything about pens and

181:37

rockers here? We have the pen, rocker,

181:40

everything is mentioned, right? Okay.

181:42

Next. Do we have pens and rockers here?

181:45

We have it. Okay. Anything about pens

181:48

and rockers here?

181:50

Okay. What about F?

181:59

No,

182:02

nothing here, right? Nothing here. Okay.

182:04

As soon as it stops you know existing

182:07

the pens and rockers you have a look.

182:10

Okay, we have to read from here to here

182:14

and remember everything to figure out

182:17

the answer. D paragraph has an op has an

182:20

has a statement called gold panning and

182:23

about miners and about skills there's an

182:26

option called uh pen is the best system

182:30

for novice miners to use which is about

182:32

skills. Can that be not correct? Now my

182:35

point is what if see pans were the best

182:38

system for novice miners to use

182:40

>> and that means pens were the best for

182:42

novice in the sense new miners. Right?

182:45

Now if you go to the passage they have

182:47

mentioned which is uh panning was slow

182:50

even for the most skillful miners

182:53

because opposite is mentioned. You can

182:55

remove this information for sure. I mean

182:56

that option.

182:58

What if one word was opposite? What if

183:00

they say that pens were the fastest for

183:04

every minor let's say for even the basic

183:06

minors or the noise minors this would be

183:08

correct and our assumption of only

183:10

reading that particular paragraph which

183:12

has both pens and rockers would go

183:16

wrong.

183:17

I hope you understand that means they

183:19

are providing information from the

183:21

previous paragraphs as well and they

183:23

would do that in an unpredictable they

183:26

do that they provide you at least two to

183:27

three paragraphs in information not

183:29

always 50% of the time 50% they only one

183:32

or two sentences about that in that case

183:35

you can read that quickly so for example

183:37

from here to here gold and uh penning

183:40

and and rocking and you can read that

183:41

and you can figure it out and go to the

183:43

option but because here they have

183:45

mentioned this you never Oh right. So

183:48

look at the first option itself. Okay.

183:49

Both methods required the addition of

183:51

mercury. This particular method both

183:53

methods required not just one. So what

183:55

do we have to do? We have to search from

183:57

beginning now in D. Do we have that

183:59

metal's name? That's what we need to

184:01

search

184:03

not just for panic. We have to search

184:04

the metal's name here. And I don't think

184:06

it's in there in D. Anything about

184:08

mercury? Do we have it in this part?

184:12

No, we don't have it. Do we have it in

184:14

this part?

184:16

Yeah, some miners added a small amount

184:18

of mercury to the bottom of the rocker.

184:21

Is it in both or one?

184:23

One. So, this option can be removed.

184:26

Both methods gone. A rocker needed more

184:29

than one minor to operate it. Now,

184:31

rocker is mentioned not in just E. It's

184:34

mentioned in D as well.

184:37

I mean sorry in mentioned in E first

184:39

part as well because it is about rocker

184:41

record could be mentioned. Right.

184:44

And where are they discussing about how

184:46

many miners are required?

184:50

They have mentioned somewhere about

184:51

miners and how many are required.

184:57

Look, they have mentioned a single minor

184:59

could press more dirt and and rock with

185:03

than with a pen. That means with a

185:05

rocker they can do more a single minor

185:07

than a penner than a penning guy. But

185:10

nothing about it requires more. So this

185:12

can option can be removed that a rocker

185:14

needed more than one minor. A single

185:16

minor can do a lot of work. So panning

185:19

and rocking is not exactly I mean I have

185:21

complete idea but I have some idea. So

185:23

what do they do? They go to reverse

185:26

right and in reverse they actually take

185:28

um the sand in some kind of uh um seve

185:33

se which which you pass through some of

185:35

the material and then they keep shaking.

185:38

when they keep shaking uh gold stays on

185:41

the top and rest of the things can be

185:43

removed that's called basically uh

185:46

rocking so you keep rocking they're

185:48

moving that's how they find gold rocking

185:51

I have seen uh one of the videos u I

185:55

mean in in discovery or something one

185:57

second uh rocking to find gold you can

186:00

see see on internet I mean yeah this way

186:03

look so they use this seieve to collect

186:06

a lot of sand and they keep moving

186:08

And when they move it they some of what

186:10

is left is the is the the gold basically

186:14

you you can see the videos right. So

186:16

also find gold from rivers. You can you

186:20

can even find it from rivers close to

186:22

you. I mean close to your house. You can

186:25

do that. Look this is how they do it.

186:26

They keep moving it.

186:29

Oh this is panning. Sorry that's not

186:30

rocking. My bad. This is panning. Look.

186:33

Gold panning. And then they keep moving

186:36

it and until they they see something

186:37

different and they find a lot of gold

186:39

actually per day like this. So what are

186:43

they saying here that rockers needed

186:44

more than not necessarily pen was the

186:46

best system we have already found that

186:48

and therefore found in the first

186:49

paragraph that is D and it is opposite

186:51

information mentioned gold penning was

186:53

slow even for the most skillful miners

186:55

opposite so we cannot that means answer

186:57

is D.

186:59

Miners had to find a way around a design

187:02

fault in one system. Now which one

187:04

system had they had a problem and which

187:06

one system they found a solution maybe

187:08

it's in D maybe it's in E but I can show

187:10

you directly they have mentioned that

187:13

there was a problem while using rockers

187:15

and they had difficulty in trapping gold

187:17

or this is smallest particle of gold

187:19

known as fl miners added small amount of

187:22

mercury to at the bottom of the rocker

187:24

which is how they found gold. So all of

187:28

you did see that when it comes to

187:29

unpredictable question type finding

187:32

answer is difficult but not difficult I

187:34

would say that time consuming because

187:36

first of all you have to figure out pens

187:37

and rockers where are they mentioned

187:39

then we have to search each and every

187:41

option in the passage until unless you

187:42

find the answer

187:45

there's no other method that works

187:46

because you cannot read from top to

187:48

bottom and choose one par uh an option

187:50

you will try that and you will see that

187:53

is reading matching heading heading now

187:56

This question type is very unique. The

187:59

reason is it has lot of exceptions. So

188:03

exception number one earlier we have be

188:06

we keep so this is what I'm talking

188:08

about reading by the way. So please pay

188:10

attention uh from that perspective.

188:14

Every time I said sequence is maintained

188:16

in every question. So for example first

188:18

question if found in the second

188:20

paragraph the second question cannot be

188:22

found in the first paragraph. So here

188:24

sequent is not maintained first

188:27

every time I said normally that please

188:30

read the question first. Okay, read the

188:34

question first. Here we don't have any

188:36

big question. So this is also not

188:39

fulfilled here. Right. Number three, you

188:42

have to read quickly, scan quickly,

188:44

everything is quickly. So you have

188:46

everything quick here. No, you have to

188:49

read as slow as possible. Every rule is

188:52

broken here because this question type

188:54

will require that. If you do not do that

188:57

in matching heading, there is no chance

188:59

you'll be clearing or getting the

189:01

answer.

189:02

And yes, you are allowed to spend 2

189:05

minutes per question in this case. This

189:08

is such unique question type where you

189:10

allowed to do so much and still you're

189:12

fine, right? Why why is that the case?

189:14

You will see that eventually and slowly.

189:16

So what happens in matching heading,

189:18

right?

189:20

In matching heading you will get a b c d

189:23

whatever e till whatever number they

189:24

gave you paragraphs. Now in the

189:26

paragraph you are supposed to write the

189:29

title of the paragraph. For example,

189:32

whatever the title they have given us in

189:34

options, you're supposed to provide the

189:35

title of that particular paragraph. Let

189:36

me open one of the examples so that you

189:38

can understand that. So this is the

189:41

paragraph that I'm talking about. Okay.

189:45

Initially the title is A B C D

189:50

E F and like titles like this and below

189:54

you have some headings list of headings

189:56

like this one till 9 and paragraph A

189:59

paragraph B C like this right we are

190:02

supposed to provide a title for each

190:04

paragraph paragraph A B C D whatever it

190:07

is right so you can see question there

190:08

is nothing there is just this options we

190:11

don't read

190:14

Generally we read the options first,

190:16

right? Or the question first. No, we

190:17

don't read them. We read the paragraph

190:20

in this case. This is really weird, but

190:22

it is important. Okay. Now, how do we

190:24

solve this question type? This is the

190:25

this is the whole thing. Each paragraph

190:27

has to be given a title out of these

190:30

possible um headings or options, right?

190:33

You can say that list of headings. Every

190:36

time the number of questions that we

190:38

have, the number of list of headings

190:39

will be more.

190:42

So let's say we have six questions A B C

190:44

D paragraph now name I'm telling you E

190:47

and F let's say then the number of

190:50

headings will be definitely 7 8 or 9 or

190:52

10 sometime so you can see here we have

190:54

only how much six questions I guess I

190:57

believe yeah six questions and nine

190:59

headings

191:00

right so this is always the case

191:04

how do we solve this question type there

191:05

are two uh layers of understanding this

191:08

right how what are those two layers

191:12

So the first layer is understanding it

191:14

from the basic perspective and then

191:17

we'll go into advanced perspective. Any

191:19

software or anything you use when you

191:21

say basic perspective you understand

191:23

these are the um bird eye view that I'll

191:27

be doing this first of all right but

191:29

when you go inside details about that

191:31

you will see oh there are so many more

191:33

steps. So what is the basic thing right?

191:35

Basic

191:38

basic steps. So the step one is to go to

191:40

the questions and check what is this

191:43

paragraph they're asking for sometime

191:45

what do they do they leave the paragraph

191:49

for example paragraph A they don't want

191:50

the answer for that they want directly

191:52

with start with B or they don't want B

191:55

in between they go want to go with C

191:57

directly A or B they skip check which

191:59

paragraph it is it is paragraph A great

192:02

paragraph A it is then you do one thing

192:06

you go up or wherever you have to Go to

192:08

the paragraph A. Go to that paragraph.

192:11

Read that paragraph from top to bottom.

192:13

Understand that paragraph properly. Then

192:16

you go to the options that is 1 till 9

192:21

and see which option is correct.

192:24

Right? Wonderful. You found the answer.

192:26

Let's say then you go to see oh which

192:28

paragraph is important? B. You go to

192:30

paragraph B. Read that particular

192:32

paragraph from top to bottom. each and

192:33

every sentence. I know internet is full

192:35

of advices which is okay read the first

192:37

sentence and the last sentence

192:40

you'll get some idea well this doesn't

192:42

make sense because when you do that the

192:44

the context of the paragraph is not

192:46

clear so please don't listen to the

192:48

internet advices which you know which

192:50

really give you useless and deceiving

192:53

advices because they want views in the

192:56

end they want views and they want to be

192:58

like oh we are unique we are different

193:00

but those advices will lead to problems

193:03

So do not listen to them.

193:08

So what do we do? How do we get this?

193:10

Okay, basic told you read which question

193:13

it is, understand the paragraph and go

193:15

to the option and choose it. Very

193:17

simple. I think all of you knew this,

193:18

right? Just why are you telling us what

193:20

we already knew? Problem is in

193:24

understanding the paragraph. And why is

193:26

that a problem? Because we do not read

193:29

much these days, right? So person who

193:32

reads a lot let's say books or articles

193:35

or anything they have this comprehensive

193:38

power comprehensive power in the sense

193:42

when they uh read let's say three

193:45

sentences or four sentences even they

193:47

can understand them they connect with

193:48

them they can easily find the meaning of

193:50

it after they connect with it but the

193:53

person who does not read much for them

193:55

even one sentence or two sentences is

193:58

difficult to connect so we need to think

194:01

from a basic perspective that let's say

194:03

you have no idea how to understand a

194:05

paragraph even from the perspective of

194:08

three sentences or two sentences. So we

194:10

go we get a method according to which we

194:13

only understand one sentence at a time

194:16

and then we move on. So along with that

194:19

of course we have other steps. Now

194:22

instead of doing anything else we're

194:23

going to understand a method using which

194:26

you will get the meaning of any

194:28

paragraph in detail in such a way that

194:31

you can provide a title to that right

194:34

along with that we have some also some

194:36

strategies using which you can choose

194:38

the right uh title even if you go for

194:41

the wrong title you will be poked by

194:43

yourself like what am I doing this is

194:46

wrong what I'm doing right so we need to

194:48

see that we need to see that what is

194:49

that method

194:52

That method is called connecting method.

194:55

Every sentence that we have has some

194:57

connection. That's why it's called a

194:58

paragraph. Right? It won't be a

195:00

paragraph otherwise because if they

195:02

write in single point separately that

195:04

means they are independent. But here

195:06

they are writing one paragraph. That

195:08

means one concept is discussed. What is

195:11

that con concept? So we need to do one

195:13

thing. Let's take one paragraph at a

195:15

time. Right now we'll do two paragraphs

195:16

just to understand how the method works.

195:18

First of all the method. what it is.

195:21

Let's take this particular paragraph and

195:22

you can start writing notes if you want

195:25

to. So we have multiple steps here.

195:28

We'll start with step one. Okay. When we

195:30

read the paragraph, step one is to

195:32

assume

195:34

assume that only step uh only sentence

195:38

one exists. Okay, I'll explain.

195:42

In this case, we have a sentence. At

195:44

first sight, it looked like typical

195:46

suburban road accident. Okay, fine.

195:50

Let's assume only this particular

195:52

sentence exists. Only this one. Fine.

195:57

What does it mean based on this

195:59

sentence? What do you think is the

196:00

title? We are creating a base of

196:02

understanding of that particular

196:03

paragraph. At first sight, it look like

196:06

typical suburban road accident. Right?

196:09

That means they're going to talk about

196:10

probably about typical road accident or

196:13

road accident or suburban road accident.

196:16

either either of these things probably

196:19

right all of you agree with this so far

196:22

or all of you understand the method so

196:24

far with the step one

196:26

>> yeah okay

196:29

but that's not the case right we don't

196:31

have just sentence one we have multiple

196:33

sentences so what what do we do we go to

196:36

step two

196:37

in step two we connect sentence n

196:41

with sentence n + one is sentence n +

196:46

One n of course is question number n is

196:49

always one when it comes above we have

196:52

written one we take this now it becomes

196:55

sentence one connected to sentence two

196:58

once we do this if it is done we go to

197:00

sentence two connect with three three

197:02

with four so we keep connecting right so

197:05

how is sentence one connected to two

197:08

there are only three possibilities three

197:10

ways to connect sentences let's read the

197:13

sentence first okay a land rover

197:15

approach approached a Chevy Tahoe estate

197:18

car that had stopped at a curb. The Land

197:20

Rover pulled out and tried to pass the

197:22

Tahoe just as it started off again. Now

197:25

without without telling you what are

197:27

these connections readings this way is

197:29

just you know data there is no

197:32

connection there is no understanding

197:34

there is no knowledge it's just data

197:35

lying there right what are those three

197:38

connections that we have between the

197:39

sentences here let's write those

197:41

connections here number one

197:44

whatever the theme was they talking

197:46

about the theme whatever the theme there

197:49

was let me just clear it first of all

197:50

same theme they kept the same thing for

197:53

example they were talking about road

197:54

accident they continued with the road

197:56

accident. They're talking about the same

197:58

road accident. So the first thing is the

198:00

ex same theme. Second is they changed

198:04

the theme. What do they change? They

198:06

change the theme. So let's say they have

198:09

road accident suddenly they started

198:10

talking about rocket science or

198:13

computers or lighting or whatever.

198:14

Whatever it is, we don't know. They

198:16

change the theme. Right? Second one. And

198:19

third is contrasting.

198:23

contrasting in the sense

198:26

yes there was a road accident but it

198:28

wasn't really true it was fake let's say

198:32

so contrasting will always start with

198:34

but yet um however instead of whatever

198:38

you have uh these words whatever words

198:40

they want to use they can use right when

198:43

you see any of these connections present

198:45

you will keep understanding the

198:46

paragraph from that perspective let's

198:48

see now the paragraph okay I'll explain

198:50

initially we saw that was about road

198:52

accident. A Land Rover approached a

198:54

Chevy Tahoe estate car. So what are they

198:56

saying here? There was a car parked

198:58

called There was Chevrolet. That's the

199:00

short name of Chevrolet. Chevy Tahoe car

199:03

was parked there. Another car was just

199:05

trying to reach there and suddenly

199:08

another one just started. So what are

199:11

they saying here? They are saying that

199:12

how did the accident take place? What

199:16

was the whole situation when this all

199:18

happened? So basically they're talking

199:20

about accident that means they are

199:23

talking about the same theme.

199:26

See the Land Rover pulled out and tried

199:27

to pass the Tahoe just as it started off

199:30

again. This it was about to start the

199:32

second one got into it right this so

199:35

that is how this didn't happen probably

199:38

right then we go to sentence two to

199:40

sentence three. So far we understood it

199:42

right? Let's do it. There was a crack of

199:45

fenders and the sound of paintwork being

199:48

scrapped. The kind of minor mishap that

199:51

occurs on the road thousands of time

199:52

every day. Out of these connections 1,

199:55

two, and three, tell me which one is it?

199:58

Is it the same or did they change it or

200:00

is it contrast? See, so they're talking

200:03

about kind of sounds and you know kind

200:05

of after method you can say that after

200:08

accident what happens? They're

200:10

explaining this. So basically this is

200:11

all about accidents. Next connection.

200:14

Normally drivers get out a gasulate

200:17

exchange on his detail and then drive

200:21

off. I think still they're talking about

200:23

accidents. What happens in accidents?

200:26

Right. So far what we are getting is

200:28

this paragraph is probably about

200:30

accidents. Right? Okay. Then we have a

200:33

statement called but not on this

200:34

occasion. Nice. This is good. Now we

200:38

have something different. What is it?

200:42

Which connection is this? When we read

200:46

is change same or contrast but

200:53

the end. But now what is the meaning of

200:56

contrast? Please try to understand when

200:58

we read half of the time what do we do?

201:02

We tend to understand the remaining or

201:04

the coming sentence by just a hint of

201:08

word but. You will see that. Okay. I

201:10

I'll prove it to you. Okay.

201:12

I worked sorry

201:16

so hard

201:19

for my test

201:22

but now how can you how can you fill

201:24

this

201:26

any any possible sentence but I couldn't

201:30

succeed but I didn't get good marks but

201:31

I failed whatever it is so without any

201:36

sentence you're creating a sentence by

201:38

because we have some reference now we

201:40

have but we can see that what what is

201:41

going to happen isn't same what going to

201:44

happen here

201:46

they said that but not on this occasion

201:48

what didn't happen on this occasion that

201:50

drivers earlier they say drivers get out

201:52

and did this earlier they used to do

201:54

that but not on this occasion since

201:56

nobody got out and they have mentioned

201:58

that no one got out of the car but for

201:59

the simple reason that they had no

202:02

humans inside them the Tahoe and the

202:04

Land Rover being controlled by computer

202:06

were competing in November starpa urban

202:08

challenge great now there is a change in

202:12

the theme. So three of them are present.

202:13

You see there's a change in the theme.

202:16

They change from car accident to

202:19

computers or robot cars, right? So

202:22

they're changing the theme. And I hope

202:24

all of you are seeing the difference

202:25

between connection which is same. There

202:28

is a change and there is a contrast.

202:31

Three of them are present here. Great.

202:34

Now after this what do we understand? We

202:36

just read it. We found the connection.

202:37

It's all disjointed. No, it's not.

202:40

Actually you understood a lot. Let me

202:42

just draw a line here.

202:44

When you draw a line you draw till

202:47

whenever things say same. If you started

202:49

from here you started understanding here

202:51

till this point. Okay we were saying

202:53

that everything is same. Let's say here

202:56

till here it was accident

202:59

normal accident. Here something changed

203:02

that is but that means contrasting but

203:05

there was something different or but

203:07

nobody got out. And here they have

203:09

mentioned the reason for why it was

203:12

different. Isn't it? It was different

203:14

because it was controlled by computers.

203:16

Right? Here they have mentioned it was

203:19

normal accident. Here they have

203:20

mentioned this didn't happen in this

203:23

occasion which was normal accident. And

203:25

here they have mentioned reason.

203:27

According to you what should be the

203:28

title now? Self-driven cars. Anything

203:31

else? Driverless cars. Okay. Wonderful.

203:36

Let's let's try one more. Okay. Let's

203:37

try one more. What another paragraph so

203:39

that we can all understand what I'm talk

203:41

trying to talk about. The idea that

203:43

machines could perform to such standards

203:45

is startling.

203:47

What is the meaning of this sentence?

203:49

First sentence is very important. We

203:51

have to understand that

203:54

author is impressed by the performance

203:56

of machines because he or she is saying

203:58

that machines could perform to such

204:01

standards and that is startling for the

204:04

author because startling in the sense

204:06

amusing or surprisingly or happy

204:08

basically happy surprise in you can say

204:10

that right startling they're startled

204:12

they are stopped and in awe. So they're

204:15

saying that how can machines perform so

204:17

well. That's what they're saying. The

204:19

paragraph could be about machines

204:20

performance. Okay, great. Let's

204:23

continue. Driver driving is an is a

204:26

complex task that takes humans a long

204:28

time to perfect. Oh, did they change the

204:31

paragraph now completely?

204:33

First they said that machines are

204:35

wonderful. Now they're saying driving is

204:37

complex and takes humans long time to

204:39

perfect. Some completely different. This

204:42

was machines are performing great. Here

204:44

driving is complex and takes humans.

204:45

Driving and humans were not mentioned

204:47

even in the first sentence. They change

204:48

the topic. When they change the topic,

204:50

they always explain in the coming part.

204:53

They always explain in the coming part.

204:55

Right?

204:57

Driving is a complex task that takes

205:00

humans long time to perfect. That means

205:02

they are saying that driving is really

205:03

crazy and it is very difficult to do for

205:06

humans. Right? Before we even read it,

205:09

they have mentioned yet here.

205:12

Yet here. What is the meaning of yet

205:14

here?

205:17

Contrasting,

205:18

isn't it? They're contrasting

205:20

themselves. What are they contrasting?

205:22

That driving is a complex task.

205:26

When you com when you contrast driving

205:29

is a complex task, you are indirectly

205:31

saying driving is a easy task for us,

205:33

right? Driving is an easy task for us.

205:36

So yet here they're going to say

205:37

something about driving is easy. And

205:39

that's what they did. Yet here each car

205:43

has these great things, these features

205:46

like onboard digital loaded and digital

205:48

route map and routes you know negotiate

205:50

busy roads and pedestrian stationary

205:53

object differentiation. We have parking

205:55

maneuvers and everything

205:57

all of them you don't care what have

205:59

they written as a list then no nobody

206:01

going to ask you about the list because

206:02

they care about the full meaning. So

206:04

what you understood it is you have to go

206:06

through each and every word you're

206:07

guessing. Don't guess we have word yet

206:09

here. Go opposite of this and then read

206:11

it thinking about it. There you go. Easy

206:13

understanding. Even if you miss certain

206:16

points here and there I didn't read this

206:17

part. I didn't read sometimes this part

206:19

but I understood it based on guessing

206:22

and reading few words here and there.

206:23

Okay, this is probably about that. Now

206:26

you see what's the meaning here. They

206:28

are saying our cars have these features.

206:30

That's why for them driving is not

206:31

difficult.

206:33

Again the first line first sentence came

206:35

in action.

206:39

Right? If you look at the next sentence

206:41

after this, you can easily guess what

206:43

what is about to happen. Even more

206:46

striking even more even more in the

206:49

sense more data about how our cars are

206:53

amazing. Even more striking was the fact

206:55

that the collision between the Land

206:57

Rover because we are understanding the

206:59

meaning. We don't care who built it, who

207:00

didn't build it. Forget about it. So

207:03

basically the the collision between the

207:05

Land Rover and the Tahoe was the only

207:10

scrape in the entire competition. Learn

207:12

to remove extra information. This is

207:14

extra information between the two

207:16

commas. You always put extra

207:17

information. You don't need it. Okay? So

207:20

that that's it. So basically what

207:22

they're saying is it's not just that

207:24

that these cars have these things. There

207:26

was this one accident in the whole

207:28

competition, right? And next sentence

207:31

they again started with yet only three

207:33

years earlier.

207:35

Earlier they said only one accident and

207:37

yet only three years earlier probably

207:39

everyone there was no there was no

207:41

accident or there were too many

207:42

accidents because they have mentioned

207:44

contrasting again. Yet only 3 years

207:47

earlier at Darpa's previous driverless

207:49

car race every robot comparator directed

207:53

to navigate across stretch of open

207:54

desert either crested or seized up

207:57

before getting near the finishing line.

207:59

Now if you read the sentence by itself

208:02

this is too much information too much to

208:04

grasp but if you understand from that

208:06

perspective of oh this is about to come

208:09

it becomes easy this is this information

208:11

is about to be bombarded at you know us

208:14

at us we'll understand it because they

208:16

have mentioned that this year in the

208:19

competition there was only one crash and

208:21

yet only 3 years earlier now you can

208:23

guess probably there was no crashes or

208:25

there were too many crashes and we read

208:28

it when we saw So you know all the cars

208:30

either crashed or seized up they have

208:31

been stopped before reading the

208:33

finishing line. Now you see how you can

208:36

understand easily using just one or two

208:38

words initially and then read it and

208:40

confirm it. Oh this is what they are

208:41

saying about the whole situation. So

208:43

we'll draw the line again. Driving is

208:46

amazing. Driving amazing driving is

208:48

amazing. Amazing. And in fact in this

208:50

competition they were good. 3 years ago

208:52

they were not good. That's what they are

208:53

saying indirectly. You draw the line and

208:56

keep saying the sentence in your head.

208:57

Basically, you are creating your own

208:59

title like this. Okay, nice. Now, after

209:02

this, we go to the possible headings.

209:04

Can you choose one heading?

209:07

I'll tell you just if you did not get

209:10

it.

209:11

Last time was the 3 years ago time. 3

209:15

years ago, what happened? All the cars

209:16

crashed. Significant improvement because

209:18

this year only one car crashed. It's a

209:21

significant improvement. I improvement,

209:23

isn't it? So, this is the correct

209:25

answer. every phrase is matching with

209:27

what they have mentioned in the in the

209:28

paragraph and how do we get it see in

209:31

the end if I it's all about time that we

209:34

have if I give you instead of let's say

209:37

we have 40 questions okay and now we

209:39

have only 60 minutes instead of 60

209:41

minutes I say that guys you have 120

209:43

minutes what are you going to do said ah

209:44

Sam now it's very easy what why is it

209:47

easy because now you can spend a lot of

209:50

time on each question you can spend

209:53

let's say 3 minutes 4 minutes on each

209:55

question read again and again you get

209:56

the answer. Wonderful. It's not about

209:59

how much uh time you spend now but

210:01

because we have only 60 minutes we don't

210:03

have much time for each question. We

210:05

have to find a method which is quick and

210:08

accurate. That's why this method works

210:11

well. It will take you not more than 2

210:13

minutes to find answer for each because

210:15

we are guessing the remaining sentence

210:17

and reading it roughly based on the

210:19

first phrase or first word of that

210:21

sentence. Yet, though, although,

210:24

however, and then we have something like

210:27

even more or something like this. There

210:29

will always be some sentence which some

210:30

phrase because every paragraph is

210:32

created with coins and coision in mind,

210:35

a proper paragraph, right? So, if they

210:37

do that, you can easily guess the

210:39

meaning of it and choose one heading.

210:43

Basically we have a method where we

210:44

connect each and every sentence and when

210:46

we connect it this way we can guess keep

210:48

guessing the meaning and then when we

210:50

read it we basically draw a line keep

210:52

drawing when until we get a break and

210:54

then we keep continue drawing and then

210:55

guess the title go to the possible

210:58

headings and see that every phrase that

211:00

you reading out of the option is

211:03

matching with what you read above. If it

211:05

is matching great if you have a tiny bit

211:08

doubt like oh this doesn't make sense

211:09

what do you do in that situation think

211:11

about it let's say for question or

211:14

paragraph a I feel answer one is making

211:16

sense sometime answer when you read it

211:18

answer three is also making sense

211:20

somewhat let's say 70% making sense this

211:23

one 80% is this is also making sense so

211:26

initially you keep two answers in rough

211:29

keep two answers and call it let's say

211:31

I'm doubtful about this one but keep two

211:33

answers why are taking this theory

211:36

seriously because let's say we are

211:38

reading paragraph C. Chances are that

211:41

paragraph 1 is chosen for this one. You

211:44

are 100% sure that paragraph A for

211:46

paragraph C answer one is correct. Then

211:48

it can be removed from here. Answer is

211:50

three.

211:53

I'm not saying for sure it won't happen

211:54

because we have more headings. But

211:56

sometimes this happens. And also let's

212:00

say you chose this way. Okay, you know

212:02

that you're not sure about this but at

212:03

least you made it 50/50 52 questions

212:05

only. There we had nine options. Now in

212:07

case if you are getting late instead of

212:10

leaving it as it is, write two answers

212:12

in the end. Check which one I have to

212:13

review this one. Oh, I think I'll go

212:16

with this just just for in a way you can

212:19

guess at the end rather than spending

212:21

time right now reading it again. You

212:23

have now chances of 50/50 correct

212:25

answer. So such things do make sense

212:28

because this is not about just reading

212:30

and English. It's also about you know

212:32

your your your tricks and your

212:34

psychology and all those all those

212:36

things that you have to apply within 60

212:38

minutes because I I I feel that uh right

212:42

now you are living in your home comfort

212:44

area and know everything is fine

212:46

everyone is happy look around everything

212:48

makes sense but in exam half of the

212:51

things will be gone. your comfort zone

212:53

is gone. Your um your brain is you know

212:56

differently thinking and and and your

212:58

heartbeat heartbeat is a little bit

213:00

faster. Oxygen intake has increased. So

213:03

it's always little bit the performance

213:06

is a little bit lower than than normal

213:07

for sure for anyone even for a trainer

213:10

or a student anyone

213:12

see that whenever you check yourself in

213:15

your mock test you're getting little bit

213:18

more that is 10% more than your

213:20

requirement. For example, if you require

213:21

seven, see that you're getting 7.5 in

213:24

your mock test. If your requirement is

213:26

7.5, see that you're getting eight in

213:27

your mock test because in exam chances,

213:30

I'm not saying guaranteed, you might get

213:31

8.5, but chances are.5 will might be

213:34

reduced because of their stress. If you

213:36

don't know how to handle stress

213:38

and what kind of people do not know how

213:40

to handle stress two types, okay, number

213:43

one, who the person who has never seen

213:46

stress in their life,

213:48

right? first person and second who has

213:51

seen too much stress in their life.

213:54

Trust me, the middle one is really the

213:55

best one. The the person who has seen

213:58

too much stress now they're scared of

213:59

it.

214:01

Now they're scared of it like oh this

214:02

can happen that can happen. A person who

214:04

has never seen stress and suddenly the

214:05

stress comes to them they will be like

214:07

oh my god what just happened. The middle

214:09

one is always the best one. They're in

214:12

the process of learning. So all these

214:15

really are important. I'll keep telling

214:17

you how to take care of this stress and

214:19

what is what are the learning curves but

214:20

for now all of you clear about the

214:23

strategy that we discussed about the

214:24

connection strategy this question type

214:27

you have to read full paragraphs

214:30

something different okay second you see

214:32

that sequence does not me maintain

214:34

because first answer paragraph a answer

214:37

was option five for paragraph B option

214:40

was two so there's no sequence in the

214:42

options or in the paragraph but yes we

214:45

always read from paragraph A to B to C

214:48

and D and I said one more thing to you

214:51

guys that even if you spend 2 minute on

214:54

each question that makes sense why does

214:56

it make sense for general training we

214:59

have little bit smaller paragraphs but

215:01

last passage has large paragraphs same

215:03

as this one then this this theory going

215:06

to work when we have large paragraphs

215:09

okay like this one which we have seen

215:10

till let's say till E two I didn't draw

215:12

here there always will be two types of

215:15

questions. Let's say first one is

215:16

matching headings. Se second one could

215:18

be um sentence completion or we call it

215:21

fill in the blanks right in normal

215:22

language layment term layman's term. If

215:25

you have gone through in matching

215:26

heading every sentence of the paragraph

215:29

you in fact know where uh exists what

215:33

not exactly the sentence but at least

215:34

the data you know. For example, if I

215:36

tell you where did they discuss about

215:39

only one car was saved another crest.

215:42

Well this one. What if I ask you about

215:45

the paintwork did they discuss? Where

215:47

did they discuss paintwork? One or two.

215:49

You'll say one because now you know

215:51

right you read it. So that's why

215:54

sentence completion will become really

215:56

like piece of cake. Within 30 seconds

215:58

you can guess the answer.

216:01

In fact at least you you you can at

216:03

least find the area where the answer

216:05

exists. Then you can find the answer 30

216:06

to 40 seconds only. So the time you have

216:09

spent here which is extra 30 seconds

216:11

here you're saving 1 minute now. So

216:13

spending here 2 minutes for each

216:15

question is justified for general

216:18

training people because initial four

216:21

paragraphs are four passages are short

216:23

for them. It won't take much time. The

216:25

last passage is huge. Same thing you

216:27

will have more question types along with

216:29

matching heading. So again the 2 minutes

216:31

time for each question is justified. So

216:34

when I tell you guys you can take 2

216:36

minutes time you should take that time

216:38

because when you are in a hurry you tend

216:40

not to use the the the method properly.

216:42

the theory properly.

216:44

>> I reading matching features. What

216:47

happens in matching feature? You will be

216:48

getting a paragraph and you are supposed

216:50

to figure out which paragraph contains

216:53

this information. It it could be a

216:55

statement. Generally it's a statement

216:57

and it could be a phrase as well

216:58

mentioned in the form of a feature. So

217:00

what is a feature rather than a matching

217:02

heading? Because last time we have seen

217:04

matching heading. Today we are looking

217:05

at a feature. There's a difference.

217:07

Okay. And yes, whenever there's a word

217:10

matching, there is sequence disruption

217:13

in the sense sequence will not match.

217:16

For example, question one could be in

217:18

paragraph C and question two could be in

217:21

paragraph A. It's a possibility, right?

217:23

But there are three types in here.

217:25

That's the biggest problem. So what are

217:27

those three types and what is matching

217:29

feature?

217:30

Matching feature is when we have a

217:32

paragraph and that particular paragraph

217:35

has some information. For example, we

217:37

have these paragraphs called A,

217:39

paragraph B, paragraph C, paragraph D

217:42

and whatever that they are, right? Below

217:44

we have some statements, right?

217:48

What they're asking is which paragraph

217:52

contains this particular statement?

217:54

Which paragraph contains this particular

217:56

statement? Uh the handles at the side

217:58

are hard to use. Is it paragraph A, is

218:00

it paragraph B or C? So they have

218:02

clearly mentioned which rice cooker are

218:04

the following uh statements true. That

218:06

means they're asking you which paragraph

218:08

contains this. There will be different

218:10

ways to write this question. But in the

218:12

end you have to find out which paragraph

218:14

contains this particular statement.

218:15

Okay. Now what is this type? I said

218:17

three types. The first type is when they

218:20

provide you of course the passage of

218:23

course the question and in between all

218:26

this there is something called NB. Now

218:28

let's understand what is NB. NB actually

218:30

is not an English word. It's a phrase in

218:33

Latin which means note

218:36

which means note. Noteana which means

218:39

notes. So what what we have a note? You

218:41

may use any letter more than once. And

218:44

what does it mean? That means one

218:46

paragraph can contain two answers or

218:49

three answers.

218:51

So answer for seven could be let's say

218:54

paragraph C and answer for nine could

218:57

also be paragraph C. It's a possibility.

218:59

It's a possibility. Right? Because they

219:01

have mentioned you may use any letter

219:03

more than once.

219:06

Great.

219:07

Now when I say that you can you have

219:09

multiple answers possible in one

219:11

paragraph and the paragraph size is not

219:13

that large here. If you notice here it's

219:15

like three sentences

219:18

maximum four. Do you think we should try

219:20

to remember the paragraphs or remember

219:22

the sentences? Is it a good idea?

219:24

Because one paragraph could contain

219:26

three answers or two answers. Fine,

219:28

we'll try that because there are only

219:31

one two three four four paragraphs.

219:36

Okay, only four par four sentences.

219:37

Sorry, my bad. Four sentences in this

219:39

paragraph. We'll try to remember these

219:41

four sentences and or read properly

219:44

these four sentences and match which

219:45

question is matching with the

219:47

information. Right? Ready? Okay. So we

219:49

will have a look at the questions now.

219:52

Second let me oh

219:57

do you which one can be the answer?

220:01

It cooks brown rice without making a

220:03

mess. This one uh show me where have

220:06

they mentioned that it cook brown rice

220:07

without making a mess.

220:11

in a

220:17

so there is mess

220:21

that means this method is useless I'll

220:24

tell you one thing this method of

220:26

remembering stuff a paragraph earlier

220:29

and going to the question is useless the

220:31

reason for that is one tiny change in

220:34

the statement would change everything

220:36

for example they have mentioned here yes

220:37

it cooks brown rice But it spits. That

220:40

means there they have mentioned about

220:42

what they have mentioned that there

220:44

should no be no mess. And here you heard

220:46

the word mess and brown rice but not no

220:49

mess. Right? So there is a problem. You

220:51

choose this answer. Right? It's a

220:53

problem. First thing second you might

220:54

have noticed that when sorry when you

220:56

have to read a lot, remember a lot there

220:58

is a lot of stress in your head. There

221:00

will be in exam it'll it'll increase by

221:03

many times right? So whichever strategy

221:07

you have or I have which requires a lot

221:10

of reading when you have to go through a

221:12

lot to read it's not good it's not good

221:15

for your exam because it's not good for

221:18

your stress. the stress will go will

221:21

skyrocket basically and when uh stress

221:24

skyrockets there's no chance that you'll

221:26

be able to um be sane to find the

221:29

answers or quickly basically you might

221:31

be sane but slowly eventually even the

221:34

paragraph has four answers or two answer

221:36

doesn't matter even if there are three

221:38

sentences and four answers doesn't

221:39

matter we cannot find that way then what

221:43

is the best way the best way for this

221:45

question type is called uh feature

221:48

method or you can say yeah we call it

221:50

feature method. So the feature question

221:52

D itself is called finding the feature.

221:54

We take the question and we break the

221:57

question into two pieces or two parts I

222:00

would say. Part one is called the main

222:04

idea or the major idea that we have and

222:06

then we have multiple features of this

222:08

major idea whatever it is. For example,

222:12

Sam is a nice trainer but he cannot

222:16

drive properly.

222:18

So let's say nice trainer Sam is the

222:20

major idea nice trainer and not driving

222:23

properly. So these are the two features

222:25

Sam has right now according to the

222:27

statement

222:29

we have to divide the sentence first

222:30

into two pieces that is major idea and

222:32

feature. Okay, remember that. Okay, now

222:34

let's try this on one question so that

222:37

all of you understand what I'm trying to

222:38

say. Just there's a breaking part and

222:40

then we'll see what to do, right? Then

222:42

we'll see what to do after that.

222:45

Okay. So if you look at this statement,

222:47

we have one major idea for sure. There's

222:50

there'll always be one major idea.

222:51

Feature can be many. Uh in this

222:53

sentence, what is the major idea?

222:58

Handles. There is something called the

223:00

handles.

223:02

It has two features in it. These vandals

223:04

have two features. What are those two

223:06

features? They are at the side. It's an

223:09

important feature, right? We have a

223:11

particular handle type that means and

223:13

hard to use. Now, what we would do is we

223:16

have we are not doing anything new. We

223:18

are taking the sentence. We are breaking

223:19

that into edible chunk. So, we have

223:22

three edible chunks now rather than full

223:24

sentence. And if we find either of this,

223:28

we'll search for the remaining thing.

223:30

For example, we found number one that is

223:31

major idea. Then we'll search for

223:33

feature one, feature two. This is the

223:36

major idea. Let's say, right? If I found

223:38

the handles, I'll search for at the

223:40

sides or hard to use. If I found sides

223:42

written somewhere, I'll search handles

223:44

and hard to use. If I found somewhere

223:46

hard to use, I'll search handles and at

223:47

the side. I would always do that. So,

223:49

the point with this method is you have

223:51

broken into three parts in your mind or

223:54

you can write down as well, imaginary or

223:56

written. And whenever you see one of

223:58

them mainly we search for main idea but

224:01

if you search find anything else you

224:03

would always stop and search for the

224:04

other thing search I'm not asking you to

224:06

read so you see the stress will reduce

224:10

multiple times okay manifolds do you see

224:13

anything called uh um you know any of

224:17

them which we have discussed earlier

224:20

handle side or hard to use anything we

224:24

have handle where are these handles It

224:27

has a separate last lid and the handle

224:29

on the lid stays cool. These handles are

224:33

on the lid in the sense on the top. Lid

224:36

is always on the top, right? So we

224:37

cannot call it handle. No, that's not on

224:39

the side. You cannot call it or keep it

224:42

as a possible head paragraph. Next one.

224:46

Do you see anything called handles? Here

224:48

we have. But are they on side?

224:52

No. So we can let go of it. Don't don't

224:54

need to read anything. If you don't see

224:56

Hender's side, done. Move on. Move

224:58

forward. Anything here.

225:04

>> Uh, third line.

225:06

>> Third line.

225:08

Handles at side. Okay. Wherever you find

225:11

the first H two hints, handles side.

225:13

Let's read the sentence. Might have the

225:14

answer. However, it does not have any

225:16

handles at the side. Uh-oh.

225:19

Gone. So, it has they have mentioned

225:21

handles at the side, but not have any

225:23

handles on side. So this also gone. Do

225:25

we have anything here in D handles

225:27

aside? I thought first line

225:34

we have you're right handles the the the

225:37

the painted steel exterior with the a

225:40

handle on each side and steel interior.

225:42

There's no negation. So basically we

225:44

have handles. Uh yes handles are tricky

225:47

to grip. So all the details we have they

225:50

have handles which are on each side and

225:53

they are tricky to grip. That means

225:55

difficult to use. There you go. If one

225:58

of them do not match what if they this

226:00

was not mentioned here. We cannot choose

226:02

this as option.

226:04

There's no chance. And what's the reason

226:06

for that? Because this does not fulfill

226:08

the full condition of this part and that

226:11

part and the final this one. The problem

226:12

with only searching one keyword is it it

226:15

will consume a lot of time. It will say

226:17

okay we have found the handles now what

226:19

now let's go back to the question what

226:21

if you remember the question and break

226:22

it into pieces like this it'll be very

226:25

easy very quick very easy at the same

226:27

time let's try one more okay it cooks

226:30

brown rice without making a mess so what

226:34

should be the major idea here brown rice

226:37

will be a major idea and what feature do

226:40

we have of the brown rice

226:44

so when it is cooking when it is being

226:46

cooked cook there is no mess.

226:49

Basically there's only one major one

226:50

feature only and that feature is in this

226:53

cooker brown rice cook without making a

226:56

mess. So brown rice and no mess while

226:58

cooking. As simple as that, right?

227:00

Sometime you have only one feature one

227:01

major idea. But this way we know the

227:03

relation between the feature and the

227:04

major idea. Right? So I'm going to just

227:06

paste it. But you should remember the

227:08

statement by now because we have

227:10

separated it. Right? So what you should

227:12

search first brown rice and I remember

227:14

looking at brown rice here and you said

227:17

that yes it cooks brown rice but it

227:20

tends to spit that means throws water

227:21

out. So no this is not the one because

227:23

we're looking for no mess. This one has

227:25

mess. No chance of this to be the

227:27

answer. Next one.

227:30

Brown rice mentioned here. No. No brown

227:33

rice mentioned here. We have rice

227:36

cooker.

227:38

Oh we have cooking brown rice here. Yes.

227:41

Let's see. It does not have any handles

227:42

on the side and the water sometimes

227:44

overflows when cooking brown rice. So

227:47

the second condition does not fulfill.

227:49

Yeah. No. So there there's water

227:50

overflow. There's there is mess. So we

227:52

don't need that. We need something

227:54

without mess. Anything here. Brown rice.

227:58

One second.

228:00

No ricees. We have no six. I mean fifth

228:05

paragraph.

228:07

This is simple. Do you

228:08

>> Oh, first line itself.

228:13

>> Can you see that the answer is present

228:14

here? Yes. Not spitting, no boiling even

228:18

when cooking brown rice. Now you must be

228:20

thinking Sam this is so easy. Why is it

228:24

considered difficult type? Well, it

228:27

looks easy because I broke it into

228:29

sentences. I broke it into method. I

228:31

broke it the sentence into pieces as

228:33

well. Now it becomes a searching part.

228:35

And you might have noticed that you were

228:36

not even stressed a bit because you were

228:39

searching. You were so relaxed while

228:41

searching. You were searching for words

228:43

here and there. It's like a game

228:44

basically. Oh, I found that I found that

228:46

word. I found this word. It's so easy

228:50

then. But when we tend to do you know,

228:52

oh try to remember this whole stuff

228:54

that's not going to work out. So

228:56

basically it becomes easy when you try

228:58

to search words but when you try to

229:00

remember stuff it becomes difficult.

229:03

Okay. So the answer would be in this

229:04

case E. But which one? The second one.

229:07

This was by the way the first type. The

229:10

easiest type I would say. The second

229:11

type is not easy. Uh second question

229:14

type that we have will have tiny changes

229:17

compared to this one. It's called tiny

229:18

changes because what we have here is no

229:21

repetition and the paragraph size will

229:24

increase. The task is same that we have

229:26

a statement mentioned a like 1 2 3 4 and

229:31

same thing you have to choose out of a

229:32

to g or whatever it is but in this case

229:34

we don't have any repetition you see

229:36

there's nothing called no bana nb or you

229:39

know you may use any letter more than

229:40

once we don't have that secondly the

229:42

number of paragraphs a to g if you count

229:45

I think it's um seven right G till G

229:50

will become seven right a b cde e fg we

229:53

have seven options questions and five

229:55

questions. That means there is no chance

229:56

of repetition. First of all, secondly,

229:58

you notice that the the size of the

230:00

paragraph has increased multiple times.

230:02

That was tiny paragraph. These are huge

230:04

paragraphs.

230:06

Let it be for general training. Let

230:08

academic. They both can have this size.

230:11

They both can have this. Okay. So, how

230:13

we going to do find the answer? Are we

230:14

going to change the method? No, we're

230:16

not going to change the method method.

230:18

We're going to just make tiny uh

230:21

amendments. Sorry, the method going to

230:24

stay the same that we do first this and

230:25

then this but tiny amendments in the

230:27

sense in the same method we'll finetune

230:29

it and how do we fine-tune by thinking

230:32

of more synonyms.

230:34

Let's see an example here as well. We

230:36

don't read the passage first. We read

230:38

the first question and we have something

230:40

called preference of using one side of

230:43

the body in animal species. Okay, let's

230:46

continue over here. So when we have such

230:48

things no method will change. We will

230:51

have major idea first. We will have the

230:54

feature theory first. A feature theory

230:56

as well. The only thing that will change

230:58

is synonyms. So if you have the sentence

231:01

here, preference of using one side of

231:03

the body in animal species. What do you

231:06

think um we have here as a major idea?

231:09

Anyone animal species could be

231:11

considered the major idea here. Fine.

231:14

Now what is the feature for this animal

231:17

species? They're using one side of their

231:19

body for sure. And anything else it's

231:22

important. They have a preference of

231:24

doing so, right? You're right. Animal

231:26

species could be the major idea. But the

231:28

feature would be multiple. That is they

231:30

are using one side of the body and they

231:32

have a preference of doing so. Or you

231:34

can combine them as well if you want to

231:36

if you if you do that. Now think about

231:38

it. Okay. What are the possible

231:40

synonyms? Animal species can be written

231:42

as animals

231:44

or name of the animals or species can be

231:47

written in various forms right breeds

231:49

and all those stuff. One side of the

231:51

body can be written in the form of

231:53

either side, left side, right side, this

231:56

side, that side. Preference can be

231:59

written as let's see how many few how

232:01

many words can we bring for preference

232:06

specifically. Okay. Specifically,

232:10

um, anything else? Choice. Um, anything

232:14

else?

232:16

Intention for that particular side.

232:19

Intent. They have intention for that.

232:21

Oh, okay. All these words enough. The

232:23

more synonyms you could think the better

232:27

because the paragraph size is huge. They

232:29

will try to use as many synonyms as

232:31

possible and try to hide the

232:32

information. We should not let them do

232:34

that. It's kind of a tiny game that we

232:36

have here. But in the end, we are

232:38

searching for animal species

232:40

have using one side of the body and

232:43

having preference of doing so. Do you

232:45

see animal species mentioned first here?

232:47

Because that is a noun. It'll be easier

232:49

to find. Right?

232:52

We don't have so we can proceed. Next

232:54

one. Do we have this is about children

232:57

and this is about something else. You're

232:59

right. There's no there's no um subject

233:02

called animal present here. Anything

233:05

else? I mean anything here in C. Yes, we

233:08

have horses stomp more frequently with

233:10

one who grabs motion predominantly with

233:13

left or right. In fact, they mentioned

233:15

animals have the preference for one

233:17

either side of seeming randomly seem

233:19

seemingly random. That's right. This

233:21

paragraph contains all the information.

233:23

First of all, they have one side. They

233:25

have animals and they have preference.

233:27

Answer is C.

233:30

No other paragraph can be this accurate

233:32

for this statement that we have.

233:34

Everything matches. Answer is C.

233:39

Right? Okay. So this is the answer.

233:41

Let's go for one more. One more just

233:42

just for the sake of it that you think

233:44

this is not the right method. If it is

233:45

the right method, how likely

233:47

one-handedness is born? What do you

233:49

think could be the major idea here?

233:51

Think about it.

233:53

Defects in children. But one-handedness

233:55

is not about defects. It's about using

233:58

either left hand or right right hand

234:01

behavior in children. Yes. So basically

234:02

you're saying either one-handedness or

234:05

something is born. So they're talking

234:07

about kids talking about infants,

234:09

talking about newborns, talking about

234:11

something like that. Probably that could

234:13

be a nice major idea. And these these

234:17

infants or babies or whatever it is and

234:19

they have used in in the sense babies

234:22

they have one-handedness. But there's

234:24

one more thing remaining in there.

234:26

Like we have preference. Yeah, we have

234:28

how likely.

234:30

What is how likely? Probability or

234:33

chances. How likely is it going to rain

234:36

today? How likely we will end the class

234:39

early? How likely we will understand

234:41

this? So then how what are the chances

234:43

of doing so? Right? So whichever

234:45

paragraph talks about one-handedness

234:48

plus something being born plus how

234:50

likely. So basically you can combine the

234:52

major idea and feature this way and they

234:54

have a relation that what are the

234:56

chances of something born with

234:58

one-handedness feature right let's go

235:01

above in the first paragraph you try do

235:04

you have anything called um the first

235:07

second word itself is probability right

235:10

and we have uh if one parent is this

235:13

second parent is this then chances of

235:14

baby born is this so definitely this is

235:17

talking about babies be born like this

235:19

and yes it is correct answer. Instantly

235:21

we got the we only got it because we

235:23

understood the question properly. Right?

235:27

Okay. The last question type. Now all of

235:30

you please be ready with your notes. The

235:33

last question type is crazy. Okay. It's

235:36

crazy because they added one more

235:39

factor. So, so far we have seen a

235:40

paragraph and a question, right? Like

235:43

this one. So, we have seen we have seen

235:44

that, right? We have a paragraph and we

235:47

have some statements

235:49

like this.

235:50

We have some statement. We are supposed

235:51

to figure out the statement. But they

235:54

added one more factor in this question

235:56

type. We have a par we have a passage.

235:58

Sorry, not paragraph passage. And we

236:00

have some questions and we have names

236:02

now added.

236:04

Now look at this is important. Paragraph

236:07

questions and names. Why are these names

236:10

mentioned here? What they're asking is

236:13

according to the passage who provided

236:16

these statement or who gave these

236:18

statement or who spoke these statements

236:21

out of these people.

236:24

Basically we have to figure out Wendy

236:27

Cooling did she say this? Was that David

236:29

Alman who said this? Who was that

236:32

person?

236:35

Okay. Who was that person? So you are

236:37

supposed to figure out and write down

236:39

the name or not the name that the the

236:41

the letter for that name. For example,

236:43

if Wendy Cooling said this, you write A.

236:46

If W Andy cooling also said this, you

236:48

can write answer as A is here. Notice

236:50

that we have only seven questions

236:55

right though paragraphs are more but

236:57

options are less. So they will

237:00

definitely repeat.

237:02

I I'll re I'll reiterate.

237:05

We have seven questions and five

237:08

options. So you can understand that

237:10

because options are less few of the qu

237:13

options will repeat. So for example

237:15

answer for one could be a for fourth

237:18

could be a as well. That means Wendy

237:19

cooling can say two two things.

237:24

Okay. So basically this this here we

237:26

have a passage and below we get some

237:28

questions. These questions are

237:30

statements provided by the people

237:32

mentioned below in the passage. We have

237:34

to figure out who gave these statements.

237:36

Is the question type clear?

237:39

If this is clear, should we keep the

237:42

same method? Understand the question, go

237:44

to the passage and do that.

237:49

See the method which I have told you

237:51

about can be used here. Can be but is

237:54

not recommended. The reason for that

237:56

it's going to waste a lot of time.

237:58

Why? We have names. They will help us to

238:01

figure out where in the passage they

238:03

have mentioned names. It becomes easy

238:06

compared to finding synonyms. We can

238:08

find names and there is no chance they

238:09

will have synonyms of Wendy cooling.

238:13

They will have to mention Wendy cooling

238:14

or they might mention only Wendy or

238:16

cooling doesn't matter but it's a name

238:18

easily we can find. So the method will

238:21

change completely from what we have seen

238:23

earlier. You can start taking notes very

238:26

important. Okay. So write down with

238:27

steps. This time I'm going to tell you

238:29

steps as well. So that in future you

238:30

don't have issues. Whenever there are

238:32

names involved and if they ask you who

238:34

said these statements, you have to use

238:36

this method. Step one is to not read the

238:39

question, not read the passage, go to

238:41

the names directly and search all the

238:44

names in the passage. I'm writing it

238:47

clear here. Search all the names

238:50

in the passage. In the case of pen and

238:54

paper, you can underline. In the case of

238:55

CBT, you can highlight. It's the same

238:57

thing basically.

238:58

I am not asking you to read the passage.

239:00

I'm not asking you to understand the

239:01

passage. I'm asking you to search all

239:03

the names in the passage. And how do you

239:05

do that? Let's take these I mean use

239:08

these names here from here and keep it

239:10

in a chat so that we can all be uh you

239:12

know able to look the passage and the

239:14

names at the same time. Have they

239:16

mentioned in between paragraph A and B

239:18

any name out of these five names A B CDE

239:21

E

239:25

quickly searching names would not be

239:26

that difficult Wendy is mentioned select

239:29

that in CBT you can right click and

239:31

highlight there's an always an option in

239:33

case of pen and paper underline okay

239:35

don't do anything else apart from that

239:38

sorry in C already do you see any names

239:41

David Almond is mentioned but if you

239:43

forgot there's mentioned cooling

239:47

If you leave the name here, chances are

239:49

that one of the questions will be gone.

239:51

So, cooling is mentioned here. David

239:52

Almond is mentioned here. Very nice.

239:54

Okay. Nothing. Let's move. So, this way

239:56

you keep going. For example, in here e

240:00

there is a name. Can you see that

240:03

Julia is mentioned here? Julia is

240:07

mentioned here. And in Europe and mainly

240:09

in Europe and sometime in US, J is

240:11

pronounced as Y in many languages. So I

240:14

think it will be pronounced as Ulia but

240:16

but okay. Um so in in in German and in I

240:20

think some of the Dutch and all these

240:22

languages if this is mentioned they'll

240:24

read it Ulia. So there was we had a we

240:27

had a person who used to take care of

240:29

the admin stuff and her name was Jasmine

240:33

according to India and they used to call

240:35

her Yesmin.

240:38

So this is different. So I'm I'm just

240:40

giving you extra information. Forget

240:41

about it. If you see any name even half

240:44

name do you see there's a half name

240:46

mentioned here just the the family name

240:48

here mentioned I

240:50

>> yes select it and highlight it right

240:52

okay done so let's say till the end you

240:54

do with this your step one is over

240:57

now we go to step two in step two we

241:01

still are not reading the question we

241:03

are going again on the top of the

241:05

question the passage right step two in

241:08

step two we read what each person said

241:12

one by one. We're not going to read all

241:14

of them, okay? We read one person. For

241:16

example, first we found Wendy Cooling

241:18

here. Whatever this person said either

241:21

in single quote or double quote or they

241:24

might have mentioned Wendy said that

241:26

then they will not write single quote.

241:27

But you have to search where have they

241:29

mentioned that for example Wendy said

241:31

that XY Z you have to also read that.

241:35

But this person they have mentioned

241:37

single quote. Why to worry? Now we read

241:39

this children's book books are going

241:41

through an incredibly fertile periods

241:44

says this person. We don't care about

241:45

their degree. We don't care about who

241:47

they are because we care about what they

241:49

said. So never read about their post and

241:51

everything. Children's books are going

241:53

through through an incredibly fertile

241:55

period. There's a real buzz around them.

241:58

Book clubs are happening. Sales are

241:59

good. People are much more willing to

242:01

listen to children's authors. Before you

242:04

go to the question, now this the final

242:05

step. Go to the question. Match this

242:07

information with what you read. But tell

242:10

me what do you understand from this?

242:12

What is Wendy Cooling trying to say

242:14

here? People are interested in

242:16

children's books, children's aposto any

242:20

statement matching with what you just

242:22

said or what you just read.

242:24

So the correct answer is seven. We are

242:26

experiencing a rise in the popularity of

242:28

children's literature because they've

242:30

clearly mentioned that book clubs are

242:32

happening and and it's going through

242:34

incredibly fertile period. It means

242:36

there is lot of market for the the books

242:39

that children's books and you know

242:42

people are willing to buy things. So

242:44

yeah that's good. There we go. Next one.

242:47

Next. Now what do we do? We don't go to

242:48

the next question. We go to the next

242:50

place where we saw the name. So for

242:52

example cooling. We read what she said.

242:56

We understand it. We go to the question.

242:58

Same way here what David Alman said we

243:01

read from top till we see the quotation

243:03

mark. And like I said the this part is

243:06

about him David Almond right we don't

243:09

read that we don't read that we read

243:11

only what he said is everyone clear

243:13

about this method

243:15

is reading true false and not given

243:18

trust me true false not given is not

243:20

difficult it's tricky there's a

243:22

difference between difficult and tricky

243:25

matching heading is difficult it's not

243:27

tricky it's difficult because you have

243:29

to spend so much time in reading and

243:31

understanding and all but true was not

243:33

given is tricky. The reason for that is

243:36

one word change can change the answer.

243:39

So what happens in true false not given

243:41

see true and false we have seen in our

243:43

childhood a lot in school. But what is

243:45

this not given thing added in this

243:48

question type you will always get a

243:49

statement and you have to basically show

243:53

if this answer is true, false or not

243:56

given depending on the passage. Right?

243:59

Now what is uh true or false or not

244:02

given? Let me uh share my display and

244:04

show you a sample of that. Okay, here we

244:07

go. A passage and below some questions

244:11

as you can see here.

244:14

Now in the instructions we have

244:15

something really important. What is that

244:17

important thing that we have to go

244:18

through and that is actually the word

244:21

itself the answer itself. Just give me a

244:23

second guys.

244:25

Okay, if you notice they have mentioned

244:27

in order to write the answer as true. So

244:30

if you want to write the answer as true

244:33

and the the statement should connect

244:34

with the information right if the answer

244:37

is false that means the statement is

244:38

going against the information that means

244:40

we have the information but it's

244:42

opposite it's not the same

244:47

and not given which means well there is

244:50

no information on this not at all right

244:52

so this is what we call true false and

244:54

not given

244:56

now

244:58

how do we and what is the Most common

245:00

mistake people make which can be ignored

245:01

in a second. I'll tell you that that

245:03

common mistake is instead of writing

245:05

answer as true people write t instead of

245:09

writing false people write f instead of

245:11

not given we write ng. Now think about

245:14

it if you write this instead of true if

245:17

you write t what going to happen well

245:20

the examiner will say in the

245:21

instructions we have clearly mentioned

245:22

if it's true you have to write true and

245:24

you have written t answer zero I mean

245:26

score zero right

245:30

same goes here same goes here you cannot

245:32

write like this write the full word

245:34

please first of all okay secondly one

245:38

more common errors people make is I'm

245:40

going to read the full passage or all

245:42

the questions in one go so that one

245:43

second all the questions in one go so

245:46

that everyone can understand them you

245:47

know I can remember all the questions

245:49

don't do that they're useless I mean if

245:51

you do that you going to waste your time

245:53

a lot so

245:56

so remember that not given is

246:00

not actually oh no word will be

246:02

mentioned not given is the information

246:04

cannot be confirmed

246:07

so you can say that information cannot

246:09

be confirmed if it is true or false that

246:12

becomes not given

246:14

If you do not know if it is true or

246:16

false, we call it not given.

246:20

Fine. Now, how do we solve this question

246:22

type? Let's get into it. Okay. There are

246:25

two types of statements in true false

246:26

not given. Remember that always two

246:28

types of statements. The first type is

246:30

called the comparison type where we

246:33

compare two things and second type is

246:36

called feature type. Let's understand

246:39

them with some sentences and examples

246:41

and you will be able to just you will be

246:43

able to recognize them within a second.

246:45

Okay. So comparison type the first type

246:48

that we have is when we have something

246:51

called A then we have B and between them

246:54

there is something to compare that is

246:55

called C. For an example if I say um Sam

247:00

drives his car faster than Ash.

247:07

Now in this case A is Sam, B is Ash and

247:12

C is the comparison between their speed

247:15

of driving or basically their driving

247:16

speed. Right? So this is called

247:19

comparison type of statement.

247:22

When this is present or comparison type

247:25

of uh question is there it's very easy

247:27

to find the answer. I'll tell you how.

247:28

Okay. What if it is not comparison? What

247:31

is the second type? Second type is

247:32

called feature type. What happens in

247:34

feature type? In future t they'll

247:36

mention a subject called let's say Sam

247:39

is a nice person. Now there is no

247:43

comparison with another person. So this

247:45

just one person and a feature about that

247:47

who is also a good teacher. Let's say if

247:49

I write that then two qualities of that

247:51

two features of that comparison in the

247:53

sense you will see there is a b and c

247:55

and feature you will always see main

247:57

idea and features about it. So this can

248:00

be distinguished between comparison and

248:03

feature. And why are we creating these

248:05

sentences? We can all call them all true

248:07

false not given. We can. But the problem

248:09

is the strategy that we're going to

248:11

apply will reduce your time to find the

248:13

answer when it comes to true false not

248:16

given or um uh true false not given

248:19

comparison and not compare. Okay. So

248:22

let's see one example of comparison

248:24

first. Okay. Look at this one. The first

248:26

one.

248:28

Commuters are often compared favorably

248:30

worker ends.

248:33

You can see that question here.

248:34

Commuters are often compared favorably

248:37

worker ants. You can see there is a

248:39

comparison between two commodities and

248:41

or two you know um insects here.

248:44

Commuters and worker ants and they are

248:48

compared favorably to each other. So

248:50

this is comparison. This is A and this

248:51

is B. Right?

248:54

Now what is the meaning of compared

248:55

favorably in the sense if one is doing

248:58

something another one will get a credit

249:00

for that or will will be considered

249:02

good. So basically they are in sync or

249:05

are good with each other basically to

249:07

speak. Okay. Now how to find answer when

249:11

it is comparison type? Please start

249:12

taking notes. Whenever it is comparison

249:16

type what you are supposed to do is you

249:18

are supposed to only find the

249:20

comparison. Yes, you have to find A and

249:22

B in the passage. You have to find three

249:23

of them. Commuters compared favorably

249:26

and worker ends. You have to do that.

249:29

But mostly or say 99% it's the

249:32

comparison that is changed that has

249:35

changed otherwise all stay same. The

249:38

comparison part changes all the time.

249:44

Remember that. Okay. So what changes in

249:46

comparison?

249:48

They might provide the comparison as it

249:51

is. That means they are compared

249:52

favorably. That could be true. Okay,

249:56

that could be true. What if they're

249:58

saying commuters are not compared

250:00

favorably? That would become false.

250:03

Sometimes they don't even compare them.

250:05

They just state them commuters are there

250:06

and workarans are there that's it. That

250:08

means it's not given. Generally when

250:11

comparison is not mentioned or not

250:13

provided that becomes not given

250:15

otherwise if comparison is present it

250:17

will be true or false. So our first task

250:21

in this case would be let's let's do it

250:23

stepwise okay is to understand oh this

250:26

is the comparison type wonderful

250:29

computers

250:30

and worker ends and compare favoritely

250:33

done task one done task two would be

250:35

would be to search in the passage these

250:38

three phrases okay let's do that

250:41

together I'm going to go to the passage

250:43

and search that part we have worker ants

250:46

we have computers do we have comparison

250:52

Okay. They they have comparison. True.

250:55

Right. Because they have mentioned the

250:56

first of the word like. So marching are

250:58

like commuters. They are there but and

251:02

they have a common simile as well. That

251:04

means they are similarities as well. But

251:06

it's damning not positive image. That

251:09

means marching like worker ants. These

251:11

these ants are not in positive sense

251:14

with work uh commuters. They are

251:16

considered not positive image, damning

251:19

image. So it is not true. Basically it's

251:23

false. Opposite information is present

251:25

because worker ants and commuters are

251:27

not in sync with positive light with

251:29

each other. So answer is false.

251:34

Okay, let's see the second one. I

251:35

understand this might be a little bit

251:36

tricky here. Second one, we can see some

251:39

ants within a colony have leadership

251:41

roles. Now there is no comparison

251:42

between these ants and other ants. So

251:44

this is feature type. Now what happens

251:46

in feature type? If you notice here we

251:49

have some ants within a colony have

251:51

leadership roles. They have one thing

251:54

which is main idea and there are two

251:57

properties of that these this main idea.

252:00

Some ants are always the the main idea.

252:02

Let's write it here. Some ants. Okay.

252:06

And then we have two major two features

252:09

of that. First is that they're living

252:11

within colony and second is they have

252:13

leadership roles. This is feature one.

252:15

This is feature two. This is main idea.

252:17

We have to search three of them and not

252:20

just search three of them separately.

252:22

They should have a relation. That means

252:23

these ants which are living in a colony

252:26

have leadership roles. What if they say

252:27

that outside the the colony only have

252:31

leadership role? That's then false,

252:32

right? Or if they say that within a

252:34

colony some ants are living have no

252:36

leadership roles. That means it's false.

252:38

But they will not be that direct. They

252:40

will not be straightforward. Okay. You

252:41

know what? We can directly answer this

252:43

question to you and provide in the

252:45

passage. They will find a synonym or

252:47

they will try to add synonym of within a

252:48

colony or leadership roles or sums

252:51

whatever they want to. They will try to

252:54

write as many synonyms as possible. So

252:56

our task is not just to um create

252:59

phrases in the sentence but also to

253:00

search those phrases keeping in mind the

253:03

synonyms.

253:05

Keeping in the mind the synonyms, right?

253:06

And then we go to the passage. Yes,

253:08

sequence is maintained. Last answer you

253:10

found here. So we start reading from

253:11

next sentence itself. Okay. But the next

253:14

sentence has nothing about colony or

253:16

some ants or leadership roles. Do you

253:18

see that in the next paragraph? Fourth

253:21

line. Yes,

253:25

they're talking about ants, right?

253:28

Some ants. Okay. Ants does make sense.

253:31

Okay. Anything about leadership role? So

253:34

there's no one ant making decision on a

253:36

giving order.

253:38

So what's the answer?

253:42

False. Yes. Because if not a single ant

253:45

is doing it as a colony they are doing

253:47

it. That means when they are combined

253:49

into one colony all together they are

253:51

doing it but individually none of them

253:53

is doing any leadership role. So no

253:56

chance answer is false.

253:59

Remember the answer is false here

254:01

because they have mentioned there is no

254:03

one end making wise you know giving

254:05

orders fine this is so far the easier

254:09

part now what becomes difficult

254:13

difficulty is the way they provide the

254:15

information so far I gave you two

254:17

sentences and two types of statements

254:19

okay now we're going to give different

254:21

types of statements and we'll make it

254:23

tricky

254:25

now let's make it tricky for comparison

254:26

we'll do it ourselves okay to the tricky

254:30

I have a question which says that Sam is

254:35

uh faster

254:37

in driving

254:39

than Ash. Okay, this is my question.

254:42

Let's say question number three. Fine.

254:45

And in the passage I found somewhere

254:47

which says that Sam is the fastest

254:50

driver

254:52

in the world.

254:54

So what do you think? Is this true,

254:56

false or not given?

254:58

logically is true. Now what if I change

255:01

the sentence to Sam is the fastest

255:03

driver in his city.

255:08

Now what can be the answer?

255:10

Not given. It will be not given if this

255:14

is the only information we found. What

255:17

if they say that

255:19

ash is also part of the city? Now the

255:23

answer becomes true again. Right?

255:27

Because if we say that Ash is also part

255:29

of the city that mean Ash is living in

255:31

the same city and close to him and they

255:34

say that um Sam is the fastest driver in

255:37

the city now definitely Sam is faster

255:40

than Ash

255:42

because now the world has changed to the

255:44

city part that's it so watch out for

255:46

such tricky things which is you know

255:48

slow at fast slowest fastest and all

255:50

those words superlative degree okay

255:52

first thing second

255:54

sometimes we don't even need content to

255:57

be there but still we can find out true

255:59

false not given. For example, I write a

256:01

statement such as um

256:04

Sam is

256:08

writing a letter with a red pen.

256:12

Okay. And in the passage I found out Sam

256:16

is not writing anything.

256:18

Now what will be the answer? False. But

256:22

we don't have any information about red

256:23

pen or no red pen.

256:27

If something is missing, we call it not

256:29

given. Right?

256:31

False. Yes. Because red pen is not the

256:35

quality of Sam. Red pen is the quality

256:36

of letter. It is written with red pen.

256:41

Okay. Now, what if I say that Sam has a

256:44

red pen and he's writing a letter.

256:48

Okay. And I say that Sam is not writing

256:52

for now.

256:55

Sam has a red pen is separate and then

256:57

Sam is not writing. Still the answer

256:59

will be false because they are two

257:00

distinct information.

257:03

Right? What if we change the letter to

257:05

something else?

257:07

Sam is writing uh a report here and here

257:10

they say Sam is writing a letter. Answer

257:12

is still false.

257:15

Remember that sometimes nothing works

257:18

apart from logic. But here what works is

257:21

the red pen is the quality of the letter

257:23

being written. And and there's one more

257:25

thing always remember whenever there's a

257:27

negation anywhere added the the false

257:31

part will always take the precedence.

257:33

True or false a true or not given can

257:34

never be there answer. Why? Because if

257:37

you put a negation anywhere

257:39

automatically the statement is

257:40

contradicting with the information.

257:42

Doesn't matter what we add at the end or

257:44

not it's contradicting. So false has

257:46

more power or you can say negation has

257:48

more power in this case um compared to

257:52

not given if we remove information.

257:54

Okay, remember that. Okay, now these

257:57

were still okayish. Now I'm going to

257:58

show you a question which is a little

258:00

bit lengthy and we have to figure out

258:02

the answer for that. Look at this one.

258:05

Forager ants tell each other how far

258:07

away the food source is. In this case,

258:10

is it comparison or feature?

258:13

Feature. Good. Forager ants are actually

258:17

they have features multiple features.

258:18

Forager ants are the main actors or the

258:20

in this case the the main idea and the

258:23

features they have are also true here.

258:25

Number one they are talking to each

258:28

other like they have mentioned tell each

258:30

other. First one they're talking to each

258:31

other. This is feature one. Teacher

258:32

feature two is what are they talking

258:34

about? How far away the food source is

258:35

right? Second one and forager ends are

258:38

the main idea. Now what if we get in the

258:42

passage information forager ants are not

258:44

talking to each other what will be the

258:46

answer

258:52

if I find in the passage forager ants

258:54

are not talking to each other false

258:56

because we don't care now how far away

258:58

not far away or if there's any food

259:00

source available or not we don't care

259:02

because there is a negation added good

259:04

now you know that whenever there's any

259:06

idea mentioned if there's any negation

259:08

with the idea we remove Okay, fine.

259:10

Let's take this question and search

259:12

three of these details in the passage.

259:14

If we find find three of them, if we

259:16

find three of them, we call it true. If

259:18

we don't find three of them, we call it

259:19

well not given or either of them. If we

259:22

find negation, we call it false. So last

259:24

answer we found in the last sentence

259:26

itself. So probably the next part is

259:28

important for us probably. But I'm still

259:30

providing the information here. And you

259:32

tell me, do you see something about

259:33

that?

259:41

about this question.

259:45

We have forager ends. So that means they

259:47

are talking to each other, right?

259:49

They're communicating. Could be true.

259:53

No, sorry. Answer is not true.

259:56

Now I'm I'm giving you the answer.

259:58

Answer is not true.

260:00

>> Yeah, that's missing.

260:02

>> The distance part is missing. Right?

260:04

when we say I am calling let's say

260:06

Vishal I'm I'm calling Vishal I'm

260:08

telling him how far away uh let's say

260:11

the bookstore is okay so if I just say

260:13

I'm calling Vishal and communicating did

260:16

I provide the information of bookstore

260:17

we don't know that maybe I did maybe I

260:19

did not we don't know that same way here

260:22

they are communicating they are giving

260:24

signals they are uh you know brushing

260:26

each other when they're leaving you

260:27

might have seen ants doing this with

260:29

their antenna but they are not giving

260:31

any information about food uh The

260:33

distance between food source and

260:35

themselves. Yes, they have mentioned

260:36

there is food source but where is it?

260:38

Distance not mentioned here anywhere. No

260:41

distance is mentioned. Answer is not

260:44

given.

260:45

So watch what watch out for such traps

260:48

where you're finding only words not the

260:50

relation. Look you found food source for

260:53

sure we have food. You found talking to

260:56

each other here for ants. Definitely

260:59

it's about you said oh that means

261:01

everything is present. Can I write true?

261:02

Think about it. Where is this part?

261:06

I told you it'll become tricky because a

261:07

one word change answer will change

261:09

completely.

261:11

Okay. Okay. So all of you please

261:13

understand this. Don't leave any stone

261:15

unturned in this case. And I'll tell you

261:18

later some nice trick to solve this

261:19

question type. One more trick. But let's

261:22

go for the fourth one. Forager ants are

261:23

able to react quickly to a dangerous

261:25

situation.

261:26

Okay, this is where we have. Now what if

261:29

they say that forager ants now listen

261:31

carefully. What will be the answer in

261:32

the passage? I read something and I say

261:34

that for forager ants always react

261:36

quickly. So what will be the answer

261:38

based on that information but this

261:40

question? True because dangerous

261:42

situation is a part of any situation.

261:44

Right? Forager ants sometime react

261:46

quickly. What would be the answer?

261:48

Not given. Forager ants only react

261:51

quickly when uh they are they are having

261:55

no problems. Okay. All of you are

261:57

getting the point what I'm trying to

261:58

say. This is how we should think always.

262:00

is I always think like this what could

262:02

be the negative part of it and if I see

262:04

the negative I call it false if I don't

262:05

even I'm not able to find anything I

262:07

call it not given generally true is the

262:09

easy part last answer we found in this

262:12

particular paragraph right where we saw

262:13

they were communicating they were

262:14

talking about food so let's see maybe in

262:16

this paragraph below or next paragraph

262:18

we have the information somewhere hidden

262:21

so tell me do you see anything forager

262:23

ants reacting quickly or dangerous

262:25

situation lying here this information so

262:28

if you notice this one And if something

262:30

goes wrong, a hungry lizard crawling

262:32

around for an ant snack for instance,

262:35

then a rush of ants returning without

262:37

food and waiting reserve do not do not

262:39

go out signal. That means they don't

262:41

care about food. They don't care about

262:42

anything. Just they just come back when

262:44

they look at dangers such as lizard.

262:46

Lizard eat would eat an ant right? So

262:49

answer is true. Clearly everything is

262:52

mentioned. They have mentioned quickly.

262:54

They have mentioned dangerous situation.

262:55

They have mentioned ants. Voila. We

262:57

found the answer. Fine. uh we go to the

263:00

last not last second last last one we

263:02

leave it's very easy I'm going to even

263:03

go with this one is easy as well fifth

263:05

one that the question told us that there

263:08

is a this particular thing that is wind

263:11

can damage the mound this could be the

263:13

reason for the damage okay but in the in

263:16

the passage that what they have

263:17

mentioned in the paragraph what they

263:18

have mentioned is that the mound has

263:20

already been damaged how we don't know

263:23

that mean after the damage there can be

263:25

alteration altering the circulation of

263:27

air that means they simply

263:29

sense the changes in the environment

263:30

altering the circulation of air. They

263:33

say sense the the changes right nowhere

263:36

they have mentioned that this damage is

263:38

because of the wind. They have mentioned

263:40

the wind they have mentioned mount but

263:42

this can cause the damage the wind can

263:44

cause the damage. So basically the

263:46

relation the connectivity between them

263:49

is missing

263:50

the words are present. Okay, for

263:52

example,

263:54

uh I write a passage about uh let's say

263:57

myself and I write um there was there

263:59

was an amazing scientist living far far

264:02

away and Sam went to him to learn a lot

264:05

of new things and he came back he did

264:07

something great and he tried new um new

264:11

businesses and all. Okay. Now in the

264:13

passage if I say Sam is um is a renowned

264:17

scientist

264:19

scientist is present Sam is present that

264:21

means answer true no the relation is not

264:23

true because somebody else is scientist

264:25

he went to that scientist so try to

264:26

understand the relation between these

264:28

phrases too wind did not damage they

264:31

have not mentioned anything so answer is

264:32

not given don't just see that we have

264:36

found the phrase that means answer has

264:37

to be true see that the relation is also

264:40

fulfilled

264:44

Okay. So, please always check that too.

264:47

Okay. Now,

264:50

let's understand one more technique

264:51

using which you will definitely get a

264:54

nice help and that technique is see true

264:58

false not given should always be gone

265:02

you know at the end or should always be

265:04

conducted at the end. The reason for

265:06

that is just in case just in case you

265:08

don't have time left at the end and then

265:11

let's say um trouble strikes or tragedy

265:15

strikes we never know then in that case

265:17

true false not given questions can be

265:19

written answers in seconds you can write

265:21

all of them true

265:23

let's say you have just 3 minutes left 2

265:25

minutes left you can write all of them

265:26

true let's say seven questions at least

265:28

two to three will be correct just for

265:30

free right so true false not and if you

265:33

have time that's wonderful you can

265:34

easily spend spend as much time as you

265:36

want but this question type because it

265:38

is tricky it always takes extra time

265:41

though it's not difficult like I said it

265:43

like you said it's tricky we need one so

265:45

one or two times extra so always go for

265:48

the end in this case and if we don't

265:51

have time we do this strategy of

265:52

whatever you feel true or false or not

265:54

given you can write it generally we

265:56

write true generally answers are there

265:58

for true or false not given are a little

266:00

bit less generally speaking but not

266:03

always sometimes they are more But you

266:05

can say more or less write true or

266:07

false. I'm not saying this should be a

266:09

viable strategy by any mean. I'm just

266:11

saying that always go for the end so

266:12

that you have something at least uh

266:14

extra time and you can if in case you

266:17

don't have time you can use this reading

266:20

sentence completion.

266:23

Now sentence completion is the fancy

266:25

term for the word fill in the blanks. So

266:28

we need to see how to solve fill in the

266:30

blanks when it comes to IEL's reading as

266:33

well as listening and you know the the

266:35

rules. Now we always start with reading

266:37

so that we can do listening at the end.

266:39

So let me just uh talk about what is

266:42

sentence completion or in other terms

266:45

fill in the blanks. Okay. Sentence

266:48

completion or fill in the blanks is when

266:50

we get a single sentence and a blank

266:53

then we get another sentence. They are

266:54

not connected. The connection connected

266:56

part is called summary completion. we

266:58

have something different in there. So

267:00

here we have like this sentence

267:02

completion. We are supposed to find the

267:03

answer for these blanks and answers are

267:05

anything between one word to four words

267:07

maximum not more than four I've seen

267:10

ever. So three words and or a number

267:11

that is four what I'm talking about

267:13

right okay

267:16

this question type is pretty common and

267:18

the most common strategy well you can

267:21

tell me by yourself right you might have

267:22

seen the such question types you might

267:24

have tried solving such question types

267:26

what is the most common strategy you

267:30

guys have used do let me know I'm going

267:32

to share my display

267:34

>> prediction yes let's see what kind of

267:36

prediction we have uh there are multiple

267:39

types we have in this question type.

267:40

We'll see one by one. How do we predict

267:43

in this case? What do we how do we solve

267:45

this question type? So the most people

267:47

what they use is what we call keyword

267:49

method. They search something in the

267:52

passage. We call it keyword. Now keyword

267:55

method works. No doubt about that.

267:57

Keyword method of course works. But

267:59

there's a problem with keyword method.

268:01

The problem with keyword method is that

268:04

there is no way we can find the answer

268:07

accurately

268:09

all the time. Yes, more I would say 70%

268:11

of the time you can remaining remaining

268:14

time it'll be little bit difficult to

268:15

find. I I'll explain what is a keyword

268:16

method and what why it is not that

268:18

successful. So let's say my house is at

268:21

a location called XY Z right this is my

268:25

house and I say that guys my house is on

268:30

the left of something called ABC

268:34

okay this is one way to say that it's on

268:36

left I'm not wrong I'm not wrong about

268:38

that it is on the left of it right but

268:41

you still might not find it because I'm

268:42

just saying left of this particular

268:45

building what if I say that my house is

268:49

on the left of ABC that's for sure

268:53

above M and O

268:56

right and and below PQR

269:01

now what do we have we have multiple

269:02

hints it's on left of this above this

269:05

and below this so there's no other way

269:08

other places would be you know checked

269:10

definitely this will be checked so this

269:12

is called triangulation method

269:14

triangulation in the sense we have

269:16

multiple hints instead of just one hint

269:19

which is which is one keyword. Right? So

269:21

when we have multiple hints, what

269:23

happens is we tend to find the answer

269:27

more accurately and easily. Initially it

269:30

look like oh why are we doing so much?

269:32

Why are we doing so much searching? We

269:34

can easily find the answer but some of

269:35

the questions become difficult to find.

269:38

That's why we go for a method which

269:40

works for all the questions.

269:42

Right? So what is this triangulation

269:44

method? Triangulation method says that

269:46

if you have a blank and if you have

269:49

minimum two hints if if there are three

269:51

or four that's good I would say three is

269:53

optimum then finding the answer for that

269:56

blank is you know easier for an example

270:00

that we have one question here most

270:02

people would go for something called

270:04

let's say I'm looking for something

270:07

because of disease just disappeared

270:08

that's it so okay so we need to figure

270:10

out how do we recognize if it is a noun

270:12

pronoun adjective verb Generally the

270:15

answers are noun and adjectives.

270:17

Generally pronouns are very rare because

270:20

they are he, she, it, that, right? We

270:22

don't need that. It's either either an

270:24

adjective or a noun. Very rarely it's

270:26

pronoun. Verbs very rarely too. So how

270:29

do we figure out if it is a noun or

270:31

adjective? That's the most common one.

270:33

Okay. The best way is to recognizing the

270:36

structure of the sentence. And what do

270:38

we get from the structure? So let me

270:40

just write a sentence here. Okay. Um,

270:43

Sam just bought

270:48

a blank

270:50

car. Okay, one one of the sentences that

270:53

we have, Sam

270:57

just

271:00

broke his blank

271:04

phone. So tell me what would you fit in

271:07

these answers? New phone, new car, we

271:10

can say old phone, we can call it let's

271:13

say the large phone, small phone,

271:15

whatever, cheap phone, budget phone,

271:17

smartphone. If you notice that all these

271:20

words which we are filling, new car,

271:21

black car, old car, small car, large

271:24

car, all of them are adjectives, isn't

271:26

it?

271:28

>> Because noun is mentioned, we are

271:30

looking for an adjective. Now change the

271:33

the answer. Okay, change everything. So

271:34

if I remove this all and instead of this

271:37

if I write like this let's just copy

271:39

this itself

271:41

and add something like this. Sam just

271:46

bought a

271:50

large

271:52

blank.

271:54

Uh Sam just broke his

271:58

shiny

272:00

blank.

272:02

Let's say this is the case. Okay. Now

272:04

think about it.

272:06

What will fit here?

272:08

Large house probably. Yes.

272:12

Anything, any noun, anyone. Same here.

272:15

Any noun that is making sense is

272:17

shining. Let's say that would fit here.

272:20

And all of them are nouns because we

272:22

have adjectives here. Now notice here in

272:24

the sentence, what do we have here?

272:27

So we are definitely looking for a noun

272:29

because we have similar nouns connected

272:30

with and. Definitely this is a noun. Now

272:34

what are we going to do with this noun?

272:35

Let's understand that. Okay, when we

272:37

have a sentence and we know that we are

272:39

looking for let's just write here blank.

272:41

Okay, this is our blank. Around our

272:43

blank we have some properties. First

272:44

one, it is definitely a noun. If it's

272:46

plural noun, common noun, we don't know

272:48

that yet. Okay, second thing, it is

272:50

getting better. Something that is

272:52

getting better definitely we'll get a

272:53

synonym of this word for sure in in in

272:55

our passage. Third, because of this

272:58

particular noun, there is something

273:00

happening. What's happening? Diseases

273:05

are disappearing. That means they are

273:07

basically dying or going away. You can

273:09

say disappearing

273:12

or disappeared already. So three details

273:15

we have. We're looking for a noun which

273:18

is getting better or it is better than

273:20

other things and diseases are

273:22

disappearing.

273:24

That's we have about this noun. If we

273:27

have three hints about a blank, finding

273:30

an an answer in this situation becomes

273:33

baby's task. Trust me, it becomes baby's

273:35

task. So, let's just have a look if it

273:37

is really a baby's task or not. Question

273:40

you already remember. I'm going to still

273:42

paste it here just in case if you find

273:44

in the first or second paragraph. Do you

273:46

see? Oh, I think I copied something

273:48

different. Never mind. It's the the car

273:51

example. I copied vaccination. So do you

273:55

do you notice that what we are looking

273:56

for everything we are looking for is

273:58

there improvements in something that is

274:01

get getting better something it is a

274:04

noun and diseases that affect human

274:06

eradicated you can see that three of the

274:09

hints are matching so answer is

274:11

definitely vaccination now some people

274:12

tend to not use the s at the end you can

274:15

see vaccinations if they have mentioned

274:18

please use it literally copy pasting it

274:20

from there it's fine I mean to say the

274:23

spelling not of course you cannot

274:24

select and right click and all those

274:26

things you have to just write it down.

274:29

Right?

274:31

Okay. So this is the call this is what

274:32

we call triangulation method. Now let's

274:34

let's have a look at one more question

274:36

just in case if it works or not. Because

274:39

there is more contact between people

274:41

blank are losing their usefulness. Fine.

274:43

Okay. Let's take this question. So we

274:45

have it here the question because

274:48

there's more contact between people

274:50

blank are losing their usefulness. Okay.

274:53

Now, not just noun, we get one one of

274:56

the strategies that is one is noun.

274:58

Second, it's not just a noun. It's a

275:00

plural noun

275:02

because there's there's an r here.

275:06

There's an r here, right? First, second,

275:08

if you notice that this particular thing

275:10

is in present or it's uh it's present or

275:14

it's increasing because of more contact

275:17

between people. So, the reason for this

275:19

thing to exist is contact.

275:22

Third, this particular thing is losing

275:25

its value. That means it's losing its

275:27

usefulness. It's not effective anymore

275:29

or it's not working anymore. Whatever it

275:32

is, depending on what it is, we can use

275:33

the word. But basically, it's not

275:35

working anymore. Something which is

275:38

plural, something which is because of

275:40

the contact between people and something

275:42

which is not effective anymore. Let's

275:44

search these three things. And if it

275:46

works, wonderful, right? it it becomes a

275:48

nice method because we have accuracy

275:51

increase for sure. So I'm going to paste

275:53

in your chat the question and we go

275:55

above in the passage. Do you see

275:58

anything? Because last answer we found

275:59

in the first sentence itself. We might

276:02

have to look into the next sentence or

276:04

the next paragraph. Do you see anything?

276:07

Yeah. Let me just give you a hint.

276:11

Remember there were three uh pillars of

276:14

this question and one of the pillar was

276:17

that this particular thing exists

276:18

because of contact between people. First

276:21

thing, second, it is a noun. Third, it's

276:25

a plural noun. You can say the third.

276:27

Yeah. Fourth because it's losing its

276:29

value. That is the fourth one. Did you

276:32

find the first one anywhere?

276:35

when people come in contact with each

276:37

other uh these superviruses and

276:40

infections which used to be resistant to

276:42

antibiotics now are becoming more and

276:44

more common. So these things are

276:46

becoming common for a reason because

276:48

antibiotics are not working anymore.

276:51

Antibiotics used to fight them. They're

276:54

not fighting anymore and that's why this

276:57

is the correct answer.

277:00

Correct answer is antibiotics.

277:05

I I hope all of you got see it's a pl

277:07

noun. It's a plural noun. It is it is

277:10

going down or it is losing its value

277:12

because of contact between people that

277:14

they have mentioned here. People come in

277:16

contact right and last but not the least

277:18

it's not working anymore because other

277:20

things which are supposed to be uh

277:22

stopped by antibiotics they are not

277:25

actually they rampant they are more

277:27

common. So answer

277:30

sorry sometimes they don't use direct

277:32

words you know like oh this is not

277:33

useful anymore they use like this

277:36

indirectly the other things which used

277:38

to fight it's becoming common so answer

277:40

is antibiotics you're right about that

277:42

okay we have to look one more into the

277:45

into the picture so there is something

277:47

called disease-causing blank are most

277:50

likely to be found in hot and damp

277:52

region now what do you think about this

277:53

blank mosquitoes will fit here exactly

277:57

Look disease causing is is an adjective

278:00

that causes diseases.

278:03

Disease causing blank are most likely to

278:05

be found. So that means R is plural. So

278:08

something that is causing diseases which

278:10

is plural and also found in hot and damp

278:12

region. Now if you go above in the

278:14

passage in the second or third paragraph

278:17

second paragraph itself I believe they

278:18

are mentioned uh perhap one of perhaps

278:21

one of the most obvious examples is this

278:23

idea in malaria prone areas which is

278:26

usually tropical regions that are that

278:28

foster a warm and damp environment which

278:30

the mosquitoes that can give people this

278:32

disease can grow. So yes these animal

278:36

these insects which are living in warm

278:37

and damp region give people diseases I

278:40

mean disease causing which are

278:42

mosquitoes

278:44

rural again causing disease again living

278:46

in this such area. So basically what's

278:49

happening here we are triangulating the

278:51

answer with hints right

278:54

some questions look oh we don't need

278:56

that method yes sometimes but the

278:59

problem is not about we don't need that

279:00

method the problem it will be when we

279:02

have a crazy question and you say that

279:04

oh what happened what just happened we

279:06

could not find the answer for those

279:07

situation we have u we have this this

279:12

this solution that we have okay so this

279:15

is the first type okay the second type

279:17

of question that we have. I I'll show

279:19

you the type. You will be able to

279:21

understand that easily. One second. So

279:23

in the second type what we have is

279:25

called option type. There you will get

279:29

options along with the question. It look

279:32

like something like this. One second.

279:34

There you go. So we have a passage of

279:36

course and we have uh questions below

279:40

and below that we have options. Why is

279:42

it a different type? Why not just use

279:44

solving it with the same strategy? You

279:46

can but let me tell you a few things

279:48

about this. First of all, you notice

279:50

that options the options can be

279:52

mentioned as it in the as it is in the

279:55

passage or a synonym of that possible if

279:57

it is not a name. Okay. Number two,

280:00

such questions are difficult. I've seen

280:03

that mostly when they have options, they

280:04

make the questions difficult. Three, you

280:07

notice that we have something called

280:12

a name in the question. When we have a

280:14

name in the question, we call it a

280:15

keyword. And if it is a keyword, what

280:18

happens?

280:21

Keyword,

280:23

>> it becomes easy, right? It becomes easy

280:25

from that perspective. Yes, that we have

280:26

a keyword. So, always use that keyword

280:30

along with blank method. So, how will

280:33

the meth the method look now? It look

280:35

modified. Along with the keyword, we

280:38

have the previous method as well. So the

280:41

impact of blank on objects falling to

280:43

the ground was not considered by a

280:44

restaurant. Okay, fine. So we're looking

280:46

for definitely a noun. Okay, we're

280:49

looking for a noun because it's an

280:51

impact of something, isn't it? There's

280:53

an impact of a force probably or

280:55

something else on object falling to the

280:59

ground. That means we are looking for a

281:00

force which is applied on another object

281:03

which is connected to a keyword. Because

281:06

there is a name, we cannot ignore it.

281:09

But that name is Aristotal.

281:13

Right? We cannot ignore a name because

281:15

keywords are really helpful for us. We

281:17

can find the names easily. So I'll just

281:19

copy this question. And you're supposed

281:21

to find the answer in this case.

281:29

Do you see that in paragraph A?

281:33

Now listen carefully. on day two when we

281:36

had a class we discussed about it that

281:39

there is something called uh keyword

281:41

theory yes we discussed and we said that

281:44

whenever we have a keyword and there's a

281:46

negation connected to that we cannot

281:48

ignore it now if you notice that they

281:50

have mentioned not considered by

281:52

Aristotle what we were searching for was

281:55

everything considered by Aristotle isn't

281:57

it so see that's the problem we are

282:00

searching for something that only fits

282:02

in one hint the second hint And we are

282:05

ignoring it completely. We we are

282:07

looking for an impact of something on an

282:09

object. That's fine. But we are looking

282:12

for actually something that was not

282:15

considered by Aristotle.

282:19

Everything here is considered by

282:21

Aristotle. Aristotle was discussed only

282:22

in one sentence here

282:25

if I'm not wrong.

282:28

So nothing about that was discussed

282:31

in by Aristotle. So let me just clear it

282:33

and talk about it here. Look at the next

282:35

paragraph. Is there anything about

282:37

Aristotal or anything contradicting with

282:40

Aristotal or negation with Aristotal?

282:43

Third line. Yes, Aristotle is discussed

282:45

here. Now if you read that sentence in

282:48

the late 16th century, Galio deduced

282:50

that while gravitation propels all the

282:52

object to the ground at the same rate,

282:54

air resistance resulted in heavier

282:56

object appear to fall more quickly. his

282:58

theory contradicting earlier belief

283:00

system put in place by Aristotle and

283:02

others.

283:04

So this is where we have against

283:06

Aristotle. The question was not

283:08

considered by Aristotle. There were two

283:10

forces that were applied on that object.

283:12

One was gravitation and second was air

283:15

resistance.

283:18

Right? But this particular force was the

283:20

reason that was falling on uh that made

283:23

look heavier object falling more

283:25

quickly. First of all, second

283:27

gravitation was is not mentioned in the

283:29

options anywhere

283:31

is gravity fields which are different

283:33

completely than gravitation. So the only

283:35

option that is left as an answer is is

283:40

air resistance.

283:43

>> So how did we find the answer? Same

283:45

method which I was talking about

283:46

triangulation method. We ignored

283:49

literally a word called not considered

283:51

by someone. And the question has

283:54

something that is important you know

283:55

because if I say that Sam could not have

283:58

the session today and you say that Sam

284:00

had had a session today is this

284:02

opposite. So this was opposite of what

284:04

we found here. These particular forces

284:07

were discussed by Aristotle and here

284:11

they are talking about not considered.

284:13

That's why I said negative word is

284:15

important for us. We cannot ignore it at

284:18

all.

284:20

No chance. No chance. Right. Okay. Now

284:24

there's one more question type which is

284:26

similar to what we have called sentence

284:29

completion which I was I was thinking I

284:31

would not teach today so many methods

284:32

but this method this question type is

284:35

much much closer to the one which we are

284:37

studying. The same method going to be

284:39

used nothing going to be changed but

284:42

only what will change is the questions

284:44

will be lengthy. That's it. The method

284:47

will be same. So I have to just discuss

284:49

with you what why is it same and why are

284:52

we going to solve it together with this.

284:54

Okay one second. Um so this is called

284:57

summary completion. In summary

284:59

completion what do we have? We have

285:01

basically um sentences combined in the

285:04

form of a summary.

285:07

Sentences combined in the form of a

285:09

summary that we have. So if you look

285:11

here we have uh sentences and along with

285:15

that all the sentences are joined

285:16

together to create a summary. You can

285:19

see a completed summary below.

285:21

This question type as well can be solved

285:23

with the same method that we have seen

285:25

earlier that is you know like you we

285:28

were talking about and if you notice the

285:31

sentences have become really long. Now

285:33

what to do with this case you know I say

285:35

that guys apply the same method and

285:37

you're done. No that's not how I

285:39

generally teach. I tell you everything I

285:41

can to make it easier for you. Now when

285:43

the sentence become becomes really long,

285:46

we can break it into pieces to pieces to

285:49

understand it. Let me just make it

285:50

readable for everyone and then we can

285:53

break it into pieces.

285:56

Whenever we have a sentence, we always

285:58

have two pieces of it. For example,

286:00

generally I would say not always, let's

286:02

say, um I am not feeling

286:07

well today.

286:09

because I had uh

286:14

cold and I ate ice cream. Let's say okay

286:21

which two portions can be considered two

286:23

parts of the statement I am not feeling

286:26

well I had cold and I had ice cream fine

286:29

two pieces we are disconnecting the

286:31

sentence from the middle which is called

286:32

the because so such words called but

286:35

because or you know so these are the

286:38

conjunctions or the connectors basically

286:41

not conjunction but connectors you can

286:42

say that now what about this sentence

286:44

where can you break it from which part

286:46

will you break

286:49

So we have two parts here and they are

286:52

connected with as. When they're

286:53

connected with as that means they're

286:55

providing a reason for that

286:58

as or because of the same thing right

287:01

fine

287:03

based on this whole scenario because now

287:06

we broke the sentence into pieces now we

287:08

can easily get the answer what is this

287:11

blank about is it is it a is it a noun

287:13

pronoun adjective was what is it that's

287:16

a difficult question

287:19

it is about quality of people so this is

287:22

the The problem individual water usage

287:25

is rising dramatically. That's one way,

287:27

one thing you know. Okay. Yes, it is.

287:29

Individual water usage is rising

287:31

dramatically. Why is it rising?

287:35

Think about it. Why is it rising?

287:37

Because people who are living in such

287:39

places are becoming something

287:45

are becoming let's say not careful or

287:49

careless. You can say that right you can

287:51

that could be good correct answer right

287:53

people living in industrialized

287:54

countries become increasingly careless.

287:56

Now what is careless a quality which can

287:58

be called an adjective and also quality

288:01

of people we are understanding and

288:03

because of this quality individual usage

288:07

is rising for water definitely. So we

288:10

got multiple hints. Now let me just u

288:13

provide you the question. You can see

288:15

that because we broke down the sentence

288:17

into two pieces that is first one that

288:19

this one and second one this one based

288:21

on this itself we can say yeah it's

288:23

about people if you don't do that trust

288:25

me finding the answer in the passage

288:27

would be very difficult

288:29

because you don't know what are you

288:30

looking for then how would you find

288:32

you'll try to fit any word and if any

288:34

other word fits you would put it there

288:37

right so the correct answer let's search

288:39

it in the passage uh you tell me if you

288:42

see in the first paragraph or the second

288:44

paragraph

288:44

And we'll continue

288:47

question is that yes the water is going

288:51

upwards water usage increasing rapidly

288:53

as a country as countries industrialize

288:56

and their citizens these are the people

288:59

and their quality is mentioned as they

289:00

are becoming prosperous because of that

289:02

their individual water usage is rise

289:04

increasing rapidly. So correct answer is

289:07

prosperous. So you were right. It's

289:08

about people. It's equality and because

289:11

of this individual water usage is rising

289:13

dramatically. Correct answer is

289:15

prosperous.

289:17

Sorry if you do it this way you'll find

289:19

the answer easily. Let's try one more.

289:21

Okay. Let's try one more. As well as

289:25

increased consumption per capita the

289:27

growing demand for fresh water is due.

289:28

You can see the length of the sentence

289:30

has increased right. So what is the

289:33

meaning of this sentence? Let's see

289:34

that. as well as increased consumption

289:37

per capita. That means this is as well

289:40

as in the sense this as well. This is

289:42

one of them increased consumption per

289:44

capita. The growing demand for fresh

289:47

water is due to a bigger global than in

289:49

the past. So growing demand for fresh

289:52

water is because of first of all

289:54

increased consumption per capita. Second

289:56

due to a bigger global blank than in the

289:58

past. So two reasons for uh growing

290:01

demand for fresh water. Two reasons for

290:04

that. Number one is increased

290:06

consumption per capita. Number two,

290:08

something which is bigger and global

290:10

than in the past. So now if you notice

290:12

that the same theory we have discussed

290:14

earlier, if adjective is mentioned, we

290:16

are looking for a noun. These are

290:18

adjectives, right? Bigger global. So we

290:20

are looking for a noun. We don't know if

290:22

it's plural or singular, but we are

290:24

looking for a noun which has adjectives

290:26

connected to that called bigger and

290:28

global first of all.

290:31

Secondly, we are looking for demand for

290:33

fresh water increasing somewhere they

290:35

must have mentioned and one of them is

290:37

increased consumption per capita. If

290:39

these three things are mentioned, we'll

290:40

find the answer more easily. Right? So

290:43

let's just go to the to the passage and

290:46

try to uh look for the answer now.

290:48

Right? So this was the question and one

290:51

second. Last time we found in the first

290:53

paragraph in the first sentence itself

290:55

we have to go with the same paragraph

290:57

maybe or we go to the next paragraph if

290:59

you don't find it they have mentioned

291:01

increase per capita over here which is

291:03

mentioned in the first part and they

291:05

have mentioned grow larger and total

291:07

which is global bigger and global and

291:10

also yes they're meeting demand that

291:11

means growing demands for fresh water

291:13

everything is matching so larger total

291:15

help us to find exact word which is

291:17

population

291:20

so this is how hints can help in

291:22

figuring out the answer. Correct answer

291:25

is population

291:27

is reading flowchart completion.

291:30

>> But we'll start with a new question type

291:32

today which is called flowchart. So your

291:34

definition is perfect that we have a

291:36

diagrammatic rep definition or you know

291:39

representation plus we have something

291:41

called a process basically a process of

291:44

some kind of steps. Yeah. Right. This

291:47

was correct earlier but this process

291:50

part is half correct. Yes, some of the

291:53

diagrams or some of the flowcharts do

291:56

use process. We have other types of

291:58

flowcharts too. I think there should be

292:00

a T here. Okay. Flowcharts too. What are

292:03

those flowcharts? We'll see today in

292:05

both reading and listening. We'll start

292:08

with reading. In reading we have three

292:10

types of flowcharts. Okay. And three of

292:13

them are important and any of them can

292:14

be in exam. So I would suggest all of

292:17

you to keep an eye on these and start uh

292:19

taking notes separately for all the

292:22

types because if you take notes

292:24

separately for all the types and if you

292:26

apply the the strategy it'll be very

292:28

easy for you to find the answer.

292:31

The first type of flowchart that we have

292:33

is called

292:35

chronological or timebased flowchart.

292:38

What is chronological or time based

292:40

flowchart? Basically in this flowchart

292:42

we have something called a date, month,

292:45

year or some kind of time mentioned in

292:47

each like in each block. So it's not a

292:49

process per se. Process is true but

292:52

sometimes we have a different we have

292:54

different types of flowcharts. This is

292:56

called event type of flowchart, time

292:57

based flowchart or chronological

292:59

flowchart. So what happens here is

293:02

either in ascending or descending

293:04

depending on the paragraph we have some

293:06

uh events happening or dates with their

293:09

events. So instead of day month year

293:12

they can have date they can have month

293:13

they can have an hour as well that's

293:16

possible right. So that's what we call

293:18

chronological type of flowchart. So we

293:21

have year and we have an event

293:23

associated with it. Now, now not like I

293:25

said not necessarily an uh I mean a year

293:27

will be mentioned an hour or a day or a

293:29

month could be mentioned but it will be

293:31

according to the passage. Now what

293:32

should we do in this case? We just have

293:34

to do two things very simple two things.

293:36

Okay, write it down. If it is a

293:38

flowchart

293:40

and if this chart is about dates or

293:43

events or chronological type, this chart

293:47

can have like I said year um a year or

293:50

month or an hour or a day or whatever,

293:53

right? In this case, we only take care

293:55

of two things. The first one is called

293:57

the prediction,

293:59

not prediction. Sorry, that is the

294:01

second one. My bad. Not the prediction

294:03

action. That is enough. plus the date

294:06

whatever the time is mentioned date time

294:08

whatever is mentioned what is action

294:10

here action in the sense see there are

294:13

two kinds of actions happening here if

294:15

you notice that one is discovery of

294:17

something construction of something if

294:19

I'm not wrong yes it is a noun in this

294:21

context but something is happening right

294:24

so something was discovered which was

294:25

the boat so for us this with this verb

294:28

is not important which action is

294:31

important construction of something is

294:33

important

294:34

Why so? Because it is close to a blank.

294:37

It gives us information about the blank.

294:39

That means something was constructed in

294:42

1992 when boat was found. A boat was

294:44

discovered. Great. We have a nice

294:47

sentence to say there was something

294:49

constructed in 1992 when something was

294:52

discovered which was a boat. Right?

294:55

Okay. Look at the next one. Same thing

294:58

in 2002. So we have two actions here.

295:01

Now you have to tell me which action is

295:03

important. Is it held or gathered?

295:06

So because there is a blank and this

295:08

blank will have information based on

295:10

this action itself. In 2002 something

295:14

was held to get information. Basically

295:16

gather is used. Yes it's an action but

295:19

for the other data not for the blank.

295:22

Blank is connected to held. In 2002

295:24

something was held. Great. So you can

295:27

say with these two words itself you can

295:29

find the answer. You will see that it's

295:31

so easy straightforward. 1992 something

295:34

was constructed to find bold. Now look

295:36

at this one. Do you see 1992?

295:40

Yes, we see second paragraph third word.

295:43

And do you see anything constructed in

295:45

1992? A new road is mentioned here. Now

295:49

this could be correct but yes because

295:51

our question demanded us something was

295:54

constructed in 1992

295:56

and boat was discovered. Now there's

295:58

nothing about boat here mentioned. So we

296:01

have to search the boat. Boat is

296:03

mentioned in the next paragraph last

296:05

word.

296:07

They have found a prehistoric boat.

296:10

Right? Now if you go above

296:13

nowhere they have mentioned any

296:14

construction except for this particular

296:17

word. Now if you read without thinking

296:19

about construction what going to happen?

296:20

You'll search for board first. You'll

296:22

find it here. Now you're searching for

296:23

construction. What would you write?

296:24

Answer probably street

296:27

probably structure. So because we get

296:30

confused in that case always keep an

296:32

action eye on the action and then search

296:34

for everything else you will be easily

296:37

able to find the answer if this is not

296:39

the answer it will not fit both will not

296:41

be mentioned me mentioned here. So in

296:43

1992 something was constructed and to

296:46

find this particular thing once

296:49

everything is confirmed see this was we

296:50

are doing in a hurry but I mean to say

296:52

help with help and hints but in the end

296:54

you will be doing the same thing right

296:56

you'll do the 1992 road and see oh boat

296:59

is mentioned here great now if you go

297:01

below how many words are allowed will

297:03

also be mentioned in a flowchart only

297:05

one word and if you write two words

297:07

incorrect so one word is allowed at the

297:10

same time they have mentioned And

297:13

um I is mentioned so we don't need to

297:16

write even there. So answer is boat.

297:18

Don't need to write anything just a

297:20

boat. That mean is already mentioned.

297:21

The boat is the correct answer. In 2002

297:24

let's see something was held to get

297:26

information. Okay. So let's see 2002. Do

297:28

you see anywhere 2002? Of course

297:30

sequence is maintained. Last time you

297:32

found answer till here because what was

297:34

connected to that question. So we don't

297:36

have anything here I believe and we go

297:40

below. So in that case 2002 anywhere

297:45

there there we have anything called held

297:48

a synonym something was held in 2002

297:50

hosted a conference so answer is

297:53

conference

297:54

in 2002 what was held conference and

297:57

let's check if it was for the

297:58

information see we cannot leave half

298:00

information maybe they hosted something

298:02

and nothing else so we cannot leave it

298:04

and it is correct on the uh in 2002 on

298:06

the 10th anniversary of the discovery

298:09

the bronze age stage boat um hosted a

298:12

conference where this meeting of

298:14

different tradition became apparent and

298:15

apparently yes they did find information

298:17

about the boat and all the other that's

298:19

right answer is conference great so this

298:22

is straightforward there is no um no

298:25

worries about that and yes and is

298:26

already mentioned here answer is

298:28

conference so 2002 conference so simple

298:32

the first one is simple I'm telling you

298:34

just two things action and the date

298:37

action and the date next one uh This is

298:40

the first type. Second type that we have

298:42

will not be that easy. Sorry. And second

298:46

type is very similar to what you guys

298:50

have mentioned that is a process. It

298:51

will be a process. And remember whenever

298:54

it's a process there will always be a

298:56

title of the process. As you can see

298:57

here, you can see there's a title.

299:01

Always for a process there will be a

299:02

title. And this is important for us.

299:06

This is vital to find information. we

299:08

cannot jump to the question and you will

299:10

see how easy it becomes based on the

299:12

title.

299:16

So title tells one thing that the whole

299:20

flowchart will only contain information

299:22

about honeybees choose a new nest.

299:24

Remember that okay it cannot be about

299:27

anything else because the title itself

299:28

is about honeybees choosing a new nest.

299:31

Now what are the possibilities of this

299:33

information being present in one

299:35

paragraph?

299:37

quite high quite high. This will not be

299:41

present in the complete passage. This

299:43

will be present probably in one

299:44

paragraph, two paragraphs or max three

299:46

paragraphs because this is tiny process

299:49

from the complete passage. Chances of

299:52

this process to be the complete

299:54

paragraph uh the passage I mean is not

299:56

possible. Okay. Our task is to figure

299:59

out figure out if it is one paragraph or

300:02

more than one.

300:04

We don't have to search if it is two,

300:05

three or four. No, if it is more than

300:07

one, that means we don't have to search

300:09

anything. We'll go to question number

300:11

one. First, we search if it is one

300:13

paragraph. And how do we do that? Take

300:15

the title. Okay, search about the title.

300:18

That means where have they mentioned

300:19

honeybees using a new nest or honeybees

300:21

and a new nest? Both of them mentioned

300:23

together. Otherwise, how would we know

300:25

that is the that is the area, right?

300:27

Okay. Do you see anywhere honeybees and

300:31

nest mentioned together? I'll tell you a

300:33

nice trick. You you have to just search.

300:34

That's it.

300:37

Honey bees. Yes. That is of honeybee.

300:40

Anything about new nest on nest?

300:47

We have

300:50

we have this is about the new nest and

300:53

honeybees both of them. So this

300:55

paragraph is where we might have

300:58

information might have. Okay. After you

301:00

find the title somewhere, don't read

301:03

anything. Just say, "Okay, this

301:04

paragraph is important for me." Go to

301:05

the next paragraph. Do you see honey

301:07

bees and new nest?

301:09

No, you don't see any honey bees or new

301:11

nest. Great. That means this is the only

301:13

paragraph we have. Sometimes you might

301:15

find some honeybees or new nest or only

301:18

new nest mentioned here somewhere. That

301:20

means okay this paragraph might have

301:21

some information. So the process

301:23

continued. They have provided help uh

301:25

they have provided information in two

301:26

paragraphs. That that's a possibility,

301:28

right? So we cannot ignore that

301:30

paragraph. We have to also read that

301:32

paragraph. But in this case only one

301:35

paragraph important. Great. Now our task

301:37

become easy and we just have to solve it

301:39

like like we solve blanks you know. So

301:42

in our in our previous sessions we have

301:44

solved blanks. If it is difficult blank

301:46

we solve it with our strategy of blank

301:48

method. Otherwise you can just go with

301:50

the prediction and action method. So

301:52

something is something is exploring

301:55

basically something right? some type of

301:57

honeybee is exploring possible nest

301:59

sites. So we are looking for prediction

302:01

and action. Uh they perform what is

302:03

known as a blank on the return. So

302:04

something that is performed. So probably

302:06

an exercise, probably a regime or

302:08

probably um a dance or I don't know a

302:12

ritual possibly. If the blank is

302:15

difficult to understand, you can use the

302:17

blank method which is you know multiple

302:18

hints about the blanks and you'll find

302:20

the answer. But the only thing you have

302:22

to understand is how many paragraphs are

302:25

important? One or more than one? More

302:26

than one generally it's not more than

302:28

two. It's two or three max. Okay. I mean

302:31

it's not more than three. Two or three

302:33

max. Okay. So this is easy. This is

302:36

literally easy. You just have to go for

302:37

okay what type of honey bees explore new

302:39

nest.

302:41

Uh I mean explore possible nest. That's

302:43

it. So it's not something I'm going to

302:45

go with practice. But yes, you because

302:47

you have already solved blanks. We're

302:49

not going to go with one question

302:50

either.

302:51

Last one is a problem. The reason it's a

302:54

problem is not about the question type

302:55

is different or strategy is different.

302:57

It's the way they represent the data.

303:00

Now sometimes what do they do? They

303:02

might provide in bullet points or they

303:04

might provide in provide in numbers as

303:06

well this kind of data. Okay, there's a

303:09

lot of data but it's in numbers

303:11

basically 1 2 3 or bullet points like

303:14

this.

303:16

Why would it be a problem? You will see

303:18

that one second. So this is a flowchart

303:20

where they have mentioned on the top the

303:22

title and we have some questions. Now

303:24

whenever this is a bullet point, chances

303:27

are that each bullet point is

303:30

corresponding to one of the boxes in the

303:34

um the flowchart. So this is the title

303:36

let's say. So the first bullet point is

303:39

talking about the first one, second one,

303:41

third about the third one and so on,

303:44

right? Chances are there. And how can we

303:47

confirm the chances? In order to confirm

303:49

the chances, chances you have to do

303:51

again two steps. Step one, read what is

303:54

the title and where is the title

303:55

mentioned and how is it mentioned.

303:57

Number two, count the number of bullet

303:59

points or the number of you know

304:01

paragraphs they have created below that.

304:04

So becomes apparently clear that oh this

304:07

is same thing that they have mentioned

304:08

one bullet point equal to one box or one

304:10

step. Okay let's see

304:13

title says suggested stages in a

304:16

planning process. Fine. They're talking

304:18

about some kind of planning process and

304:20

some kind of stages in that pro process.

304:22

Right? Okay. Let's go above. If you

304:25

notice that if you read the previous

304:26

one, you will find that the typical

304:28

stages in the planning process are

304:30

explained below. That means these are

304:33

the steps. So these are the stages.

304:34

Stage one, stage two, stage three like

304:36

this. Right? I I hope you understand,

304:38

right? These are the stages that we

304:39

have. That means yes, they're talking

304:41

about stage one, stage two, stage three.

304:43

But just in case to confirm, count the

304:45

number of boxes. One. This is the first

304:47

one, right? This is the title. Initial

304:48

one is the title. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8.

304:54

And if you count the number of bullet

304:56

points, you know, if they're not same,

304:58

we have to not think that each bullet

305:00

point will have one answer. If it is

305:02

same eight, that means it's fine. 1 2 3

305:06

4 5 6 7 and 8. That means that means one

305:11

bullet point equal to one stage. Now

305:14

think about it. We don't have any blank

305:16

here.

305:18

Do we need to worry about it?

305:21

No. So first one we don't have to worry.

305:22

That means first stage that they have

305:24

mentioned we can ignore. Second thing it

305:27

it depends on you how you want to solve

305:29

it using action prediction or the method

305:31

we have discussed with blank. But the

305:33

most important part is I'll show you

305:35

something. Let's let's solve one and you

305:36

will see it. Decide and define plans

305:39

exact something. So we are here deciding

305:41

or defining and also something connected

305:43

to plans exact something. Okay, plans

305:46

exact something. So we have word exact

305:48

that means an adjective. We looking for

305:50

a noun of the plan because they have

305:52

mentioned apostrophe. Yes, that means it

305:54

it is about plan right? And if you take

305:56

this question and go to the passage and

305:59

look at the first stage because first

306:01

stage we don't need to worry about right

306:02

we don't need to worry because they say

306:04

that first stage can no does not contain

306:06

any blank. Look at the second one

306:07

directly. Do you see the answer here?

306:10

For the second one,

306:15

exactly the answer is a. Do we need to

306:18

read the remaining sentences for the

306:20

next question?

306:22

We don't. In see, normally or you can

306:25

say typically if you found the first

306:26

answer in the first sentence itself, for

306:28

the second question, we cannot ignore a

306:30

single sentence. But here it is allowed

306:33

because you figured out a way that it

306:36

can be allowed. And how so? Because the

306:39

next sentence, the next question is from

306:41

the next bullet point. We know that each

306:43

step is mentioned separately. First is

306:45

this, next step is this, next is this.

306:47

So we're not going to read this even. So

306:49

how much time have we saved? If a person

306:52

knows these, you know, tricks, they can

306:55

solve this flowchart in a record

306:57

breaking time of just 2 minutes.

307:01

Why? One sentence. I write found the

307:03

answer. I'm I'm not going to read this.

307:05

Let's continue. If I found somewhere,

307:06

okay, this is the answer. Let's go. So

307:08

this is this is crazy fast because you

307:11

know what to ignore, what to not ignore.

307:14

So this was just difficult one. I I mean

307:17

it's not that difficult compared to the

307:19

previous samples. It's difficult. It's

307:21

not that difficult. Obviously

307:24

>> is reading table completion.

307:27

>> Easy one is table completion in reading.

307:30

And what is table completion? Table

307:32

completion actually is u uh apparently

307:37

in both listening and reading and in

307:39

there we have in a table generally

307:41

speaking we have something called

307:43

horizontal line and vertical lines. Can

307:45

anyone tell me what are those horizontal

307:47

lines called? Let me just draw them. In

307:50

a table we have horizontal lines. Uh oh

307:52

bad line.

307:54

What are these horizontal lines called

307:56

in a table?

308:03

I believe rows, right?

308:07

Okay. And the vertical ones,

308:12

columns,

308:14

right? So, we have rows and columns,

308:18

right? Rows and columns. When rows and

308:20

columns combine, we get something called

308:23

a cell. Okay? So, rows, columns, and

308:27

cell. Okay. So we have cells here. Cells

308:30

contain information. Now the first row

308:33

and the first column cell always contain

308:36

information which is called heading

308:38

information. Information about a

308:40

heading. For example, if I write here um

308:43

students okay and I write here ID then I

308:47

write here um um let's say sessions uh

308:51

in sessions present and whatever it is.

308:54

Okay. And subject you have gone through.

308:56

And then I write name here. XY Z is the

308:58

name. ABC is the name. So these are the

309:00

title rows and title columns. The first

309:03

one are always the heading or the title.

309:05

Right? But what it has to do with the

309:07

table that we are understanding in

309:09

reading or listening. They always

309:11

provide us information about the

309:13

remaining

309:15

cell. So this one is about ABC for the

309:18

session. This one is about ABC and about

309:21

this one. So basically they the if you

309:23

understand a row from this perspective

309:25

of title rows, cells and columns it

309:28

becomes easy for us to figure out what

309:31

the answer is. So I'm going to show you

309:32

an example of a reading table completion

309:35

which is then which will become honestly

309:37

very easy then once you look at that

309:39

it'll be easy. Okay. Okay. Let me um

309:43

share my display then we'll discuss uh

309:45

that particular table. Then we have a

309:47

passage on the top and a table below. If

309:50

you look at this table, we have some

309:52

heading as you can see species, size,

309:56

preferred climate, um, complimentary

309:58

species, start of active period and

309:59

number of generations. You don't have to

310:01

go through everything. Okay, just go

310:03

through number of words. How many are

310:05

they? And then look at number nine. Now

310:06

number nine can be understood from the

310:10

cell above it. So cool is giving

310:12

information about number nine.

310:16

Spanish is giving information about

310:18

number 13. Right? So basically what

310:21

they're saying is we are looking for the

310:24

preferred climate for Spanish species

310:26

which looks like cool. similar word as

310:29

cool which is a climate of course we are

310:32

looking for complimentary species which

310:34

is connected to let's say Spanish again

310:37

we're talking about no sorry no no no

310:38

compliment speed sorry we don't need

310:39

that we need this one start of active

310:41

period which is for Spanish it is

310:44

similar to late spring maybe early

310:45

spring late autumn early autumn or early

310:48

winter we don't we don't know that right

310:50

same way here

310:52

for Spanish we'll see a number or range

310:54

and they have mentioned number of

310:55

generations per year so it becomes very

310:58

Easy because we don't have to read much

311:00

firstly. Second, we have to just search

311:03

the information in the passage. Easy,

311:05

straightforward. And we do we have to

311:07

think about the keyword and all. No,

311:09

keywords are provided to you directly.

311:11

In fact, hint is also provided. So, this

311:15

is the easiest question type in your

311:18

reading because everything is provided.

311:20

You don't have to read the full

311:21

sentence. You don't have to break the

311:22

sentence into half. Nothing. You don't

311:24

have to do anything.

311:26

Let's have a look at the question and

311:29

and one one one question and see that

311:32

we're looking for preferred climate for

311:33

Spanish species. So we search Spanish

311:35

and climate of preferred climate for

311:38

that species.

311:40

If you look here you would see that uh

311:43

in the first one they have not mentioned

311:45

anything about Spanish species. In the

311:46

second one they have mentioned that. Can

311:48

you find that we have found over here

311:52

Spanish species if you if you can see

311:53

that right? But if you notice that there

311:55

is no there is no um something called um

312:00

climate and if you go to the next

312:01

paragraph they have mentioned in this

312:03

particular part Spanish and also they're

312:06

talking about the climate here autumn

312:08

summer and everything. So probably this

312:10

is where you'll find the answer. That's

312:12

the whole thing. You read that area you

312:15

find the answer. It's not that

312:16

difficult. Okay stable completion what

312:18

you're supposed to do is connect with

312:20

this and this you find the answer. Now

312:22

there's one more thing. If you go to the

312:24

10th one, you can easily find it in the

312:26

sequence with ninth. So ninth one when

312:28

you found let's say over here then the

312:30

second one for the 10th one you have to

312:32

look in the next sentence itself. I mean

312:35

whatever the information comes next to

312:36

it. Sequences maintained in table

312:38

completion too. So this is called table

312:41

completion. It's very straightforward

312:42

because we don't have to read the

312:44

statement. There are no statements. They

312:45

are just phrases and sometimes they're

312:47

only words instead of phrases. So this

312:50

is called table completion. Now

312:51

sometimes they create fake table. What

312:54

is a fake table? In your exam you might

312:57

see sometimes statement or sometime

312:58

tables which look like table they are

313:00

not table and we we use this strategy.

313:03

When we use such strategy it doesn't

313:05

work. What happens in this strategy?

313:08

I'll show you. Okay. So we have a

313:10

passage like always and then we have

313:12

some questions in a table and the

313:13

questions is complete the table below.

313:15

But if you notice that these questions

313:18

are not one word or one phrase. These

313:20

are full sentences. And if you look at

313:22

test and findings, we don't have test

313:24

and findings separately mentioned as

313:26

titles. Okay, the title is Benefits of

313:29

being bilingual. That means speaking two

313:31

languages, right? Okay. No way there's

313:34

nothing about test or anything, right?

313:36

So how do we find

313:39

in this case? We don't treat it like a

313:41

table. Whenever there is a table which

313:44

has full sentences, remember that full

313:47

sentences, we don't treat it like a

313:50

table. We treat it like sentence

313:54

completion

313:56

because it's a full sentence. What do we

313:58

have? And we don't even have any uh

314:00

title mentioned somewhere test somewhere

314:02

finding no. So they will go in sequence

314:04

of the questions. So first one this then

314:06

this will be mentioned in the passage

314:07

then this one. So don't try to solve it

314:10

with table completion. These are fake

314:11

tables. try to solve them with sentence

314:13

completion. Sometimes they I don't know

314:16

why do they do that but they they

314:17

convert the question into something else

314:22

right so please uh don't get misleaded

314:25

by this and get this answer um easily I

314:29

mean by just solving a sentence

314:31

completion blank method search for

314:33

example observing the blank of Russian

314:35

English bilingual people when asked to

314:37

select certain objects so we're looking

314:38

for Russian English bilingual people and

314:40

what are they observing so now you go to

314:43

the passage above you search for

314:44

bilingual people and I believe here

314:46

Russian English Russian Russian English

314:48

bilingual people have mentioned here

314:50

probably somewhere close to that we have

314:52

the answer right so this is how you

314:55

always should go for if it's a fake

314:58

table and fake table how do we recognize

315:01

we recognize using the strategy of um if

315:05

the sentences are full and also either

315:08

row or or column is missing

315:11

is reading matching ending

315:14

The next question type is also from

315:17

reading and it is called matching

315:19

ending. Now matching ending kind of

315:21

question you might not have seen in your

315:23

whole life and you might not in future

315:25

as well because this question is only 5%

315:28

possible in exam but it is there

315:30

sometimes. So we cannot ignore it.

315:31

According to official website we have

315:33

such questions in exam. So we'll have a

315:36

look at that. Okay. Uh so it's called

315:38

matching ending. What will they do in

315:40

this question type? They'll take some

315:42

statements and they break the other half

315:45

the remaining sentence into pieces.

315:47

Okay. So let's say this sentence is not

315:49

full. This sentence is not full either.

315:52

None of them is full. They're rem their

315:54

remaining half in this case you know and

315:57

they are mentioned in the form of

315:59

options. One of these four um six

316:03

options will be correct for this. Same

316:05

goes here. One of the six options will

316:07

be correct for this. So you have to find

316:09

that option and write it here. So what

316:12

is the best method? See there is

316:14

something called uh you can say the

316:17

forceful method. You can just go for

316:19

that. Okay. For example, you read

316:20

nutrients contained in the news part of

316:23

harvest crop. You search for everything.

316:25

You read everything, understand

316:26

everything, find everything. That's

316:28

everything is not a good strategy

316:29

because that waste lot of time. We need

316:31

to find a method that does not waste lot

316:34

of time. And how do we do that? Well,

316:37

you know that this is half statement.

316:40

That means we are looking for the the

316:42

the other half, right? The remaining uh

316:44

question. What is this remaining

316:47

question about? Let's see.

316:51

What do you think is the remaining

316:53

question about

316:57

read this the initial half and tell me

316:59

what could it could it be about?

317:05

It's about nutrients. Okay. Nutrients

317:07

which are in a news part of harvest crop

317:10

but it is about nutrients in the end.

317:11

Okay.

317:13

Then what are the other example where

317:15

the the statement remaining half is

317:18

about something and the statement is

317:19

about something else. Is that possible?

317:21

Yes, it is possible. For example, Sam

317:26

uh is using a computer

317:30

which now tell me what is the remaining

317:33

sentence about

317:39

computer is it computer? Yes. So maybe

317:42

which is um super fast or works pretty

317:45

well when required or not that fast and

317:48

doesn't has a lot of issues. Right. So

317:51

it's about the computer not Sam at all.

317:54

So if you search about keep searching

317:55

about Sam there you will be searching

317:58

for no reason you just get information

318:00

about Sam. So we search about uh

318:02

computer which belongs to Sam. Yes that

318:05

is specific information but we are

318:07

searching about computer keeping in mind

318:09

we're looking for computer that's how we

318:11

search for this kind of question. So we

318:14

have to search if they are talking about

318:16

nutrients or unused part or synthetic

318:19

fertilizer or hab B what is the

318:21

remaining sentence about that's the only

318:23

thing you should search for. So for

318:25

example nutrients contained in the

318:27

unused part of harvest crops. Okay this

318:29

is the question you said we're looking

318:30

for nutrients which are present in

318:32

unused part of harvest crop but we are

318:34

targeting on nutrients. Good. Look

318:37

above. Do you see nutrients mentioned

318:38

anywhere?

318:44

No. Okay. Anyway, nutrients here.

318:51

Second paragraph they have mentioned

318:53

when the plants grow they remove

318:54

nutrients from the soil. But when the

318:57

plants die and decay they these

318:58

nutrients are returned directly to the

319:00

soil. Oh this that's indefinitely

319:02

they're talking about nutrients. They

319:03

are saying that in the jungle in the

319:05

forest nutrients are following a cycle.

319:09

So when they when they grow they take

319:11

nutrients right from the soil to grow

319:13

and when they die they give it back to

319:14

the soil. Basically that's what they're

319:16

saying. Humans tend not to return a new

319:18

part of harvested crops directly to the

319:20

soil and enrich it. Meaning that the

319:22

soil become less fertile. In the past we

319:25

have developed. Now look at the last

319:26

sentence. It is not about nutrients.

319:28

This is something else. Till here we are

319:31

talking about nutrients. So whatever you

319:33

have read that's more than enough. And

319:35

understand what are they saying

319:36

indirectly. And now go to the the

319:39

questions or the options and it is

319:42

clearly mentioned you know what they're

319:43

trying to say here. If you go to the

319:45

options can you choose one option what

319:48

we read based on what we read

319:51

question is nutrients that is contained

319:53

in unused part of harvested crops.

319:56

So they have mentioned in jungle they go

319:59

back to the soil you know the nutrients

320:01

but unused part of harvested crops are

320:02

by humans they they know they don't care

320:06

if they don't harvest it. So the unused

320:08

part will be unused part of nutrients

320:10

will not go back to the soil and that's

320:12

the correct answer. Let's see. Have a

320:14

look at one more. Okay, just to confirm

320:15

that that you understood it. Synthetic

320:17

fertilizers produced with habit boss

320:18

process. In this case, what is the

320:20

remaining sentence about habit boss

320:22

process or synthetic fertilizer?

320:25

Synthetic fertilizer. Hab boss process

320:28

is if they write which or that that

320:30

becomes then it becomes habos. If they

320:33

mention synthetic fertilizer produced

320:35

with this one. Now synthetic fertilizer

320:37

takes a precedence right?

320:40

>> Yeah.

320:40

>> Y okay. So synthetic fertilizer

320:42

important. Yes. This fertilizer is

320:44

specific kind of fertilizer produced

320:46

with hyper was process. And if you go

320:48

above in the passage last answer we

320:50

found in C till here I believe till

320:54

here. So I don't think synthetic

320:56

fertilizer was discussed here. Do you

320:58

see anything here? Yes we have. solution

321:00

came in 20th early century have a boss

321:02

process synthetic fertilizer and they've

321:04

used the word fertilizer here as well

321:06

farmers have been putting syntheicic

321:07

fertilizer nothing about synthetic

321:09

fertilizer yet they just farmers are

321:11

putting that's it farmers are important

321:13

they're not going to based on one

321:14

sentence get put the answer they will

321:16

have a lengthy at least three to four

321:18

sentences okay always because they're

321:20

trying to you know shr uh shrink the

321:22

information in in one sentence of what

321:24

you're reading look at the next one

321:27

synthetic chemical fertilizer now

321:29

they're discussing

321:31

Chemical fertilizers can release

321:33

polluting nitrous oxide into the

321:35

atmosphere and excess of is often washed

321:38

away from the rain releasing uh nitrogen

321:41

into the river into river. More recently

321:42

we have found that the incre

321:44

discriminate use of fertilizers hurts

321:46

the soil itself turning it acidic and

321:47

salty and degrading the soil. They are

321:49

supposed to nourish. Pretty lengy about

321:52

fertilizer. I believe fertilizer part is

321:54

over here. We don't have any fertilizer

321:55

here. They're talking about basically

321:58

how it is polluting nitrous oxide into

322:00

the atmosphere and into the rain going

322:03

to the rivers and also indiscriminate

322:05

use of it. It is not good. It's bad for

322:08

the soil actually. Okay. Any option that

322:11

is minimizing about the synthetic fert

322:12

synthetic fertilizer here? So we have

322:14

air pollution, water pollutions and

322:18

um land pollution. So answer is E. E is

322:21

the correct answer.

322:23

Very nice. This is how you can find the

322:25

answer in sentence ending. It's not that

322:28

difficult I must say that right and it's

322:30

very rare almost four to 5% are the

322:33

chances uh you can say that if there are

322:35

100 tests only five tests will have this

322:38

question type

322:39

>> is writing part two essay question types

322:43

>> speaking we already have understood

322:44

writing um and speaking descriptors how

322:47

they are being organized today we going

322:49

to do something really interesting and

322:51

that is understanding how do we think of

322:54

topics how do we think of content that's

322:56

what we're going going to do today.

322:57

Right? Okay.

323:00

So, there are multiple stages of

323:02

understanding writing part two. Part one

323:04

will take one day. Part one will take

323:07

one day. That's it. Nothing else. Not

323:09

more than that. Right?

323:11

I'm talking about essay writing. In any

323:13

essay writing, we have multiple stages

323:15

of understanding. One second. Let me

323:17

just get rid of it. Okay. In essay

323:19

writing, we have something called first

323:21

of all introduction, body paragraph,

323:23

conclusion. Right?

323:25

There's something we are missing here

323:26

which is understanding the question.

323:28

Without that you will not be able to

323:30

write any of these. Right? Apart from

323:33

that understanding the question there

323:34

comes something called

323:38

content. So this is separate. This is

323:41

only the structure I'm talking about.

323:43

Let's say how many sentences which

323:44

sentences but content is which what kind

323:47

of paragraphs should I write? That is

323:49

content writing. So today we'll see how

323:51

to write content. Secondly, we also

323:53

understand how many question types are

323:54

there and um what types are considered

323:58

types of ISS, what types of not

323:59

considered files. So, we're going to see

324:01

that in today's in uh today's session.

324:04

By the end of the session, you'll be

324:06

able to think by yourself. So, for now,

324:09

you might be like, "Oh, Sam, this is the

324:10

question. I don't know what to how to

324:12

create the answer."

324:14

But after the session, you'll be able to

324:16

do it within a span of five to six

324:17

minutes. You'll be able to create

324:19

amazing content. So just uh keep

324:22

enjoying the session. Talking about the

324:24

types in any um exam you will always get

324:28

one question only. But this particular

324:32

question of essay will be there from the

324:35

five possible types of um essays. Okay.

324:39

There are five possible types of essay

324:41

essay questions. Out of these you will

324:43

get one question and you have to

324:45

compulsorily

324:47

write that answer. Now you can change

324:49

the sequence by the way if you do not

324:50

know in IS writing we have two parts

324:52

part one and part two right

324:56

this is not something like oh you have

324:57

to write part one first then part two

324:59

because you get both together and you

325:01

have 60 minutes to write all of them

325:03

it's up I mean both of them it's up to

325:05

you if you want to start with part two

325:06

and if you want to jump to part one

325:08

after that it's up to you there is no

325:10

hard and fast rule such as oh you have

325:12

to write part one first no you don't

325:14

have

325:18

All right.

325:20

So the question the point was what are

325:23

these five types of questions? Because

325:25

if I don't tell you the types what going

325:26

to happen you'll be confused like um Sam

325:30

I I never saw this in in our class and

325:32

they are asking in exam how can I

325:34

resolve this problem right so today

325:36

we're going to see those five types and

325:37

yes it'll take us 5 minutes of

325:39

presentation and you'll be able to

325:40

understand that it's not a big deal

325:43

we'll be able to easily understand those

325:45

five types instantly right so let me

325:48

just uh start the presentation and we

325:50

will be able to all uh see it Right. One

325:54

second. Where is it? Oh, there it is.

325:57

Okay. So, they we are call them we call

325:59

them essay types here and there are

326:02

total five types. But there can be

326:03

subtypes of as well. The first type is

326:06

the most common type. Almost 60 to 70%

326:09

of the time you will get this question

326:10

type which is called agree or disagree.

326:14

Okay, this is the first type that we

326:16

have. In agree, we have something called

326:20

subtypes. So, agree and disagree is not

326:21

one question type. We have two in there.

326:24

We can call them subtypes.

326:27

Okay. Two sub uh two types that we have

326:29

inside them. The first one is called the

326:31

extent type. What is the extent? Now

326:34

whenever you have an option of choosing

326:35

this rather than that, right? Let's say

326:38

whatever the statement is. Um in that

326:40

case you have an option of extent. For

326:42

example, government government should

326:45

promote should spend money on railways

326:47

rather than roads or let's say uh

326:51

government should spend money on um

326:55

medical treatment rather than school or

326:57

any question wherever we have rather

326:59

than or an option of you know comparing

327:02

they will always use the word extent and

327:05

the reason they're using it not to write

327:07

20% 30% extent no they're using this

327:10

word extent to ask You how much out of

327:14

the statement do you understand? Not by

327:16

percent value but which part for example

327:19

government should spend money uh on

327:22

railways and not on roadways. If you

327:24

also believe the same thing that yes

327:25

railway are important roads are not

327:27

important that is called totally

327:30

okay agree. If you say government should

327:33

spend monies and money on roads but they

327:35

cannot ignore railways they are also

327:37

important that is called partially

327:39

agreement.

327:41

Okay, you're partially agreeing with it.

327:43

You're not agreeing completely. You're

327:45

agreeing with this part, but you're not

327:47

not agreeing with the other part because

327:48

change, right? They're saying instead of

327:50

roads, this is only important. You say

327:52

this is also important. This is also

327:53

important. This is called partial agree.

327:56

What if you say that no roads are

327:58

important, railway is not important.

327:59

That is called totally disagree.

328:03

you went completely opposite

328:10

right so that's also one way to think

328:12

about this what is totally agree and

328:15

what is totally disagree now most

328:17

student what they want to write is they

328:20

want to write partially agree they say

328:22

that Sam we can write both side and I'll

328:24

go with partially agree I'll be fine

328:28

there's a problem with partially agree

328:29

let me let me uh erase everything and

328:31

and make it clear to

328:33

Like I said there are two sides

328:34

government should spend money on

328:36

railways and then we have something

328:38

called roads both the sides right and

328:40

you say I want to go with partially

328:41

agree I will say that this is also

328:43

important that is also important when we

328:45

say I partially agree

328:47

you are supposed to prove that this is

328:50

important as well as this now if

328:52

somewhere you are pos plus or minus here

328:54

and there what going to happen you will

328:57

be confused you will be confused at the

329:00

same time you will confuse your reader

329:02

So for example, you're writing

329:03

introduction. Okay? Then you're writing

329:05

one body paragraph about this side.

329:07

Another body paragraph about this side.

329:10

But in this body paragraph, you're not

329:11

writing some concrete points. You're

329:12

writing one point. Here you're writing

329:14

multiple points, three points,

329:15

important, really good points, arguments

329:17

you can say. And then conclusion. But

329:19

you said I partially agree in the sense

329:21

this is also important for you. Now

329:23

you're confusing the reader. You will

329:25

not get good marks for that. So what's

329:26

the solution for this problem of

329:28

partially? Never go with partially.

329:31

always go with either totally agree

329:34

or totally disagree. When we say I

329:36

totally agree or totally disagree the

329:37

the solution the the reason why it's

329:39

good is because you write only one side

329:41

then you write either about road

329:43

railways or about roads. So you don't

329:45

have to justify yourself that I have

329:47

written less or more. Basically there

329:50

you only write one side. Yes you write

329:52

one statement at the end about the other

329:54

side but not like you're writing

329:55

separate uh

329:58

huge arguments about the other side.

330:00

That is called totally agreement or

330:01

totally disagreement and I always want

330:04

you to go with that because that is easy

330:06

to explain not because you cannot write

330:10

totally disagree or totally agree you

330:12

can explain or important arguments that

330:14

that's not going to work out you will

330:16

have issues always choose when it comes

330:18

to extent either totally agree or

330:20

totally disagree that's it that's what

330:22

my point is and yes this is the question

330:24

type called extent now when I'm when I'm

330:27

asking you guys um these I'm showing you

330:29

with you guys these questions. Do not

330:31

yet think about how will I write the

330:33

answer? What will be the first sentence?

330:35

What will be the introduction? What will

330:36

be the body paragraph? No need to do any

330:38

of that yet. What's the reason for that?

330:42

Because this is not the session for us

330:44

to understand answers. We are

330:45

understanding only the questions. If the

330:47

question and the type of that question,

330:49

we can have subtypes like we have here.

330:51

If it is understood, we are, you know,

330:54

good to go, right? We don't need to

330:56

worry about answer yet. will be a will

330:58

different uh different class for that.

331:00

All of you clear about this guys?

331:05

We don't know that. Maybe once you pay

331:07

for the railways, let's say initial

331:08

construction, maybe they will pay later

331:10

back better, right? People travel more

331:12

in trains. So we don't know that. But

331:14

it's just initially it's it's a little

331:15

bit expensive. That's it.

331:17

>> So we have to think from that

331:19

perspective. What do you believe in?

331:21

What are your thoughts about that? Now

331:24

advantage and disadvantage will be like

331:26

you said the second part we we'll come

331:28

to that right so we cannot write

331:30

advantage like this right okay now

331:32

second type we have seen here extend

331:34

word and we chose not to write I'm not

331:36

saying you cannot you can write the

331:39

partial part but generally we are not

331:40

able to explain it properly that's

331:41

what's happened if you if you can go

331:43

with it I don't mind it but try not to

331:45

okay the second one is direct agreement

331:48

or disagreement there's no word extent

331:50

here if you notice that it's not present

331:52

and here we don't have a fight with any

331:54

other thing. For example, some people

331:56

feel that entertainers are paid too much

331:58

money. They're not saying that

332:00

entertainers are paid too much money and

332:02

engineers are not. Let's say let's say

332:05

this is their ch this is their thinking.

332:06

Do you agree? This is not about

332:09

comparing. They just think

332:10

straightforward one statement

332:11

entertainers are paid too much money. Do

332:14

you agree? Yes. Let's say you say yes.

332:17

Yes. Then why do you think this way?

332:19

What are your reasons that you write in

332:21

the answer that is later but if you

332:22

notice the previous question we had a

332:24

kind of a you know one versus one kind

332:27

of stuff here we don't have one one

332:29

versus one you will only get one topic

332:31

you have to choose that topic and say

332:33

why the statement is true about that

332:35

particular topic

332:37

all of you see the difference between uh

332:39

extent and non-extend question there we

332:42

had something to compare for example

332:44

railways um let's say it takes a lot of

332:48

amount to to construct and all those

332:50

stuff. So you chose that you know

332:52

initially it's okay but later you get

332:54

paid for that. Those are the things

332:55

you're writing right here. We don't have

332:57

to worry about other party or let's say

332:58

other people right? You're just saying

333:00

yeah they are paid too much money done.

333:02

Third not third but the second type

333:04

itself. First one agree or disagree.

333:06

Second type is advantage and

333:07

disadvantage. Now you will see the

333:08

difference between agree and disagree

333:09

and advantage and disadvantage. In the

333:11

case of advantage and disadvantage as

333:13

well we have subtype. Okay. The first

333:15

one is called normal or direct or posit

333:19

direct or positive or negative

333:21

development. What does it mean by direct

333:23

positive or negative development? They

333:25

will not ask you to choose a side. They

333:26

will say that we have a statement and

333:29

you write some good points about this

333:30

and some bad points about it. That's it.

333:33

So for example,

333:34

countries are becoming more and more uh

333:37

similar because people are able to buy

333:39

same products anywhere in the world.

333:40

It's a fact.

333:43

Yes, you have Amazon, you have Flipkart,

333:46

you have um globalization. Every country

333:48

is trying to buy products from somewhere

333:50

else. Almost 30% products are imported.

333:53

In other country can say that we also

333:55

import 30%. From other countries so

333:57

basically there is import export going

333:59

on. So people are similar. This is a

334:01

fact. But how good is it for humans

334:05

or how bad it is for them? This is what

334:08

we have to write. So what are the

334:09

advantages and disadvantages of this

334:12

development? This is what they're

334:13

asking. In here, you write equally both.

334:18

If not equally, plus or minus 10% is

334:20

okay.

334:22

You don't have to create a fight because

334:24

they're not asking for a fight. They're

334:25

not saying is this good or this is

334:27

important or that is important. No, they

334:30

are saying write about both please.

334:33

Because the question starts with what

334:35

that means a list kind of question. Now,

334:37

if you look at the next question in

334:39

here, you write equally. For example,

334:41

introduction one paragraph for

334:43

advantage. Then we write one paragraph

334:44

for disadvantage. Then conclusion done.

334:47

There is no need to think about what

334:49

have I written. Will there be if one

334:50

point here and there nobody can deduct

334:52

your marks for the task response. But

334:54

the next question type is outweigh. Now

334:56

the word outweigh means there is more

334:59

weightage something has than the other

335:01

thing. For example,

335:04

online classes, they definitely are

335:06

better than um most of the cases I would

335:09

say they are better than um normal

335:11

classes because there is no difference

335:13

left anymore that technology could do

335:15

anything. You know, we are studying

335:17

here, we are writing on pen, you have

335:19

homework, you have class, everything. So

335:21

online is outweighing the traditional

335:24

method these days, right? So earlier it

335:27

wasn't because softwares were not that

335:28

advanced. We just were looking at each

335:30

other's face and talking. That was not

335:32

good. So online has more weightage

335:34

that's why it is outweighing the

335:36

traditional method. So outweigh in the

335:38

sense having more weightage on one side.

335:40

So questions will start with do or does

335:43

because they're asking you which side do

335:45

you go with want to go with yes or no?

335:47

Many museums charge for admission while

335:49

others are free. So this charging for

335:52

people for museum part. What are the

335:54

advantages? Not what do you think

335:56

advantages are more than disadvantages?

335:58

outweighing in the sense advantages more

336:00

than disadvantages. Do you think that if

336:03

you say yes I believe advantages outward

336:06

disadvantages you definitely have to

336:09

write more on advantage side less on

336:10

disadvantage side if you say no I don't

336:13

believe in this I feel opposite is true

336:15

that means disadvantages are outweighing

336:17

advantages you write more on

336:19

disadvantages and less on advantages

336:22

outweigh in the sense having more

336:23

weightage not necessarily completely

336:25

gone other side right so you write both

336:28

sides but one you write a little bit

336:30

more one you write little little less in

336:32

the previous one we don't have that we

336:33

write equally because they're not asking

336:35

us for you know one versus another

336:39

clear all of you the difference between

336:40

normal and outway.

336:44

Yeah. Okay. Good. So this these were the

336:47

only the two types yet. So agree

336:49

disagree advantage disadvantage. Now we

336:51

go to the third one. Discuss both views.

336:54

Here you have to talk about both equally

336:56

first of all and then choose your

336:58

opinion. In the previous one, agree or

336:59

disagree, we choose our opinion first

337:01

and only discuss one. They're asking

337:03

you, you know, exclusively or

337:05

deliberately. Please discuss both of

337:07

them first.

337:09

Whatever you think about them, positive,

337:11

negative, not positive, your opinion,

337:13

whatever it is about these two topics.

337:16

Inside that you will get two topics

337:18

about one particular um main idea. Some

337:22

people say that only reason for learning

337:24

a foreign language is in order to travel

337:27

to work or or work in a foreign country.

337:30

This is my view one about that

337:32

particular topic. Sorry. Others say that

337:36

there are no these are not the only

337:38

reason why someone should travel. That

337:39

means there other reasons rather than

337:40

this. So to learn a foreign language we

337:43

have two views. View one is we do it

337:45

only to travel or work in a foreign

337:47

country. But view two is we

337:51

there are other reason we can do that

337:53

for other reasons such as interest such

337:54

as let's say profession such as let's

337:56

say um for our kids whatever it is so we

338:00

now have to discuss this one then this

338:02

one and then at the end in the

338:03

conclusion you write your opinion like

338:05

why which one do you want to go with

338:08

it's opposite right in our agree or

338:10

disagree we used to write first what is

338:12

our opinion then we explain one of them

338:13

here we explain both of them equally and

338:15

because of one particular argument In

338:18

the conclusion, you choose your opinion.

338:22

Clear all of you?

338:26

I hope this is not that difficult to

338:28

understand. It's easy. This was the

338:29

third type. There are no subtypes here

338:31

available. Okay. The fourth one is

338:33

called problem and solution. Now,

338:35

problem and solution is uh something

338:38

where we have types some something

338:39

called first one only solution. They ask

338:41

for they don't care for the problem. For

338:43

example, in many countries, schools have

338:45

severe problems with student behavior

338:47

and what solutions can you suggest. Now,

338:49

they are not asking you why are these

338:51

problems there? First of all, what will

338:53

be the problems because of these

338:54

problems? What are the causes of these

338:56

problems? They don't care. What they

338:58

want is solution.

339:00

And if you notice that second type, we

339:02

have problem and solution. Now, look at

339:03

this one. In some countries, the average

339:06

weight of people is increasing and their

339:07

health level of health and fitness are

339:09

decreasing. What do you think are the

339:11

causes of these problems and what

339:13

measures could be taken to solve them?

339:16

They're asking you specially what are

339:18

the causes and what solutions we

339:20

require. So this question type is called

339:22

problem and solution. The previous one

339:23

was only solution. There is no required

339:26

for problem. So in here deliberately we

339:29

have to create one paragraph for causes

339:32

only. Sorry. Then we can write as many

339:35

as you want for solution. one only two

339:37

three doesn't matter

339:39

that we see in our body paragraph

339:41

writing how many you should write and

339:43

why you should write that way and this

339:44

way there are the structures so

339:45

introduction then you write in body

339:47

paragraph one about the the causes that

339:49

is extra here in the previous one you

339:51

don't have to create separate paragraph

339:52

because they don't they're not asking

339:54

you to do so right and the last but not

339:57

the least is direct question direct

339:59

question is when they ask you multiple

340:02

questions generally two questions so we

340:04

have number one number

340:06

about a statement in some countries they

340:09

around the world men and women are

340:10

having children later in life. What are

340:12

the reasons for this development and

340:14

what will be the effect on society and

340:15

family life? They're not asking about

340:18

let's say um

340:21

what are the causes and what are the

340:22

solutions. No, they're they're asking

340:24

what are the reasons and what will be

340:25

the effect on society. This is called

340:27

two-part question or called direct

340:29

question. So these are the five types

340:31

that we have. Agree disagree has two

340:34

types. Advantage, disadvantage are two

340:36

type. Discuss has only one. Problem

340:38

solution has two type. Direct question

340:39

has only one. That's why I say there are

340:41

eight types if you count them. But uh

340:44

technically speaking there are only five

340:46

types. Is writing part two planning

340:49

method. It's important to take in

340:52

account a question. Without a question

340:54

you'll be like no I'm just giving you

340:56

theory with an example. When I show you

340:59

you will be like okay Sam this is making

341:01

sense. There's a question here in front

341:02

of us and we are able to think of the

341:04

answer that that is making sense to me.

341:06

Right? So we need a question and I would

341:08

go with a question which is little bit

341:11

um fun to read at the same time fun to

341:13

write as an answer and uh here's a

341:16

question about common topic called

341:17

health right health is an important

341:21

aspect of uh IELS I've seen most every

341:24

almost every third um 30% of the time

341:28

it's about health question health

341:29

related question. So let's take this

341:31

question in account called uh people are

341:34

eating too much fast food these days

341:35

right and that's why they have issues

341:37

for example in some countries an

341:39

increasing number of people are

341:41

suffering from health problems as a

341:43

result of eating too much fast food

341:45

right it is therefore necessary for

341:48

governments to impair uh to impose a

341:50

higher tax on this kind of food so

341:52

what's happening what are they saying

341:54

here they are saying that people are

341:56

creating for themselves health issues

341:59

Okay. And hence sorry in order to solve

342:03

it we it is it is really important or

342:06

necessary for government to impose

342:08

higher tax.

342:10

That's what their view is right. Okay.

342:14

What are we supposed to do? We are

342:15

supposed to write the answer. That means

342:16

we start with P part. P stands for

342:18

planning. In planning we have two parts.

342:20

Now listen carefully. This is important.

342:22

First part is reading the question plus

342:26

statement. Both of them. Why are we

342:28

reading the question plus statement?

342:30

This is the question here and this is

342:32

the statement. Because without

342:34

understanding the question type, we

342:36

won't be able to understand what

342:37

perspective. We have to think about

342:38

advantage. We have to think about

342:40

agreement. We have to think about

342:41

discuss both views. So we have to think

342:42

about extent agree and disagree.

342:47

We have to think about this part. Okay.

342:50

Now in some countries they have

342:52

mentioned here. So when now we read the

342:54

question when we read the question we

342:55

understand the question as well. Both

342:56

you read you understand that. Okay, what

342:58

is the second part? Second part is

343:00

underlining. Let me write it here.

343:03

Underline important words and phrases,

343:08

right? What are what what are we

343:09

underlining? Important words and

343:10

phrases. And why are we doing that? You

343:12

will understand in a second that as

343:14

well. Let me just underline some things.

343:16

Okay. Some countries um people health

343:20

problems eating too much fast food

343:23

necessary governments higher tax. We

343:26

underline some important phrases and

343:28

words for a reason. See, okay, tell me

343:30

one thing. How can we write some

343:32

countries? What are the possible

343:33

synonyms and phrases of some countries?

343:36

Some certain nations, certain countries,

343:38

certain people, certain places. You can

343:40

say that good. People can be written as

343:44

but when we categorize them as only

343:46

teenagers, we are changing the question

343:47

a bit. We say individuals, they all are

343:49

covered, right? So try to use such

343:51

words. Health problems.

343:54

What can we say here? Bad physical

343:57

condition, a health ailment, sickness,

344:00

illness. That's right, Nitra. That could

344:02

be good. Or um issues with the health.

344:05

Such statements can be written. Eating

344:06

too much fast food. It's a phrase here.

344:11

Unhealthy food. Yes, that's right. Fast

344:13

food is unhealthy food. Anything else

344:14

about eating too much?

344:17

>> Overeing. This is the word I was looking

344:19

for. Eating too much is overeating of

344:22

junk food or unhealthy food. Right? What

344:26

if we say excessive consumption of junk

344:29

food?

344:31

Better.

344:33

All of you knew this word, right?

344:34

Excessive consumption. Excessive

344:36

consumption of junk food. Fine.

344:38

Necessary can become mandatory,

344:40

important, right? Government can become

344:43

governing bodies. Higher taxes is more

344:45

tax. So what are we doing here? We all

344:48

have words for every phrase that we have

344:51

here. But we are poking in our head,

344:54

right? Which part of the head we have to

344:57

poke or which area we have to poke to

345:00

bring out lexical resources from this.

345:03

You have to you know train our brain to

345:04

be ready otherwise what going to happen

345:07

in exam you'll be sitting and like oh

345:09

let me think of the words that no you

345:11

have to be you know ready for the answer

345:14

but before that poke your brain what

345:16

should I write about this what should I

345:17

so we are doing this in order to enhance

345:19

your lexical resources psychologically

345:21

speaking you're not writing words

345:22

anywhere you're thinking about them what

345:24

will I write like this that's it and

345:26

this is important really important for

345:27

your lexical resources so underlining

345:29

words and phrases and thinking about

345:31

them just for 20 seconds as well, 30

345:33

seconds as well will be enough for you

345:36

to kind of uh restart your brain in that

345:40

angle on that angle. Our brain is really

345:42

smart you know the you know what is the

345:46

best thing brain does

345:50

the biggest quality our brain has and if

345:52

it doesn't not there we'll we'll we'll

345:54

die tomorrow probably we we'll not

345:55

survive not tomorrow we'll not survive

345:57

even today

346:00

computers don't have that that's the one

346:02

thing they have

346:08

and that will be used for as well our

346:11

brain can forget things.

346:13

If it feels that it is not required for

346:17

your survival,

346:19

if it is not required for your survival

346:21

or for your future, it will forget that

346:23

thing. Think of so many of your friends

346:27

and their you know family members. Their

346:29

name you remember now you don't

346:30

remember. Why? Because you don't meet

346:32

them. So many people so many things you

346:35

did you forgot because it was bad or

346:38

good or okayish for you. But certain

346:40

things you kept because it was important

346:42

for your survival. Same way here your

346:44

brain has that somewhere right? So you

346:47

want to remember that and how do we

346:48

remember that? By poking your brain.

346:50

That's why I said it's important to do

346:51

so. So planning method is done. Planning

346:54

part is done. Supposed to understand now

346:57

uh the remaining topic that is the

347:00

organization part the O part. We only we

347:02

only did um what is planning right? So

347:07

organization phase is the most important

347:10

phrase of your um our planning part not

347:14

sorry uh the whole process that we are

347:16

doing the power method why is it so

347:18

important let's us write here first of

347:20

all organization and and before we

347:22

understand that you will you will get

347:24

the organization phase easily which side

347:27

do you want to go with agree or disagree

347:30

which side do you want to choose the

347:32

question if the question is like this

347:34

that it is really important for

347:37

government to impose higher taxes. Okay.

347:39

To solve this problem, do you agree with

347:41

this or do you disagree with this?

347:44

Agree. Great. Very nice. So when we say

347:47

agree, we have to write the argument or

347:49

point just one point at a time. Okay.

347:51

Organization phase is clear. Now we go

347:53

to the next part. So we have already

347:55

completed the preart that is P O. Now

347:58

comes the the writing the main part.

348:00

Then we'll go with the post part E and

348:02

R. The writing part has now changed to

348:05

typing as well because some people are

348:07

going for CBT if I'm not wrong some are

348:09

thinking about CBT some people are still

348:11

going for writing now let's coming to

348:13

the point about writing that writing

348:15

plus typing both will be possibility for

348:17

all in case of writing the biggest

348:20

problem are actually in pen and paper

348:23

itself number one problem is handwriting

348:26

handwriting if it is weak or if you if

348:29

your handwriting is not legible they

348:31

will deduct mass for

348:33

For sure if an writing is legible if it

348:35

is not that you know pretty but it's

348:37

okay then it's okay but if it is not

348:38

legible there'll be red mark for first

348:40

number second you have to count your own

348:44

words by yourself so basically we have

348:46

to write minimum 250 words what if you

348:48

write 240 words you get penalty 249 you

348:50

get penalty we have to write minimum 250

348:52

251 and then as many as you want there's

348:55

no upper limit so we have to count our

348:57

own words that is one more problem that

348:59

we have number three if you have written

349:02

done something let's say and I want to

349:04

change the sequence later there is no

349:06

chance you have to erase it

349:09

amendments are not easy in writing when

349:12

it comes to right in typing these things

349:15

are solved easily handwriting not an

349:17

issue because you're typing here problem

349:20

solved number two counting there is

349:22

always um a counter below under the

349:25

writing notepad thingy so you will have

349:27

a counter how many words and last you

349:30

can cut paste your own paragraphs not

349:32

from outside but cut paste your own

349:33

paragraphs that mean oh I can change the

349:34

sequence but these are the problems I'm

349:36

telling you directly right every day

349:38

I'll tell you keep telling you one thing

349:39

or good good and bad thing both about

349:41

CBT and pen and paper you can decide for

349:44

yourself and by seven session you will

349:45

be able to decide we'll have a full test

349:47

for that right okay so now you

349:50

understand once you've done everything

349:51

you can start uh writing and typing and

349:54

it's done because you already have

349:55

organized you have created a body

349:57

paragraph typing or writing will not be

349:59

that big deal after you have done typing

350:01

or writing you go with E part that is

350:04

evaluation. You evaluate your answer. So

350:09

evaluation actually is only only about

350:12

logic.

350:14

Let's say I have written in my

350:15

introduction I agree with this point.

350:17

Okay, in my introduction and I didn't

350:20

notice that I've written more on

350:21

disagreement side. Right? So my body

350:25

paragraph are going towards

350:26

disagreement. This is not a good idea.

350:29

Second thing I feel that points are not

350:32

properly organized. Again logic is not

350:34

fulfilled. So logic is if I'm reading my

350:38

body paragraph along with conclusion.

350:40

I'm I'm I'm writing two times body

350:42

paragraph. Not necessary. You can write

350:43

three body paragraphs as well. We'll see

350:44

later. But yes, if you're reading from

350:47

top to bottom, it should make sense what

350:48

you have declared what is what you have

350:50

proven and with some nice conclusion. If

350:53

it is making sense, your logic is also

350:55

done. Just read it once. You'll have a

350:57

feel for the NSA that I can change this,

350:59

I can change that. That will be all. And

351:02

finally, R. R stands for revision to

351:06

revise. Now, what is the meaning of

351:08

revision or to revise? We are only

351:09

checking two things here. Grammar plus

351:12

spellings. See these two things are

351:15

something where we don't have a control

351:17

on ourselves at times. I have seen that

351:19

people if they don't check their own

351:20

grammar and spelling once, 8 to 10

351:23

mistakes are something they could have

351:24

changed. For example, I'm writing the

351:27

spelling of the sometime like this and

351:29

sometime you know sometime I'm writing

351:31

like this because I'm in a hurry. So I

351:33

write like this. This is a problem as if

351:36

I don't know the spelling is just I made

351:37

a mistake. They won't say that oh by

351:39

mistake it's okay I'll correct it. No.

351:41

So 8 to 10 spelling and gramm

351:43

grammatical mistakes can be changed by

351:45

us. Why are we allowing the examiner to

351:46

change change it almost one or one and a

351:48

half pend will be deducted but we don't

351:51

know that how many but you know there

351:52

will be deduction for sure. So revise

351:55

it. Now there's a tiny hint or tiny

351:57

strategy you can apply when you're

351:59

understanding the logic of your essay.

352:01

Read in the sequence of introduction

352:03

first, body paragraph, then and then

352:05

conclusion because you understand kind

352:08

of in a story format. Right? But when

352:10

you're checking your grammar and

352:11

spelling, never read in this format.

352:13

Read in the format of conclusion first,

352:15

then body paragraph, then introduction.

352:18

Because you're not not going for the the

352:20

sequence part. You're saying let me read

352:21

the conclusion. When you're reading the

352:23

conclusion, you are thinking of each and

352:25

every word now. So the chances of you

352:27

removing the grammar and spelling

352:29

mistakes are higher when you read this

352:30

way. Logic can be removed or changed

352:33

with this way. Right? Once you do this,

352:37

your essay is complete. You'll give to

352:39

the examiner or you know after 1 hour

352:41

anyway it will be sent anyway. But some

352:44

people will ask for sure. I I am 100%

352:47

sure

352:48

that Sam we have so much to do apart

352:51

from writing that is we are thinking of

352:52

points we writing down points we are

352:54

checking our answer don't you think time

352:55

will be an issue yes initially it will

352:58

be an issue so we have P O W

353:01

the P O and ER which is apart from

353:05

writing it will take 10 to 11 minutes

353:08

initially

353:10

and writing part will take initially 30

353:12

minutes because you are spending some

353:15

time for the first time or second time

353:17

in writing essays. Initially it'll be

353:19

like this which is not good because we

353:21

have only 40 minutes maximum 40 minutes

353:23

because you know you then you'll start

353:24

taking time from part one that is not

353:26

good for part one. So what is happening

353:28

here? We are spending more time so that

353:31

will be 41 minutes. It's not a good idea

353:33

but this is just the first time you're

353:34

doing it because you have never used

353:36

this method. What if you practice and

353:40

every other student who has practiced,

353:42

every student who has practiced actually

353:45

reduces this time to 6 to 7 minutes

353:49

and this time to 26 or 25 minutes

353:53

easily. Now if you calculate this one

353:55

the highest even that is how much? 32

353:58

minutes.

354:00

Even after checking and everything you

354:01

have 8 minutes left even for emergency

354:04

you have extra time. Now

354:06

this is only if you practice this

354:08

method. If you understand this method,

354:10

if you um you know think about the

354:12

question, understand the question, think

354:14

about and put at the points. If you

354:15

practice, you will understand that. And

354:17

if you practice within

354:19

25 minutes, you can write. I'm telling

354:21

you why for a reason. In TOEFL,

354:24

there is a condition. We have to write

354:26

300 minimum words within 30 minutes

354:28

understanding the question and

354:29

everything. People do that. They're

354:32

still able to do that. That means we

354:34

have the capability to complete within

354:35

25 minutes if everything is ready which

354:37

will take 6 to 7 minutes. So P O and ER

354:40

will take 6 to 7 minutes and this will

354:43

take 25 minutes after a week of

354:45

practice.

354:47

So time is not wasted actually we are

354:49

saving time and we are you know kind of

354:53

uh creating an assurance for ourselves

354:55

or ensuring that um we are correct

354:59

otherwise if we write randomly chances

355:01

of getting incorrect answers are higher

355:04

is writing part two essay introduction

355:07

paragraph in writing we have already

355:09

understood what is the way that we can

355:12

create our answer that is uh creating

355:14

content and all those things Right. But

355:16

now comes the most important part which

355:19

is writing the introduction. Right? How

355:22

to write amazing introductions. But

355:24

before that let's see how many of you do

355:26

know that what is introduction in essay

355:29

writing.

355:32

Why do we have introduction?

355:35

I'm talking about essay writing by the

355:36

way.

355:39

Summary of a topic.

355:41

Yes. Any other purpose it it fulfills

355:43

for a reader. Think from reader

355:45

perspective right

355:48

what you are about to see in the body

355:50

paragraphs so kind of a glimpse of body

355:53

paragraph you will see true anything

355:56

anything else so you have question in

355:58

there's

356:00

one more thing remaining so summary and

356:02

question are related to each other so we

356:04

can we can remove this part and write

356:07

and write here summary plus question of

356:09

I mean summary plus question and there's

356:12

one more thing remaining still just M

356:14

and if you know that yes tone of the

356:17

essay very good so tone of the essay in

356:20

the sense am I going positive with the

356:22

sentence am I am I going with the

356:23

sentence am I going against the sentence

356:26

so positively the reader will think or

356:28

the reader will think negatively about

356:29

the answer we are writing right so

356:31

basically this is whole you know part

356:34

let's say introduction so all of you do

356:37

know how to write introduction already

356:38

that is summary plus question and or

356:41

summary of the question plus question

356:43

information Then what we'll provide in

356:44

the body paragraph and tone of the

356:46

essay. Perfect. But there's a problem

356:48

with this. You know this is perfect. We

356:50

have to follow the same se same

356:52

structure. The only problem we have will

356:54

face is we have five types of essays.

356:58

We all have to do this same thing. But

357:01

how do we reach there? So basically the

357:04

method I'm going to tell you is if you

357:06

read the question you should be able to

357:09

reach to the introduction without any

357:12

hassle at all. So basically there will

357:14

be a template discussed. Okay. And I

357:18

think all of you know what is the

357:19

meaning of a template. It's a format in

357:21

which we have to write exactly or a

357:22

blueprint right where you can fill data

357:24

and then it's it's complete basically.

357:28

So we will provide template for all the

357:31

five types of questions. That means if

357:34

you read the question, you just have to

357:36

fill the words from the question in the

357:38

template. Your answer is ready. This is

357:40

so easy to write. Then right now before

357:43

we even go to the template, I would like

357:45

to mention clearly these are not the

357:47

only templates in the world but they are

357:50

created thinking of the universal method

357:53

used everywhere. For example, uh, GRE,

357:56

TOEFL, PT, everywhere this method is

357:58

used and I would suggest you to take it

358:01

as the, you know, take it as the

358:02

template as take the template as it is

358:04

because you can create your template. No

358:06

doubt about that. The only problem is in

358:08

exam would you like to create your

358:10

template or create the content? The

358:12

answer will always be the content,

358:14

right? So why are you reinventing the

358:17

wheel? There is already one wheel in

358:18

there. There is already already one

358:20

template. Content cannot be invented.

358:23

you create content on the go. That's why

358:25

template is what I provide. Fine. How do

358:28

we create the content or the template?

358:29

Right? Like I said, there are five types

358:31

of questions in your um essay writing.

358:34

Five types of introduction will also be

358:36

there. They are already uploaded in your

358:38

Google Drive. So the answers I'm going

358:40

to show you do not take screenshots. Do

358:42

not copy paste. They already there in

358:44

your session five. Try to understand

358:46

each and everything. Yes, you can take

358:48

notes. Nobody going to stop you of

358:50

course. But try to understand and then

358:53

take notes. Not blindly what I'm saying.

358:55

You just keep writing. No. So these are

358:58

the sessions. I mean these are the

358:59

questions and answers. I know this is a

359:01

little bit weird. It's not readable. But

359:03

now soon it'll be readable. Now look

359:05

what do we have here. So we have the

359:07

first question and the first answer.

359:08

Don't worry about that. I'll just make

359:10

it readable here. Let's talk about the

359:12

first question here. First type of

359:14

question. The first type is agree or

359:16

disagree. And this works for both extent

359:19

or non-extent. If we have subtypes like

359:22

we have here agree or disagree and

359:24

extent I'll tell you if there is

359:25

requirement for extra answer for

359:27

subtypes for example advantage

359:29

disadvantage we need to have a different

359:30

answer right now what is the most

359:34

preferred method by any person who

359:37

writes answer for essays

359:41

how do they start generally

359:43

introduction in introduction what is the

359:45

first sentence about generally

359:49

have you heard of This paraphrase

359:51

paraphrasing of the question. Exactly.

359:53

That is so true. So we generally

359:55

paraphrase the question that we have.

359:58

All of us we do that and it is fine.

360:01

This is correct. But we are not going

360:03

for correct answers. We are going for

360:06

impressive answers.

360:09

And how can we make anything impressive?

360:11

I'll explain that. How can we make

360:12

anything impressive? How many of you

360:14

have written positive comments on

360:16

internet or positive review of anything

360:18

you bought?

360:22

Very few. How many of you written

360:24

negative review of anything? And why so?

360:27

Why do we write more negative reviews

360:29

than positive reviews?

360:31

Let's say I bought a chair

360:34

and chances are that I'll get negative

360:36

reviews. I'll write negative reviews,

360:38

not positive. Even if I like the chair,

360:40

I will not write review. But I will not

360:41

write positive, right?

360:44

Generally we do that right and everyone

360:45

everyone does that every person does

360:47

that the reason for that is expectations

360:51

right so when we are buying anything we

360:53

are expecting something for example I

360:55

bought a chair I'm expecting that I can

360:57

sit on this chair I can enjoy you know

360:59

taking the class and everything and it's

361:00

it's serving it purpose I'm I was

361:02

expecting this I got at as it is I'm not

361:05

calling it impressive yet what I'm

361:07

calling it it's serving its purpose I

361:10

bought a table I can you know literally

361:12

put my books on it and I can teach

361:14

there. Okay, it's serving its purpose.

361:16

I'm not impressed yet. Why am I not

361:19

impressed by anything? The reason for

361:21

that is expectation. We expected this,

361:23

we got this done. What if we get more

361:25

than expected? For example, that the

361:28

company didn't tell you there's a remote

361:30

that comes with the chair. If you if you

361:33

you can increase the height of the chair

361:35

with a remote. Isn't this amazing? Now

361:38

we'll write positive review

361:41

because we got more than expected. Same

361:43

thing happens in your essay writing.

361:45

What you are writing is what expected by

361:48

them. Everyone does that you know

361:51

paraphrasing paraphrasing paraphrasing.

361:53

So they'll say it's correct but not

361:55

impressive yet. They not they're not

361:57

going to write positive review yet. So

361:59

we'll try advanced version of

362:02

paraphrasing. We'll do paraphrasing but

362:04

advanced version of the paraphrasing.

362:06

And what is that? Well, the advanced

362:08

version or or downgraded version doesn't

362:11

matter. We have to take care of the four

362:13

factors. Remember lexical resources,

362:16

corance and cohesion, uh gr and task

362:20

response. We all have to take care of

362:21

them. Now we'll try to take care of

362:23

lexical resources and CC. GR has to be

362:27

impeccable. It's grammar. It is always

362:28

there. It also will be covered using

362:31

this advanced paraphrasing technique.

362:33

And what is that? Let's get rid of this

362:35

one. Okay. And what is this advanced uh

362:37

paraphrasing technique? Advanced

362:39

paraphrasing technique says that don't

362:41

write the answer in one sentence. Don't

362:44

paraphrase in one sentence. Paraphrase

362:46

in two sentences.

362:47

So it looks like connected at the same

362:49

time it's not paraphrased.

362:52

How do we do that? I'll explain. When

362:54

you look at any question or agree or

362:57

disagree anything, you'll always get two

363:01

concepts in one question. Always. They

363:03

are connected. There they saying

363:04

something about something. So there will

363:06

always be two concepts at least two

363:09

concepts. Okay. What are those two

363:11

concepts here in this question?

363:16

So let's just make it crime amongst

363:17

young people. We can write it like this.

363:21

Okay. And uh we have secondly you're

363:24

right good parenting skills. Okay. Fine.

363:26

Or parenting skills both would do. Fine.

363:29

We have two concepts mentioned here.

363:31

crime amongst young people and parenting

363:34

skills. Great.

363:36

Now, why did I ask you to write two

363:37

concepts? Because my first sentence, my

363:40

first sentence can be written either by

363:43

either using crime amongst young people

363:45

or good parenting skills. Either of

363:48

them, I'm not yet connecting them

363:50

because question says there is a

363:51

connection between them. Question says

363:53

that the best way to reduce crime

363:55

amongst young people is to teach parents

363:57

good parenting skills. There is a

363:58

connection. They're trying to say that

364:00

this is dependent on the other one,

364:02

right? We are trying not to find the

364:04

connection yet. Initially, we are only

364:06

explaining one concept at a time. And

364:08

what is that concept? Let's take this

364:10

one. You can take the other one as well.

364:11

Okay? And I write the first sentence.

364:13

The graph of crime which are mostly

364:15

committed by youngsters is on the

364:17

increase nowadays

364:19

and it is true. Of course, it's not the

364:21

path of direct the question, but it is

364:24

making sense, right? Any question you

364:25

take there will be one fact kind of word

364:27

which is there is a crime amongst young

364:29

people and it is increasing with every

364:30

day. Right. Right. It is okay. If you

364:33

want to take the f the second concept as

364:35

the first sentence you can you can say

364:37

good parenting skills are really

364:38

important for um development of uh

364:41

children. You can write a generic

364:43

statement about either of the concept

364:46

either crime amongst young people or

364:48

good parenting skills. The first

364:50

sentence only one of the concepts. Is

364:52

this clear? The first sentence we

364:55

haven't included good parenting yet

364:57

because next sentence is about good

365:00

parenting. Look many people claim that

365:02

this is extra. I'll explain why we are

365:04

writing like this. This is the result of

365:06

bad parenting as parents are ignorant of

365:08

their kids activities. Now you see

365:10

parenting plus these kids know this this

365:14

crime among young people are connected

365:16

now in the second sentence. So what did

365:19

we do? we combine both the sentences now

365:21

rather than doing in the first sentence

365:23

which will be a paraphrase version of

365:24

the question we don't want that

365:28

right so why did we write many people

365:32

claim that now nobody said it here why

365:34

are we saying many people claim that

365:44

the reason for that is the question is

365:46

not fact-based question the question is

365:48

an opinion

365:50

Any question you have an agree or

365:52

disagree is an opinion based question.

365:53

Nobody like I said earlier you cannot

365:55

create um 2 + 2 is four. Do you agree or

365:58

disagree nobody can ask such question

366:00

something which we can refute or agree

366:03

with will always be considered as agree

366:06

disagree or agree with question you

366:08

don't need to write anything. So yes,

366:10

many people claim that many people

366:12

believe that many people are of the

366:14

opinion that many people have or many

366:16

individuals um have this opinion about

366:19

this topic. You can write anything but

366:21

you have to write with the second

366:23

concept. Many people believe that. What

366:26

will it do? It does you know uh it does

366:28

two things. First one is that it creates

366:30

a tone of what people believe and what I

366:34

believe because next sentence we have

366:36

this what I believe and secondly it also

366:39

proves that this is agree disagree kind

366:40

of question done. So first concept you

366:44

write sentence second concept along with

366:46

many people claim that or believe that

366:48

we write second sentence and then we

366:51

write the third sentence. Now third

366:52

sentence what it contains is number one

366:56

it will always contain your opinion

366:58

because this is your they ask you

367:00

question right do you agree or disagree

367:02

it's about you in here you can use the

367:04

word I otherwise I mean letter I you

367:06

cannot use the letter I above any

367:08

sentence however I totally disagree see

367:11

they're saying I totally disagree with

367:13

the affirmation statement whatever the

367:15

statement they're giving I I disagree

367:16

with that and the reasons for the

367:19

disagreement are discussed below

367:21

Remember we were discussing

367:25

I have to tell them what I'll provide in

367:26

the body paragraph. My tone is I'm going

367:29

disagreement. What is the question

367:30

about? I mentioned about that question

367:32

in the first two sentences.

367:34

Three of the details are mentioned here.

367:37

So first sentence take any topic out of

367:39

the two topics mentioned in agree

367:40

disagree write one sentence. Second

367:42

sentence comes from the remaining topic

367:44

and add many people claim that. Third

367:47

sentence what I agree or I believe in

367:50

and that I'll provide the reasons for

367:52

the disagreement below. Don't write

367:54

essay don't write paragraphs just write

367:56

below that's more than enough and that

367:58

becomes the perfect paragraph because it

368:00

contains all the components an

368:02

introduction requires.

368:05

Clear all of you with this one.

368:10

Now take any question any question

368:12

literally what will you do? template.

368:14

Break them into two pieces. Take one

368:17

piece, write one sentence about. Take

368:18

second piece, write second and sentence

368:19

and add many people claim. And second

368:21

sentence, you just copy paste this. It's

368:22

okay.

368:26

In a way, it looks fresh, right? It

368:27

looks oh, it's nothing new. But we have

368:29

a template for that. Next one, we have

368:32

advantages and disadvantages. Now, let

368:35

just let's just get some space here for

368:37

this question type. This question type

368:39

is where we have a statement. It is now

368:42

possible for scientists and tourists to

368:43

travel to remote natural environment

368:45

such as the south pole. So what they're

368:47

saying is there are places such as south

368:49

pole or you know north pole or we have

368:51

uh places such as far away rivers, far

368:54

away lakes people are trying to go

368:55

there. You know you might have seen in

368:56

videos right? Do you think the

368:58

advantages of this development outweigh

369:00

the disadvantages? Now this question can

369:03

be in different way instead of outweigh

369:05

they can change the question to I'm just

369:07

telling you the second type. What are

369:09

the advantage and disadvantages of

369:10

traveling to um different or remote

369:13

places? What if they ask such questions?

369:16

Right? We'll have two types of answers

369:18

for that. And in that case only the last

369:20

sentence will change. Rest will stay the

369:21

same. Now how to answer questions which

369:24

are advantage and disadvantage kind of

369:26

question that it be outweigh or non

369:27

outweigh. Fine. The step one is always

369:31

to read the statement.

369:34

Right? When you read the statement which

369:36

is mentioned here, we already read it.

369:38

What you do is we get the generic word

369:41

out of it. What is generic word? As

369:44

broad word as possible. For example,

369:48

um

369:50

online teaching is taking over

369:52

traditional teaching because it has a

369:53

lot of benefits but it has problems too.

369:55

Discuss the advantage and disadvantage.

369:57

Now the generic word here is teaching

370:00

not online teaching. Teaching. Now

370:02

online is a specific type of teaching

370:04

right? So same way here it is now

370:07

possible for tourist and scientists to

370:09

travel to remote natural environment

370:11

such as South Pole. What is the generic

370:13

word here? Traveling.

370:16

Traveling or travel. Right? Use this

370:19

word to write your first sentence.

370:22

Your first sentence will come from this

370:25

particular generic word. For example,

370:28

um internet has created lot of problems

370:31

but is used everywhere in schools,

370:34

hospitals as well as um you know by

370:38

government, right? What are the

370:39

advantage and disadvantage of of this

370:41

new technology? So generic word is

370:43

internet. Whatever that one word is,

370:46

take that word and write a nice opening

370:49

statement. Look at this one. Traveling

370:52

has always been one of the most

370:53

preferred method to change one's

370:55

routine. It is

370:58

and traveling has two spellings double L

371:00

or single L both are correct by the way

371:02

but yes very nice statement not even

371:04

connected to the question yet and look

371:06

we didn't paraphrase and still look it

371:08

looks correct right generic statement

371:10

about traveling whatever the term is and

371:13

we are not even paraphrasing yet fine

371:17

what about the next sentence now this

371:19

sentence is easy second sentence is a

371:21

little bit complicated second sentence

371:23

is whatever we have left. For example,

371:26

we were just talking about traveling.

371:28

What kind of traveling have they

371:30

mentioned? They have mentioned remote

371:31

natural environment to such places. We

371:34

add that as technology has developed,

371:37

people can now travel to remote natural

371:39

areas. Yes, they can. So again,

371:43

paraphrase remove two-part statement.

371:45

And at the same time, we have a nice

371:47

opening. So the question is explained in

371:49

these two sentences. Done. The person

371:52

who's reading now will be interested.

371:55

They don't have to read the question now

371:56

because they read the two statement nice

371:58

two statement that you have provided.

372:00

Right? Now comes the last statement

372:03

which can have two flavors. The first

372:05

flavor would be if they've used outweigh

372:07

kind of question. If they remove the

372:09

outway if they ask what are the

372:10

advantage and disadvantage they don't

372:11

ask for outway. In that case we have a

372:14

different statement. First let's talk

372:15

about the outway part. In the outway

372:17

part we have to talk about both positive

372:19

side and negative side and we have to

372:21

choose either of them because we have to

372:23

choose a side which one has more

372:25

weightage right okay while this trend is

372:29

beneficial to some extent which trend

372:32

going to remote natural environment I

372:35

would argue that this advantages that

372:37

that its disadvantages are more

372:40

significant I'm going with what with

372:42

negative

372:44

and I made it clear I believe there are

372:47

significant disadvantages

372:51

right what if I want to change that you

372:53

can do that while this trend has lot of

372:55

disadvantages or have disadvantages to

372:58

some extent I would argue that its

373:00

advantages are more significant you can

373:02

you can change that if whatever you want

373:04

to choose you can go with that but this

373:06

is only for outweigh what if we don't

373:08

have outweigh direct questions such as

373:10

what are the advantage and disadvantages

373:12

now in that case we remove this more

373:14

significant part and the statement

373:16

becomes like this. Okay. Um

373:20

while there

373:23

exist

373:25

um benefits

373:29

um to

373:32

this

373:34

phenomenon.

373:38

There

373:40

exist

373:43

mult several

373:46

disadvantages too.

373:52

Forget about the spelling. It's just in

373:53

a hurry. Okay, fine. Okay, next one.

373:56

Look at this one. This here it's clear

373:59

disadvantages are more occurring to us.

374:01

What if they don't ask about which one

374:02

is more mutual and less? While there

374:05

exist benefits for this phenomenon,

374:06

there exist several disadvantages too.

374:08

That means I'm going to talk about both.

374:12

Simple. I will talk about both. That

374:14

means this one as well as this one. I'm

374:17

not saying this one is more or less only

374:19

if outway is present then this style. If

374:21

outway is not present the last sentence

374:23

will be replaced with this one. That's

374:24

it. Nothing else. Okay. Next one. This

374:29

one is kind of a question where we

374:31

require to know what is a flowchart.

374:33

Okay. Let's see it. This is called

374:36

discuss both views and give your opinion

374:38

kind of question. And what do we do in

374:40

here? Discuss both views and give your

374:42

opinion. This question type requires

374:44

understanding of flowchart because there

374:47

are there is some topic and around that

374:50

topic we have two sides of that topic.

374:52

Let's see what do we have. So we call it

374:54

main topic and then we have view 1 and

374:57

view 2. Let's write write down in the

374:59

question. It is commonly believed that

375:00

nowadays main factors that affect a

375:02

child's development are media, pop

375:04

culture and friends. Right? A different

375:06

point of view is that family plays the

375:08

most significant role. Fine. So we have

375:11

two views about it but the main idea

375:13

here is factors affecting child's

375:16

development that is our main term or

375:19

main topic. Vue one is media, pop

375:23

culture and friends they are actually

375:26

affecting you know the development

375:28

there's there is an effect on them. So

375:30

that is view one. Vue2 would be parents

375:33

of family plays a significant role that

375:35

is v2. So with a flowchart now you know

375:38

what's happening. One topic, two sides

375:41

of it. Done. And why did I ask you to

375:44

draw this? Because answer becomes fairly

375:47

easy. Sentence one comes from view one.

375:50

Sentence two comes from view 2. Sentence

375:54

three is generic statement that both the

375:56

both of them will be discussed below.

375:57

Done. Look at this one. It is often held

376:01

that teachers not teachers sorry peers

376:03

should be there because teachers are not

376:05

discussed here. It is often that the

376:06

peers and the media have a significant

376:08

influence in the life of children. true

376:09

the first view

376:12

while this is important these factors

376:13

are important or predominant in shaping

376:15

a child's future other others believe

376:17

that parents uh impact their offspring

376:19

in more critical ways now I have written

376:21

in a way which is uh negatively positive

376:24

you can say that initially saying that

376:26

this is important but other things also

376:27

important you can directly write that

376:29

parents also play important role it's up

376:31

to you the style you want to do but view

376:33

2 should be discuss discussed in the

376:34

second sentence and I did that so this

376:36

is view 1 this is view 2 and look at the

376:38

last sentence

376:39

Both these point of views are discussed

376:41

below along with an opinion. This is my

376:43

um what I'll provide in the body

376:44

paragraph as well as in the conclusion

376:46

are discussed below. Done.

376:50

Because they are not asking for opinion

376:52

first. I'm not writing my opinion in

376:54

introduction in here. My opinion will go

376:57

in my conclusion in this question type.

377:00

Remember that this question type

377:02

requires conclusion only. I mean um

377:05

opinion in the conclusion not in the

377:06

body par paragraph. In the previous one

377:08

we have done opinion here here itself I

377:11

believe not here because first they will

377:14

wait for the discussion where is the

377:15

discussion that will be the body

377:17

paragraph opinion in the conclusion

377:20

draw this you will get the answer easily

377:25

okay let's go to the uh great let's go

377:29

to the next question now next question

377:31

is very similar to advantage and

377:33

disadvantage so the structure or the

377:35

template will be the

377:37

So remember the the the structure we

377:39

used in advantage and disadvantage. What

377:41

did we do? We created a structure where

377:46

we think of generic terms. So let me

377:48

just talk about the question first. The

377:49

internet has transformed the way

377:51

information is shared and consumed but

377:53

it has also created problems that did

377:55

not exist before. What are the most uh

377:59

what are the most sign serious problems

378:00

associated with the internet and what

378:02

solutions can you suggest? Here we go.

378:05

So there's the statement and here is the

378:07

question. Question is about problems and

378:10

solution. Great. What we used to do in

378:13

advantage or disadvantage was first

378:15

statement coming from the generic word.

378:17

Remember what is the generic word here

378:19

in the statement

378:21

internet.

378:24

Right? Wonderful. Wonderful. Okay. Now

378:27

let's continue. When we say internet,

378:29

write one sentence about internet. There

378:32

has been enormous growth in the use of

378:34

internet over the last decade. It's so

378:36

true. Any statement you like about

378:37

internet, you can say that. You can say

378:39

that not a single sector of technology

378:42

or with technology can survive without

378:45

internet because of its um usage and

378:48

dependability you know on the

378:50

technology. So you can say that whatever

378:52

statement you come up but not with the

378:54

question connected with the question. No

378:55

because that part we do in the next

378:57

statement.

378:58

This has led to radical changes to the

379:02

way that people consume and share

379:04

information comes from here because it

379:06

changes the way next part

379:10

one word first sentence whatever

379:13

remaining second sentence that's it this

379:16

is how we start with problem and

379:18

solution right now because this question

379:21

is about problems and solution second

379:22

sentence is very clear whatever

379:23

remaining you write third sentence is

379:25

very clear as well because this question

379:27

about problem and solution ution we have

379:30

to include both the words in our last

379:32

sentence that means both of them exist

379:34

and because we don't have to choose a

379:35

side here we just say both of them exist

379:37

that's it because though my sentence is

379:39

very short it's clear you can do that

379:42

but I mean um if you have a better

379:44

sentence you can write that too although

379:46

serious problem has have arisen as a

379:48

result there are solutions to this

379:50

problem connected to internet you can

379:52

add whatever words you want but the gist

379:54

should be the same that there are

379:56

problems and there are solutions both of

379:58

them exist right? First sentence comes

380:02

from the generic word. Second sentence

380:04

comes from whatever remaining apart from

380:05

the generic word. Third sentence comes

380:07

from problem plus solution word. You can

380:10

see here and there you go. Done. The I

380:13

mean the introduction is ready again a

380:15

new template.

380:20

Clear again.

380:23

Now we go to the next question type

380:24

which is the last question type here and

380:28

in my opinion the most easiest and least

380:31

asked in exam.

380:33

The reason for that is the statements

380:35

are generally very short or short

380:37

information is provided. So paraphrasing

380:40

is okay. Paraphrasing is okay. If you

380:43

don't want to paraphrase you can do the

380:44

same thing. Some part explain above some

380:46

part in the next sentence. Generally

380:47

when the I gave this example on purpose

380:50

because if statement is short what

380:52

they're saying is many people prefer to

380:54

watch foreign films rather than locally

380:55

produced films. There is no two topic is

380:58

just films that's it. So you can write

381:01

one sentence directly paraphrasing this

381:03

part. It's not incorrect because the

381:05

statement is short. We do that and

381:06

generally that happens in two-part

381:08

question. Statement is short and then we

381:10

write two questions we have here. Let me

381:12

just show show you which questions I'm

381:14

talking about. So here we have the two

381:16

questions uh why could this be

381:20

and um should government give more

381:24

financial support to local film

381:25

industry. So these are the two questions

381:26

connected to the statement. Your task is

381:28

to answer these questions right how to

381:31

answer these this essay or introduction

381:33

for this essay. The first statement

381:35

comes from paraphrasing of the question.

381:37

Second statement there are only two and

381:39

that is allowed in official guide as

381:40

well. They allowed two statements and

381:42

some of the answers nine ben answers are

381:44

from there.

381:45

Well, the second statement is actually

381:48

answering both the questions in short.

381:51

Notice that there could be several

381:53

reasons why this is the case. Answering

381:55

the first question over here

381:58

and I believe comma and and is used in

382:00

US style but it's okay to it's it's

382:03

acceptable and I believe that government

382:05

should promote fil local film making by

382:07

subsidizing the industry. Second

382:08

question answered answering in short not

382:11

that lengthy part right if you even if

382:12

you remove this by part that is okay

382:15

okay as well let's just remove this this

382:17

part it is fine even if you do that that

382:19

is okay now what are the reasons how

382:22

would they do this you know nobody

382:23

explains that in introduction and it is

382:25

acceptable because body paragraph

382:27

contains this information

382:30

you can add you can add one more

382:33

sentence saying that you know all the

382:35

detailed reasons as well as um um how

382:39

government would promote film making is

382:41

explained below but that would be

382:43

repetition of the same thing. So I don't

382:44

do that sometime I I like to keep it

382:47

this way because now they already know

382:48

there are several reasons that means

382:49

reasons are discussed below

382:52

and it is allowed according to official

382:53

guide two sentences okay if you write

382:56

three as well okay but they shouldn't

382:57

not should not repeat anything like we

382:59

never repeated anything we're just

383:01

saying what we what's new to us right so

383:04

this these are the five types of essays

383:06

we have agree disagree advantage

383:09

disadvantage discuss both views problem

383:11

solution and two-part question all of

383:13

them Learn the introduction structure

383:17

is writing part two essay body paragraph

383:21

we have something called time management

383:22

as well to discuss it could be time

383:25

management depending on how much time we

383:27

have today after the writing and

383:29

speaking part if we don't have much time

383:31

we can also see some listening mock to

383:33

see where you stand in listening okay so

383:37

uh let's understand uh what we have

383:39

today in writing and speaking right so

383:41

far we have seen in introduction how to

383:44

create answer, how to create concepts,

383:46

but we have not seen yet how to create

383:48

body paragraph.

383:50

Right? So let's understand what is body

383:53

paragraph and why do we need it and what

383:55

are we supposed to do when it comes to

383:57

writing body paragraph. Okay, body

384:00

paragraph as you all know is the main

384:02

part of any essay that we write. It's

384:05

the stem basically. So stem in the sense

384:08

the the main data that we provide the

384:10

proof the reasons for your for your uh

384:13

site that you have taken or whatever you

384:15

want to prove you provide in the body

384:17

paragraph.

384:18

This is the only part where we have

384:21

multiple uh paragraphs possible because

384:24

introduction will always be one uh

384:26

conclusion is always one

384:28

body paragraph can be two three four

384:32

I've seen even four and they these

384:33

people get good marks even in that case.

384:36

So there is no one set rule that oh this

384:38

is the the case in when it comes to body

384:40

paragraph. How to decide which one to go

384:42

with? We'll see that according to our

384:44

writing style, according to our

384:45

questions that we have. So we can decide

384:48

based on that if it is uh two

384:50

paragraphs, three body paragraphs or

384:51

four. Okay.

384:53

Now what happens inside them? It's very

384:55

simple actually very easy in fact. Body

384:58

paragraphs contain only three details.

385:02

Every body paragraph will contain only

385:03

three details. What are those three

385:04

details? Number one,

385:07

what is the body paragraph about? I'm

385:10

going to tell you in short. Okay. Number

385:12

two, how can we explain that part? And

385:16

number three, can we make it concrete?

385:19

Concrete in the sense, can we make it uh

385:22

realize in the world? Let's let's see

385:24

what I mean by that.

385:28

So

385:29

this part in language of technical terms

385:33

in technical terms of I is called

385:36

paragraph heading.

385:40

This part is called explanation. That's

385:42

the same part. This part is called

385:44

examples.

385:46

Now in them inside them we have multiple

385:49

things to understand. Starting with the

385:51

parah heading part. Okay.

385:54

Like we did in the case of introduction,

385:56

we also will be creating um body

385:59

paragraph template. So, so that all of

386:01

you can create amazing body paragraphs.

386:03

So, the first thing in the template is

386:05

called parah heading. What is para

386:07

heading? Parah heading is the first

386:10

sentence and the only um sentence we

386:13

don't have multiple sentences in the the

386:15

parahading part is one sentence sentence

386:18

is called parahading.

386:21

This also called parahading. para

386:23

heading contains a statement that proves

386:26

what you will discuss in a body

386:28

paragraph. Okay, remember that one body

386:30

paragraph equal to one concept only. One

386:34

body paragraph equal to one concept.

386:38

What is that concept about? That's what

386:40

you will do in the first sentence.

386:44

Whatever the concept is, you will

386:47

explain that

386:49

or you will declare the concept in the

386:51

first sentence in the para heading. And

386:54

how do we do that? Well, if you have uh

386:57

if you have seen that example about um I

387:00

remember that example that we were

387:02

discussing about fast food and and

387:03

because of that we have you know health

387:05

issues and all. So we'll try to write a

387:07

para heading for that. We'll write

387:09

exactly what you should do in exam

387:12

right. So uh let me just copy the

387:14

question for you guys here. This was the

387:16

question if you remember in some

387:18

countries people are eating too much

387:20

fast food and because of that it's

387:21

necessary and we I remember all of you

387:23

went for disagreement some of you went

387:25

for agreement then we changed our mind

387:26

that disagreement we have more points or

387:28

easier to explain points right

387:32

when it comes to disagreement right we

387:34

have given a reason one of them was

387:36

addiction people who are really

387:38

suffering from um this health issue are

387:42

the people who are addicted to this fast

387:43

food and for

387:45

Leaving fast food will not be based on

387:47

money. It's not based based on how you

387:50

think about that particular substance

387:51

that you addicted to. So no chance they

387:54

will be letting go of that food.

387:56

So we'll write one body paragraph about

387:58

this addiction. So what is that first

388:00

sentence? The first sentence that we

388:02

call para heading. Let's just write it

388:04

and understand it. I'm going to write it

388:05

here. So sentence might not come out

388:07

very very uh say impressive but I'll try

388:10

to make it um good to read. Imposing

388:17

or increasing

388:20

the price of junk food

388:25

will not

388:29

impact individuals

388:33

who are

388:37

uh who

388:41

are

388:43

addicted to such food. So what are we

388:47

doing? We are introducing a new topic

388:49

called addiction to such food. And I

388:52

think the reader will understand that

388:54

this paragraph is now dedicated only to

388:56

one concept which is addiction. Reading

388:59

this sentence your your reader should

389:01

know that oh they can explain what is

389:03

addiction or fast food and also how will

389:07

that impact if we increase the prices.

389:12

So, so this is the first sentence we

389:14

have addiction. Now there comes the

389:16

second part. First sentence is clear to

389:18

you all of you. What is the first

389:20

sentence? What is the paragraph about is

389:22

the first sentence.

389:24

Second part or second sentence comes

389:26

from the explanation part. Explanation

389:30

in the sense you will have to basically

389:33

um see I can write anything. I can say

389:36

um basically sun rises in the west

389:39

instead of east. I have to explain that.

389:41

If I explain it well, if I explain it

389:43

correctly with proof, people have to

389:45

believe me, right? Anything, anyone. If

389:47

you say this, I'm going against this.

389:50

Prove it. Explain it. Explanation is the

389:52

most important part. So, how do we

389:54

explain? We can say that

389:56

um any person

390:00

addicted

390:03

to any substance

390:07

[Music]

390:08

will um get attached to it

390:15

leading

390:16

to uh difficulty

390:20

in letting go.

390:25

letting go of that particular

390:32

that particular substance.

390:35

Okay. Um

390:37

even if

390:41

government

390:44

or non-governing bodies,

390:49

there should be a there should be a

390:50

hyphen for sure. uh bodies uh oh sorry

390:55

bodies uh increase

390:59

or decrease

391:01

or okay let's say write it here change

391:04

the price of um that

391:08

um that item

391:13

uh the addicted

391:17

person

391:19

will

391:21

keep consuming it.

391:27

Same works with

391:31

fast food addiction.

391:34

Okay. So this is what my explanation is

391:37

you know like let it be um let it be any

391:40

kind of you know thing that you are

391:41

addicted to let it be cigarettes and and

391:44

smoking or let's say drinking. So you

391:47

will not of course this is not amazingly

391:49

written but I'm trying to say that

391:50

second part is always explanation. This

391:52

is where you have to prove what my point

391:55

is is making sense. Right? Okay. So the

391:58

second part is called the explanation.

392:01

The first part is called the opening or

392:03

the parah heading. Second part is the

392:05

explanation. Now comes the last part.

392:08

Now what about the last part? The last

392:10

part which we called the concret making

392:12

it concrete part are examples. What

392:15

about examples here? Explanation we

392:17

don't have types. Para heading we don't

392:18

have types but examples we have types.

392:21

What are those types?

392:23

Remember that examples can be of three

392:26

types. Let's write three of them. 1 2

392:29

and three. The first one is about I. So

392:32

it happened with me. I went through

392:34

this. I went through that. That that's

392:36

called my example, right? Second one is

392:39

called um others.

392:42

What happened with others? how they went

392:44

through this you know blah blah blah my

392:46

neighbor went through that my my family

392:48

went through this I have a person who is

392:50

my family who's addicted to this we

392:52

tried hiding the money they didn't care

392:54

so basically you can sorry so you you

392:56

can give an example of I or others these

392:58

two types of examples can be made up

393:01

examples so you can use your imagination

393:03

you can imagine stuff and write it down

393:05

here but last part is called fact

393:10

stats

393:11

or uh trend kind kind of example. Okay,

393:15

fact shares or trend kind of example.

393:18

You cannot make these up. Generally

393:20

trends are considered better because

393:22

they're easy to figure. For example, in

393:24

India it's a trend to buy a motorbike

393:26

first then a car. However, in US it's

393:28

better people prefer car first and then

393:30

motorbike. So if there's an example

393:33

required, whatever example you choose,

393:35

please make sure that is matching with

393:37

the information mentioned in the body

393:39

paragraph. Okay.

393:42

So can we create a f fake fact or fake

393:45

statistics statistic? No, we cannot

393:48

remember that. So I'll try to put an

393:51

example here. Sorry. Which is based on

393:53

uh fact or trend. Um so I can write here

393:56

in European Union there was an

393:58

experiment being done to increase the

394:00

price of cigarettes. a few years ago but

394:03

nothing happened

394:05

because people didn't let go of that

394:08

kind of um people didn't let go of that

394:10

kind of uh that kind of smoking um the

394:13

feeling of smoking and hence now they

394:15

had one more problem which is uh poverty

394:17

that's in certain uh areas in certain

394:20

countries right so you can say that same

394:23

will be true for fast food right so now

394:27

your paragraph looks amazing because you

394:30

have declared red basically what is your

394:33

main reason let's make it orange this

394:35

part is the explanation let's make it

394:36

let's say um green and the last part is

394:40

example let's just write here example

394:41

just the word example and of course

394:43

we'll write example here one or two

394:45

sentences will not be a problem here so

394:47

let's just uh get rid of this and write

394:49

here uh white okay so these are the

394:52

three parts parts that we have first

394:54

body paragraph second example uh

394:56

explanation third example every body

395:00

paragraph that you get will have these

395:02

three parts

395:04

every okay let me show you one more

395:08

example that we have one more uh body

395:10

paragraph so we can read it and we can

395:12

figure it out if it is making sense to

395:13

you guys same concept uh concepts are

395:16

discussed and we will see them in a

395:19

second right so a question is actually

395:22

mentioned over here and also the answer

395:25

for that particular question let me zoom

395:27

in a bit so question is about agree or

395:29

disagree persons worth nowadays seems to

395:31

be judged according to social status and

395:34

material possessions. Old-fashioned

395:36

values such as honor and kindness and

395:37

trust no longer seem important. Okay. Do

395:39

you agree or disagree? I said I

395:41

disagree. This I have written just for

395:43

your understanding. Nobody writes like

395:44

this. This in exam they write always in

395:48

introduction if they agree or disagree.

395:49

Right?

395:52

So why I've written this? I've written

395:54

this to make sure that you understand

395:56

this is a disagreement type of para.

395:58

Okay.

396:00

My reason

396:02

um for going towards disagreement is

396:06

media is the culprit. Media makes it

396:09

look like these things are important but

396:11

they are not important.

396:14

Okay. Media makes it look like

396:16

important. Media makes it look like what

396:18

everyone wants is material and online

396:22

profiles. But the truth is totally

396:24

opposite. So my my goal is to explain

396:27

what is materialism in the eyes of

396:30

media. So media media is fooling us,

396:33

right? I'm going to blame media. Most

396:35

people see what the media shows them. As

396:37

a consequence, people feel qualities

396:39

such as these these these aren't

396:41

important as they used to be. This is

396:43

explanation. I know it's very short, but

396:45

point is you have to explain everything

396:47

in the sec. After the second sentence,

396:48

still how many sentence you want, you

396:50

can explain. Then comes

396:53

an example. My friend thinks if he has

396:55

more friends on his social media

396:57

profile, he will be considered social.

396:59

Sad part is that he because he read an

397:02

article online. So basically what are we

397:04

saying here? Because some somewhere in

397:07

the media he read an article saying that

397:09

if you have more friends you'll be

397:10

considered more social or more

397:12

important. But that's not true. That

397:15

that that is that is the sad part. So we

397:17

give an example of my friend that means

397:18

others. Basically opening explanation

397:22

example. If you don't have an example,

397:24

increase the explanation. That is okay.

397:26

But if you're writing three body

397:27

paragraph, always have last part as um

397:32

or let's say at least two you should

397:34

write body paragraphs as with example.

397:37

So if you write two body paragraphs, at

397:39

least one body paragraph should have

397:41

example. I is writing part two essay

397:44

conclusion paragraph. What is conclusion

397:47

and why do we need it? Let's understand

397:49

that. So we have something called

397:50

introduction. We have something called

397:52

body paragraph and both of them are

397:53

required. So because in introduction we

397:56

are supposed to explain you know

397:59

basically what we want to prove

398:02

basically what we want to prove

398:05

and in body paragraph we provide the

398:08

proof itself with reasons and arguments

398:10

whatever it is. Then why do we need

398:12

this?

398:15

Why do we need conclusion?

398:19

final decision we have to provide. Okay.

398:22

And what kind of final decision are we

398:24

talking about here? So in our body

398:26

paragraphs, we always write all the

398:28

sides, the positive sides, the negative

398:30

sides. Though a little bit less or more

398:32

here doesn't matter. But in the end, we

398:34

haven't given our final verdict. So this

398:37

is the verdict, the final say in our

398:40

thing in in our essay.

398:43

So in our conclusion, we don't confuse

398:45

our readers. In our body paragraph, we

398:47

do provide both the sides. sometime

398:49

more, sometime less in order to prove

398:50

that the more side is winning. That's

398:52

what we chose in our introduction. But

398:54

in conclusion, we always provide what uh

398:58

is the final verdict. First of all,

399:00

second,

399:01

you can think of conclusion this way. If

399:03

I read the introduction, I would know

399:06

what the question is. If I read the

399:08

conclusion, I would know what the answer

399:11

was in body paragraph.

399:15

Okay, remember this. Okay? If I read the

399:17

introduction, I should know what the

399:18

question is. If I read the conclusion, I

399:20

should know what the answer is. That's

399:22

why they have these shorter version of

399:24

both of them. Right? So conclusion is

399:27

nothing new. It's everything what we

399:29

have already created. So conclusion you

399:31

can say is a combination of introduction

399:33

plus body paragraph. It's never new. If

399:36

you try to create something new in

399:37

conclusion, it's wrong. Except for one

399:40

case. What is that case?

399:45

discuss both the views. Now in the case

399:47

of discuss both the views there has to

399:49

be a different type of conclusion. You

399:50

can say that we have five types of

399:52

essays right? In five types of essays

399:55

four types will be covered in one type

399:57

of conclusion. So you'll have one

400:00

template for um this these particular

400:02

five uh four types and one type will

400:06

have that one remaining uh template of

400:09

conclusion. So we have this way they are

400:12

organized in this way. Discuss is

400:14

different because if you notice that the

400:16

question says discuss both the views

400:20

and provide your conclusion that means

400:22

conclusion or sorry provide your

400:24

argument. So conclusion is the uh place

400:27

where we provide our argument that's why

400:29

it they say that you know discuss

400:32

discuss both views are a little bit

400:33

different than other question types when

400:34

it comes to conclusion. Okay. So then

400:38

what is the structure? Like I said it's

400:39

all about introduction plus body

400:41

paragraph conclusion. uh is equal to

400:44

conclusion. So how does it work out? So

400:47

we were discussing that in conclusion we

400:49

don't create anything new. It's all

400:51

about introduction plus body paragraph.

400:53

Have a look at this uh example here.

400:55

Okay, we have a conclusion written by by

400:59

the way uh before we go for that.

401:01

Remember the question that we discussed

401:03

in our introduction and body paragraph.

401:05

Same question we'll be taking here which

401:07

we thought you know person's worth

401:09

nowadays seems to be judged by social

401:11

status and all those that question. So

401:15

we need to create that question uh we

401:17

need to create a conclusion for that

401:18

particular question for disagreement we

401:21

remember we disagreed with that

401:22

particular part. So let's see what

401:24

conclusion can be how conclusion can be

401:27

written. First of all remember that uh

401:29

conclusion is introduction plus body

401:32

paragraph and that's what I have done

401:33

here.

401:34

Two sentences are more than enough. The

401:37

first sentence is always the

401:39

introduction but in different language.

401:41

You can say that introduction in short

401:45

but in a form or in a tone of

401:47

conclusion. So it can be concluded that

401:49

all in all you can even write this way

401:52

comma uh to sum up. This is these are

401:55

called uh you know phrases to show

401:57

conclusion. Comma.

402:01

When you write comma in the first phrase

402:03

of a paragraph, it shows connection with

402:05

the previous paragraphs. That's why we

402:07

have this comma always. Okay. To sum up

402:10

all in all to conclude whatever it is.

402:13

Values such as honor, humbleness and

402:15

trust which are old-fashioned are

402:17

important rather than an individual

402:19

possesses. What? Why have I written

402:20

this? Because this question was about a

402:23

person's worth nowadays seems to be

402:25

judged according to social status and

402:27

material possession. oldfashioned values

402:29

such as these these these are no longer

402:31

important. This was agree or disagree.

402:33

Okay. In this case I went for

402:35

disagreement.

402:37

So I wanted to prove that these things

402:39

which are mentioned here they are

402:41

important. They though they though they

402:43

are not important according to many but

402:45

they are important. So I wrote this in

402:48

the full essay. In the conclusion I am

402:50

saying that again the same thing which I

402:52

mentioned in my introduction. Same thing

402:55

no change that these things are

402:57

important. Only thing that will change

402:59

compared to introduction is this phrase

403:01

all in all to sum up to summarize that's

403:04

the only thing I'm going to change

403:07

right otherwise everything is same and

403:10

if you notice that these things are

403:13

important rather than individual

403:14

position okay what about the second

403:15

sentence then well the second sentence

403:17

is nothing but a combination of all the

403:20

body paragraphs you have written what

403:22

does it mean let's say I have written an

403:24

introduction in my body paragraph I went

403:27

for let's say to prove the disagreement

403:29

side right now let's go to the second

403:31

one what have I written in second one

403:33

and why

403:35

well the second one is nothing but body

403:38

paragraphs in phrases so like I said

403:41

introduction I have written I've written

403:42

body paragraphs in each body paragraph I

403:45

must have mentioned a concept like I did

403:48

in the previous one addiction was one of

403:49

the concepts uh economic problem would

403:52

be one of the concept so whatever the

403:54

concept is I'm writing in short and I

403:56

can write that the Reasons for the same

403:58

are the influence from the media,

404:00

people's misunderstanding of the concept

404:02

and assumptions made by individual. That

404:04

means I went through this path where I

404:06

have introduction, three body

404:08

paragraphs, three of them are mentioned

404:10

here. Conclusion in the conclusion I'm

404:12

writing these three body paragraphs in

404:14

short one I have written opposite. Okay,

404:16

let's say so these are my body paragraph

404:19

1, 2 and three. Now I'm not writing

404:22

opposite that means you know going

404:24

against my own statement in conclusion

404:26

that otherwise it'll become very

404:28

confusing for the reader. When you're

404:30

writing body paragraph you should go

404:31

contrasting a bit but in conclusion

404:34

don't go contrasting at all.

404:37

Okay don't go contrasting at all. So

404:40

this is this is what we have in our

404:42

conclusion. We have conclusion type of

404:45

uh I mean uh question type of discuss as

404:48

well. So we need to see what happens in

404:50

that part. In discuss essays the

404:53

structure is little bit different. So

404:55

I'm going to show you a discuss essay

404:57

and we'll discuss the answer itself.

404:59

Right? So if you notice we have a

405:01

question some people work for the same

405:04

organization all their working life.

405:05

Other things that it is better to work

405:07

for different organization. This is the

405:08

question and we have to discuss both the

405:10

views and give our own your own opinion.

405:13

Wonderful. How would you do that? Well

405:15

first of all let's do one thing.

405:17

Understand this question type. This is

405:19

all about same organization, different

405:21

organization. In in in our intro in

405:23

introduction, we're not going to declare

405:24

which side we want to go for. We're just

405:26

going to explain like we did. We

405:27

understood what is discussed. First

405:29

paragraph about same organization.

405:31

Second paragraph disc a different

405:32

organization. Now look at this one. We

405:34

are not starting with concluding because

405:36

we have to provide our point of view in

405:38

conclusion. When it comes to discuss

405:40

both views, remember that

405:43

your first statement

405:46

is always about what is your side?

405:51

Which side you're choosing out of these?

405:52

You know, in discuss we have two views,

405:54

right? So, which view are you inclining

405:57

towards? Basically although they are see

406:00

uh there are benefits to work um for one

406:03

organization I feel that it is also

406:05

valuable for an employee to able to

406:07

offer a wide range of experience having

406:08

worked in different organiz so there you

406:10

go so what are we doing we this essay is

406:13

moving towards different organization

406:16

that's it so word we have used is I that

406:19

means this is an opinion and I feel

406:21

definitely an opinion right opinion is

406:24

discussed in the first sentence like I

406:26

said always in discuss both views first

406:29

and then try to write the opinion that

406:31

would be better because they have

406:32

already um they they have clearly

406:34

mentioned in the the question that we

406:36

are supposed to discuss this and then

406:37

provide our opinion. Last sentence is as

406:41

long as it is planned carefully I feel

406:43

that change is good and will ultimately

406:45

benefit the employee and the employer.

406:47

This is what we call the closing part.

406:49

What is closing? Closing can be

406:51

considered um a positive message or a

406:55

message to the world connected to the

406:56

question. So we call it three things Q +

407:00

R + M. What is QRM? Question real world

407:05

scenario and a message to the to the

407:08

real world. So if the question is about

407:10

again question real world scenario and

407:13

message. So if the question is about

407:15

food, remember this question we had, if

407:17

people are eating too much fast food, I

407:19

could end it like this. If every every

407:22

person takes care of themselves um or um

407:25

you know if every person yeah if every

407:27

person takes care of takes care of

407:29

themselves um there won't be any need

407:31

for government to take um such

407:33

aggressive measures of increasing the

407:35

taxes. Done. This could be the nice

407:38

ending or closing and discuss both

407:40

views. we might need closing in order to

407:44

um extend the paragraph and just write

407:46

two sentences. That's the best way to

407:49

end your uh conclusion or end your essay

407:52

when it comes to uh discuss both views.

407:55

Okay. So if second one is clear, the

407:59

first one is clear, conclusion is clear.

408:01

Conclusion is not a big rocket science.

408:04

The reason for that is in body paragraph

408:05

you have to think what content to write

408:07

in introduction. We have to think how to

408:09

create content from the question. In

408:11

conclusion, we don't have to think. We

408:13

just copy and paste from our

408:15

introduction. Yes, we paraphrase what we

408:16

have written. But paraphrasing is not a

408:19

big deal. I I believe that compared to

408:21

body paragraphs,

408:22

>> IELTS writing part one, report writing.

408:26

>> Um so today's session will be for IELS

408:30

writing part one. Writing part one is

408:34

something that we call report in

408:36

academic. So there are two parts in

408:38

writing right something called part one

408:41

and part two and I think in part two you

408:43

know everyone have to write an essay

408:45

same question one question here in part

408:48

one it's a report

408:50

this report is an imagebased

408:52

report so basically they'll show you

408:54

something and you have to write uh an a

408:57

report on that image so what kind of

408:59

images are possible there are six types

409:01

of images possible right let me um show

409:05

you what kind of images are they there

409:07

are total six types you don't have to

409:08

remember the names you just have to um

409:11

understand what they are so that you

409:13

know anyway these sessions are these uh

409:16

uh reports are already available the

409:18

same presentation I'm showing you will

409:19

be available in your Google drive so

409:21

that you don't have um to remember it

409:23

anyway so the first one is called uh um

409:28

line graph or just a graph line graph or

409:32

just a graph this is called a pie chart

409:34

or just a chart This is called a bar

409:38

chart. Some people call it graph but

409:40

this is

409:42

bar chart. This one is called a process

409:45

diagram or just a diagram. Right? Uh

409:48

this one is called a map difference.

409:51

Remember that map difference. This one

409:53

is called table explanation. Right? So

409:55

these are the six types of diagrams. Out

409:57

of which out of these six diagrams

410:00

certain diagrams can be in a way

410:02

combined such as line graph can be

410:06

provided with pie chart or pie chart or

410:08

line graph will be with bar chart or

410:10

with table but these two process diagram

410:13

map difference will be separate. If

410:15

there's a map difference it will only be

410:17

one type question. If it is process

410:19

diagram will be always be

410:22

process diagram but line graph can be

410:25

combined with bar chart to create a

410:26

question such as one line graph please

410:28

explain bar chart too they can do that

410:30

I'll show you that question type as well

410:32

but yeah out of these six the initial

410:36

three question types are almost same

410:40

like know the way we write it except for

410:42

a few things that that we will discuss

410:44

the first and third this is first this

410:47

is second and The first and third that

410:49

is line graph and bar chart are same

410:51

completely pie chart have has tiny

410:54

differences

410:56

but they are same anyway almost same

410:58

right so how what similarities do they

411:02

have so what similarities do they have

411:04

and how can we understand them first of

411:06

all like I said the six diagram out of

411:08

this three are same line graph bar chart

411:10

and pie chart let's discuss them

411:14

and not just that what are the you see

411:16

we have six diagram six of these

411:18

diagrams have something common. What is

411:20

that common thing? In our essay writing,

411:23

we had three parts. Introduction, body

411:26

paragraph and conclusion. Right? And we

411:28

have seen the structure of three of

411:30

them. But when it comes to uh report

411:32

writing, the reports do not have the

411:35

structure of introduction, body,

411:36

paragraph, conclusion. They have

411:38

something called opening.

411:40

Then we have something called body. They

411:42

all these this body and this body is

411:44

completely different. Okay. And finally

411:48

overview. Now you're thinking Sam or

411:51

overview or overall. Isn't this all same

411:54

opening can be called introduction? No.

411:56

In our introduction we have set minimum

411:58

two sentences, maximum three sentences.

412:00

Here this opening will always have one

412:02

sentence. This body doesn't need the

412:04

structure of explan explanation and

412:07

sentence. No, it doesn't need that

412:08

structure. There's a different

412:10

structure. Conclusion cannot be

412:12

connected with overall information

412:14

because this can be written just after

412:16

opening.

412:18

So this is something called overview.

412:20

Overall or interesting information about

412:22

the graph about whatever you're writing

412:24

and it's not even mandatory. You can

412:26

keep it as optional. It can be written

412:28

just after opening. It can be written at

412:30

the end. It's up to you.

412:33

So some answers are written some answers

412:36

are written basically after that

412:37

basically some no statements um some

412:40

later they don't have this thing. So

412:42

there is no hard and fast there is no

412:44

hard and fast rule about this overall

412:46

information otherwise everything is fine

412:48

right now what is this opening what is

412:52

this body paragraph what is this overall

412:54

information that's what we need need to

412:56

see opening like I said is only one

412:59

sentence we don't have more than one

413:00

sentence and how does it look

413:05

the same it's always the same and that

413:07

is the paraphrase version of the

413:09

statement and what is a statement you

413:11

might Ask me statement is mentioned like

413:14

this. See this is a complete question

413:16

where on the top one second on the top

413:19

you will see something called time

413:21

related information. How much time do we

413:23

have right? We can take some time from

413:24

part two if you want to but yeah 20

413:27

minutes is the normal time the statement

413:32

your task that you're supposed to do and

413:35

word count. Okay. So what you're

413:38

supposed to do when you write the first

413:39

statement or you call it the opening

413:42

it's always the f only one sentence then

413:44

we change the paragraph so one sentence

413:46

is also one first paragraph itself and

413:49

we paraphrase this part the statement

413:52

if I show you a line graph no change

413:55

same thing so look we have the same

413:57

thing again time related information

413:59

statement uh task and word count no

414:03

doubt about that everything will stay

414:05

the same there is no change in there

414:08

right? Then what can we do in this case?

414:10

How can we write the first sentence?

414:12

Like I said, first sentence is the first

414:15

paragraph is also one sentence only. So

414:18

first sentence, first paragraph is only

414:21

uh the same thing and description of the

414:23

graphic. Basically you summarize that

414:26

using the statement. So if this is the

414:28

question, we can just paraphrase this

414:30

part. I mean the this the statement

414:32

part, right? So what are we going to do?

414:34

We going to paraphrase this part in our

414:37

words. So this is about right the graph

414:40

illustrate instead of shows we can write

414:42

illustrate. If this illustrates we can

414:44

write show or provides information or

414:46

set some light whatever you want to

414:47

write but just change that word

414:53

instead of graph you can write diagram.

414:55

It's up to you. There is no again root

414:57

the emission of carbon dioxide in four

415:00

countries namely these these these for

415:03

four decades between this and this now

415:06

they haven't used the word decades in

415:07

there but I used it just to change

415:09

something you're thinking Sam do we have

415:11

to always make it little bit lengthier

415:14

than the normal no some of the answers

415:16

I'll show you nine band answers these

415:19

answers have written shorter version of

415:20

this this is around 15 words they have

415:23

written seven words or eight words or 10

415:25

words that's

415:26

and and that is according to official

415:28

guide nine band answer not necessary the

415:30

way we write it is important not the

415:32

length right so this is the first

415:34

sentence and the first paragraph itself

415:38

now the second paragraph what is that

415:41

body paragraph there we provide all the

415:44

details description trends contrast

415:46

whatever we see whatever we see we

415:48

provide that and in that case comes five

415:51

possible trends so we have five possible

415:54

trends and And what are those trends?

415:56

The first possible trend is slight

415:58

increase. As you can see here, we have

416:00

slight increase over here. Slight

416:02

increase over here. And because we have

416:04

multiple times slight increasing, we

416:07

will always try to use synonyms. That's

416:09

why we have multiple synonyms of

416:11

increase over here. As you can see,

416:12

expand, date, group, climb, and always

416:14

it is in past because I I try to keep it

416:18

in past because questions are generally

416:20

in past. I would say 95% the questions

416:22

are in past. If they're in future, we

416:25

use simple tense, simple words such as

416:27

expand instead of expanded. That's it.

416:29

Or will expand. You can say that grew,

416:31

climbed, rose, stepped up, picked up.

416:34

And what about the word slide? Can we

416:35

always use slide? Sliding expanded or

416:37

slide grew. No. What we're going to do

416:39

is we're going to use one multiple

416:41

adverbs and adjectives because this is

416:43

an action that is a verb. We're going to

416:46

use these these ones of moderately

416:48

expanded, slightly grew, or slightly

416:51

expanded. Whichever you want to connect

416:53

it will be all fine. For example,

416:55

minimally expanded. But if you turn this

416:58

word into a noun which is expansion,

417:03

this will turn to be moderate. Not

417:05

moderately, moderate expansion would be

417:07

correct. Not moderate expanded doesn't

417:10

make any sense, right? So moderate

417:12

expansion and moderately expanded would

417:15

make sense. Right? This is the

417:17

difference between um an adverb and

417:20

adjective.

417:22

Okay. So, first part is slight increase.

417:24

Second one is slight decrease. Sometimes

417:27

we have a drop but not that fast of a

417:30

drop like this one. This is way too

417:32

fast. Comparatively you always see. So

417:34

we not going to use this. This one is

417:35

slight decrease. Same again synonyms of

417:38

decrease. We have to use these synonyms.

417:40

Reduce, bend, down, decrease. All of

417:42

them are available in your Google Drive.

417:44

No need to remember them here. Just try

417:45

to understand the whole scenario. And

417:47

then in slight word we already have seen

417:49

that you know moderately and moderate

417:51

and reduced if you want to make it noun

417:54

form it can become reduction

417:57

right a decrease can become the decrease

417:59

the drop the decline the fall right so

418:03

if you use the noun form you use the

418:05

adjective part if you use the verb form

418:07

you use adverbs second one done third

418:10

one is dramatic increase as you can see

418:12

here it's dramatic increase so when we

418:14

have dramatic increase we have two

418:16

options Either we use the adverbs and

418:17

adjective rule which different of course

418:20

because this is different. So we have

418:21

significantly rapidly steeply instead of

418:24

moderately we have these or we can

418:27

completely remove it and we write these

418:31

words escalated rocketed so sort of and

418:34

jumped these words there are more but

418:36

yeah these are enough try to remember

418:38

two to three in each don't try to

418:40

remember more than three because you

418:41

would not need that. So escalated itself

418:44

means this is fast. Rocket itself is

418:47

fast. Sword itself. We don't need extra

418:49

words for this. This is like oh it's a

418:51

funny joke. There's no funny joke. Jokes

418:53

are always funny by itself. Right? So

418:55

the same way escalated itself is past.

418:59

So this is called dramatic increase. Now

419:01

dramatic decrease is remaining. So we

419:03

have this part dramatically decreasing.

419:05

So any part of it is dramatically

419:06

decreasing. Then decrease word we

419:08

already know. Dramatic part also we

419:09

already know. But the second type we

419:12

don't know. What if we don't want

419:13

adverbs and adjectives and we want to

419:15

use a word that shows reduction very

419:18

quickly and that is this one collapsed,

419:20

slumped, crashed, plunged and plumated.

419:24

They all are showing dramatic decrease

419:26

or dramatic fall.

419:30

And the last but not the least is no

419:32

change at all basically because we have

419:34

seen all the changes thing as you can

419:36

see over here there is no change steady

419:39

stood at stayed at stabilized at

419:41

flattened at and leveled off at so these

419:44

are the parts where we have no change

419:45

let it be bar chart or uh pie chart or

419:48

line graph everywhere we use these this

419:50

term these terminologies and of course

419:52

in study we don't have dramatic steady

419:54

there's no such thing so this is the

419:56

part now this is just vocabulary this is

419:59

just vocabulary that you saw

420:01

we need something called usage of of

420:03

this vocabulary. So I'll show you um a

420:07

kind of a basically a question where a

420:10

sample you can say that uh and it's

420:12

already already available in your Google

420:14

drive in session 11 we have some report

420:17

samples right now if I show you a line

420:20

graph or a or let's say a bar chart I

420:23

could able I will be able to show you

420:25

the words that we have used just now and

420:27

how to write the answer. So when you get

420:30

the question of course read it properly.

420:31

The chart below gives information of the

420:33

percentage of British people giving

420:34

money to charity by age range of this.

420:37

So basically they're talking about

420:38

people giving charity. So the orange

420:40

color is how many people gave in 1990

420:43

and 2010 is the green color orange and

420:46

green. And then below we have something

420:48

called age range. 18 25 26 35 3650 like

420:52

this. Eventually we have to write a

420:54

report on this. Right? If you go below

420:58

look what did we do first sentence is

421:01

first paragraph they paraphrase this

421:03

part and it's very short the chart

421:05

examines the levels of donations among

421:08

people donation among people of

421:10

different age group in fact they didn't

421:11

even write the age group and this is

421:13

nine ben answer by the way according to

421:15

official guide so no need to write

421:17

lenders yeah it has to be correct it has

421:20

to be accurate according to what is

421:21

mentioned above first thing second they

421:24

have mentioned here overall information

421:27

already I told you it can be written at

421:29

the end or it can be written this is

421:31

conclusion according to our

421:32

understanding but it is not so

421:34

interesting information that we see is

421:36

what we have to write every person might

421:38

see it differently but I'll what I see

421:40

is this orange color that means 1990

421:43

people kept giving more charity compared

421:46

to green color that is 2010 always

421:49

higher but that changed after the age

421:52

group of 51 and 65 I mean in this range

421:55

always this was higher and this one was

421:57

lower.

421:59

You can see that and that's what they

422:01

have done. That's what they have written

422:02

here. If you look look below, overall a

422:05

greater percentage of British people

422:06

gave money to charity in 1990 than in

422:08

2010. However, across the two years, the

422:11

pattern differs before and after age of

422:13

50. And that is true. So you can see

422:16

that it is true. In fact, you can write

422:18

something interesting differently. You

422:20

can say that um the graph of people kept

422:23

increasing with age group from 18 to 50.

422:26

Let it be any year.

422:29

Let it be any it's always increasing but

422:32

this number kept decreasing after 50 age

422:36

right as you can see here that it kept

422:38

decreasing basically. So that could also

422:40

be an interesting way to look at it.

422:42

Whatever you see as overall you can

422:44

write it here. In fact you can remove it

422:46

as well. That's not necessary. necessary

422:49

are the body paragraphs. And how do we

422:51

write it? Remember that in bar chart

422:54

always write body paragraphs according

422:56

to the y-axis not sorry according to the

422:59

x-axis not the y axis. I think all of

423:01

you do know what is x what are xaxis? So

423:03

here x

423:06

if I'm not wrong sorry if I think this

423:08

is y and this is x right. So always take

423:13

the x-axis and write about that not

423:16

about the x y axis. So you cannot

423:18

separate between person or you cannot

423:20

separate in year. You have to separate

423:22

in this part. So for example I take

423:25

initial two in one body paragraph and

423:28

the remaining three in another one or I

423:31

take initial three in one body paragraph

423:34

and the remaining two in another one. So

423:36

basically these are the things I can do

423:38

to separate the body paragraphs. Always

423:40

write according to x-axis not according

423:43

to the y-axis first of all. Second, what

423:46

should we do when we writing? The way we

423:49

write is we always keep talking about

423:52

the highest first

423:55

and the lowest after that.

423:58

Then we talk about the second one

424:00

because first we talked about 9090 let's

424:02

say then we talk about the second one

424:03

here and the highest and the lowest and

424:06

the remaining will be at the end.

424:08

Highest, lowest, highest, lowest and

424:10

remaining. That's the rule. If we don't

424:12

have second bar chart here, we talk

424:15

about highest, lowest and the middle.

424:16

That's it.

424:18

Right? So always remember highest lowest

424:20

and the middle rule. So that there is a

424:23

there is a way or structure to write. So

424:25

if I show you an answer here, you will

424:27

understand. In 1990, 42% of 36 to 50 age

424:32

group made charitable donation. And this

424:34

figure is the highest on the chart. It's

424:36

true. 36 to 50 here 42 around 42. Of

424:41

course you can write approximately or

424:43

around or about 42.

424:46

>> Yes sim.

424:49

>> Okay. Sorry.

424:51

>> Okay. No issues. Right. So this is

424:54

around 42. And if you look at the next

424:56

>> I'm sorry for uh

424:59

uh my net was slightly lagging. Can you

425:00

repeat what you said? So basically we

425:02

are saying how we can separate the

425:04

paragraphs and then we are talking

425:06

basically right now we started talking

425:08

about how we can write uh about the

425:11

sentences each sentence and we always

425:13

start with the highest what is the

425:15

highest number so this is the highest

425:18

number as you can see here and compared

425:21

all I mean in this in this because we

425:23

are separating this part first because

425:25

we can take it another one but this is

425:27

what they are taking so that's what I'm

425:29

explaining and in this part lowest is

425:31

this and even in the whole chart for

425:33

1990 this is the lowest that's what they

425:36

are doing that's what we are discussing

425:38

so highest first and then lowest yeah

425:41

1990 42 was the highest and this you can

425:44

write you have to write that this is the

425:45

highest 18 to 25 contribute the least at

425:49

around 70 17%. So that's a big change by

425:54

2010 because 1990 we discussed 2010

425:57

these figures had fallen significantly

425:59

to this and this respectively from what

426:01

from 42 to 35 from 17 to 7

426:07

told you these words will be used fallen

426:08

significantly highest lowest and reaches

426:11

this point whatever it is. So they they

426:14

have used it and we can see that they

426:15

have used it right first second what

426:18

about the remaining 26 to 35 they have

426:22

written that last and the level of

426:24

donation 26 and it was around 31 to 31

426:26

to 24%. Both done.

426:31

What is remaining then? What is

426:33

remaining is this part 51 to 65 which

426:35

they have written a separate paragraph

426:37

for that. And that's it for bar chart.

426:41

Bar chart that's it.

426:45

Same goes for line graph. But for that I

426:48

have something interesting for you to

426:49

show you. What happens if line graph or

426:52

bar chart or pie chart they create a

426:54

combination of two. See, I haven't

426:56

taught you how to write tables, but I'll

426:58

show you. Basically, don't don't try to

427:00

understand anything. Now, for now,

427:01

understand this point. There's a

427:03

question here and there's a task. So,

427:06

the graph and table below show uh

427:09

average monthly temperatures and average

427:10

hours of sunshine per year in three

427:12

cities. Basically, this is temperature

427:14

and this is a uh number of hours of

427:16

sunshine.

427:18

Two diagrams. What to do now? Just

427:21

separate the paragraphs with the

427:23

diagrams. So first comes information

427:25

about the graph paraphrase this and

427:28

second paragraph starts with writing

427:30

about the line graph. Third paragraph

427:32

about um the table and finally overall

427:35

you can write overall just after opening

427:37

like I explained. Look the data provides

427:39

information on average temperature and

427:41

annual hours of sunshine in these three

427:43

cities. Done. Paragraph change one

427:47

paragraph for the line graph.

427:50

What's happening? Temperature in this is

427:52

the starts with 25 and Sydney reaches

427:55

here and there. Whatever you feel. See

427:57

there's no hard and fast language here.

427:59

There is no hard and fast rule. The only

428:01

hard and fast rule that we have is first

428:04

sentence has to be as clear as possible.

428:06

First second you are creating body

428:09

paragraphs according to the question.

428:10

For example, we have two diagrams. You

428:12

create two body paragraphs. Inside that

428:14

whatever you see is what you write.

428:16

There is no hard and fast rule that you

428:17

write like this or that. It's just don't

428:19

change the numbers. Don't have your own

428:22

speculations. For example, oh next year

428:24

maybe that will change. No, that we

428:25

don't care. We don't care for next year.

428:27

We don't care for another one day as

428:28

well. We care for what they have

428:30

mentioned in the image. Once we write

428:32

about the line graph, next paragraph

428:34

about the table. And finally, overall

428:36

information. This overall information

428:38

can be written above as well or below as

428:40

well. There's no hard and fast rule.

428:42

Like I said earlier

428:44

like the same works in line graph same

428:47

works in bar chart same works in the

428:50

case of pie chart but pie chart has a

428:53

different issue case of pie chart the

428:55

problem is not one we have two things or

428:58

two changes you can say that the first

429:00

change is that we have always fractions

429:03

mentioned as you can see here

429:08

they will always be mentioned to show

429:10

you what is the you know person

429:12

basically that they will show you first

429:14

thing. Second, there will never be one

429:16

pie chart. There will be pie chart or

429:18

table, pie chart or line graph or two

429:20

pie charts or three pie charts. Single

429:21

pie chart cannot have that information

429:23

to write 150 minimum words. In fact,

429:25

they're asking us to write more than

429:27

150. So, that's not possible. They

429:29

always write more. Right? Now, how do we

429:32

write?

429:34

First of all, paraphrasing of this

429:36

statement. The pie chart below uh show

429:38

the on online because they were multiple

429:40

charts. So they use show instead of

429:42

shows. The pie charts below show the

429:44

online shopping sales for certain or

429:46

retail sectors in New Zealand in this

429:48

year and this year. He paraphrase it.

429:50

For example, the pie charts provide

429:52

information or illustrate or give

429:54

information about um New Zealand's

429:57

online retail sector whatever it is. So

430:00

look at this. The two pie charts compare

430:01

the percentage of online sales across

430:03

retail sectors in New Zealand and this

430:05

year. Done. This is straightforward. We

430:08

don't even have to think the first

430:09

sentence. Done. First paragraph done.

430:11

What about the first body paragraph? How

430:13

do we write it? Never write in year for

430:16

example. Oh, first year this is what

430:19

happening. Second year this is what

430:20

happened. This is not going to be a good

430:23

or or a pretty answer. We always take

430:26

commodities

430:27

and we compare them. For example, I took

430:30

travel and film and music in one part.

430:34

Books and clothes I took in another body

430:37

paragraph. When I'm talking about

430:38

travel, I talk about both 2003 this

430:40

happened 2013 this happened because see

430:43

they are not asking us literally to

430:45

compare each and every year. They're

430:46

asking us to compare when necessary. If

430:49

you read the instructions carefully

430:51

summarize the information by selecting

430:53

and reporting main feature and compare

430:56

where relevant.

430:58

So where it is relevant in the

431:00

commodities in the the data inside. If

431:02

you compare the year it'll become really

431:05

boring answer. So you write first about

431:07

2003 and then about 13 that's not a

431:09

comparison. So let's talk about travel,

431:11

film and music first three of them

431:13

initially. So the three sectors kept

431:16

changing that is uh I think there should

431:18

be an entry here. This is a different

431:19

paragraph that is called overall

431:21

information. Now we started 8 at 36% it

431:24

has it can be seen the travel sector

431:26

accounted for majority of online sales

431:28

in 2003. True. 36th majority again

431:32

highest lowest rule comes if it is the

431:35

highest we have to write that and what

431:37

happens to 36 it became 29 not anymore

431:40

the highest but this percentage has

431:43

dropped to 29% by 2023 or 2030

431:47

and what happened to other thing that is

431:49

film film and music started from 21

431:52

which was almost the lowest reach the

431:55

highest in the market 33 that we have to

431:57

mention look across the same 10 years

432:00

period An increasing number of people

432:01

chose to uh purchase film and music

432:04

online. We can see the transition trend

432:06

from 21% to 33% making the retail sector

432:10

the highest overall share in of the

432:12

online market.

432:16

Amazing. So this is how the whole answer

432:19

works in pie chart. Basically

432:22

we have to use the commodities. It'll

432:24

become easy. What was the highest? What

432:26

was the lowest? We don't care. whatever

432:27

we have to write it but automatically

432:29

it'll work out. So 36 highest went to 29

432:33

21 lowest went to 33 so on and on. What

432:37

about the remaining thing? Well

432:38

remaining two commodities were left

432:40

clothing and I think uh books. So

432:42

clothing and books are explained here.

432:44

Same way they started with this and they

432:46

went down like this. See fallen

432:48

considerably. You have used seen this

432:50

phrase right? Earlier it was 24 it was

432:53

good number but it fallen significantly

432:55

to 16. Same goes with um you know books

433:00

that is 22%. So this is how you explain

433:03

pie charts numbers numbers and numbers

433:05

>> I have doubt. Yes suraj to ask

433:07

>> uh haven't we compared both ears in this

433:10

par

433:11

>> that's in this report

433:14

should not compare

433:16

>> we no okay okay okay that's a

433:18

misunderstanding let me explain we

433:20

should compare inside the paragraph but

433:22

we cannot write separate paragraph for

433:24

each

433:26

that's what I mentioned we should not

433:28

compare the year in paragraph separately

433:30

for example you write one paragraph for

433:32

2003 everything what you see and then

433:34

another paragraph for 2013 to say that

433:37

oh this was the change in 2013 that's

433:39

what I mentioned

433:41

>> uh is it only for uh pie chart or uh for

433:45

uh line graph

433:47

>> for everything for everything you cannot

433:49

comp create a separate paragraph for

433:51

years line graph bar chart pie chart we

433:54

cannot create separate paragraph for the

433:56

year

433:58

>> there will be one question okay so there

434:01

will be one question type where we have

434:03

to compare only the year I I'll show you

434:05

that question type but not in these

434:07

three.

434:09

Okay. Now comes the next type. The next

434:11

type is really interesting and

434:13

straightforward type. So we have seen so

434:16

far the things that we were talking

434:17

about in line of Python. Now we have

434:20

table. Now table has something

434:22

interesting that is that size the m size

434:25

of it makes it crazy. Look at the

434:27

numbers that we have here.

434:30

So many numbers we have you know 25

434:32

actually here. Yeah. 5 by 5 25. So how

434:35

can we write this? You know we can

434:36

literally keep writing nuclear. So

434:39

because this question says here one

434:41

second the table below shows the

434:43

percentage use of four different fuel

434:45

types. So they're talking about fuel

434:46

types. Nuclear, coal and ignite,

434:47

petroleum product, hydropower. Others we

434:49

don't count it as types. So four types

434:52

uh to generate electricity in five Asian

434:54

countries in 2005. If they would have

434:56

mentioned Asian countries first. So the

434:59

table shows the percentage or table

435:02

shows the five Asian countries using

435:05

four different types. Then for us the

435:07

countries become important. They will

435:08

become our main way to separate the

435:11

para. But because they have mentioned

435:12

that four types of fuel types are

435:14

important for us. We'll separate our

435:16

parab based on the fuel types. So we'll

435:18

talk about nuclear first then cold

435:20

ignite then petroleum product then

435:21

hydro. Now because we have uh you know

435:25

we cannot write five paragraphs. So we

435:26

can separate it here itself. two in one,

435:29

two in one other we can write even

435:30

separate paragraph if you want to right

435:32

but even in writing that we have

435:35

multiple numbers what can we say in

435:36

nuclear Malaysia is 19 Singapore is 13

435:39

Thailand is zero South Korea we cannot

435:41

write like that is there any way we can

435:44

deal with this you know so many numbers

435:50

this is exactly what we need we call it

435:52

grouping to create group of numbers so

435:55

that we don't have to repeat because

435:57

they have mentioned Please report main

435:58

features that compare where relevant we

436:00

don't have to compare everything. So if

436:02

we take nuclear 49 is the highest but

436:05

because this number is not that far away

436:07

from 33 we can take it into one account.

436:09

They are in majority you can say that

436:11

compared to other numbers. Great. Very

436:13

important for us. Okay let's take two.

436:15

Thailand is the lowest. We'll take that

436:17

as account because it is interesting.

436:19

It's completely zero. What about these

436:21

three? These two. These two can be done

436:24

through two ways. first ignore it. Or

436:27

you say that Malaysia and Singapore come

436:30

under um are higher than Thailand

436:34

definitely but lower than South Korea.

436:37

You can say right or you can ignore

436:40

them. Second theory says that look

436:42

Malaysia and Singapore in coal and

436:43

ligignite we have two which are highest

436:45

compared to others and others are not

436:48

going beyond six or compared to them

436:50

very low you can say that compared to 61

436:52

they are very low. So Thailand, South

436:54

Korea and Japan are comparatively very

436:55

low or you can say that like I said

436:58

earlier they're not more than six not

437:01

less than three. Here uh Thailand is the

437:03

highest 36 in petroleum products and

437:06

other countries are not more than

437:08

three%.

437:11

You they are not using more than 3% of

437:14

the petroleum product to generate

437:15

electricity and that is also a nice way

437:18

to do that. Basically you wrote two

437:19

sentences and you covered all the

437:21

numbers. One for this, one for the

437:23

remaining. One for this, one for

437:25

remaining. One for this, one for this

437:27

and one for remaining. Or you can ignore

437:30

easily done. Now look at the structure.

437:33

First sentence from paraphrasing this.

437:36

Done. Then this is separate question

437:38

statement. Taking nuclear fuel first.

437:40

Japan has the highest percentage 49.

437:42

South Korea second 33 and Thailand no

437:45

nuclear power at all. What about the

437:46

remaining? They ignored it. Like I said,

437:49

this is this is what the structure

437:50

works. This is how it works. Poland,

437:52

ligignite, Malaysia and Singapore, they

437:54

have high proportions 61 and 42 and

437:57

other countries are way too lower

437:58

because the these are higher numbers

438:00

compared to other countries. So we don't

438:01

need to show them,

438:04

right? What about the other one

438:05

petroleum products? So we there we have

438:07

36 highest. What about us? None. Like

438:11

literally less than three. Three or less

438:14

than three. Exactly what they have

438:16

mentioned.

438:17

So one paragraph for initial two another

438:19

paragraph for in next two and they

438:21

combine probably in the last paragraph

438:23

about others probably that's what they

438:25

have done right. So this is how you are

438:28

supposed to write uh something called

438:31

table answers. That's the only thing

438:32

otherwise you know we don't have any

438:34

extra words for that. We just have to

438:36

learn how to group them. See first

438:39

sentence is always the same. Overall

438:41

information is always the same. It's

438:43

just the grouping is required and if you

438:44

understand grouping we don't have

438:46

anything to understand in table

438:48

completion or table explanation. I mean

438:51

straightforward

438:53

right? So when you see multiple tables

438:55

you will understand how to do grouping.

438:56

Here you can see okay for example this

438:59

looks like crazy like oh there are too

439:02

many numbers here can you see the groups

439:04

there are two groups here in others as

439:06

well you see there are two groups can

439:09

you see them now 39 40 to 39 very close

439:14

13 and 11 so one group is here and one

439:18

group is there done one sentence for

439:20

these one sentence for the remaining

439:22

there Malaysians or South Korea so

439:25

there's always group maximum three

439:27

minimum two sometime they can be written

439:29

in a single sentence like this one we

439:31

can write in a single sentence about

439:32

this

439:34

it's always better to write in condensed

439:37

form rather than writing one sentence

439:39

with this number that number and then

439:40

you know making it boring this is not

439:42

how you write report writing the

439:44

language they have used is not crazy

439:46

it's straightforward if you look at this

439:49

Thailand produces this electricity from

439:51

this source in comparison 3% less of

439:54

very simple language it That is not the

439:56

way we write essays. You know in essays

439:58

we have big words, big way to explain

440:00

everything. We don't have that here.

440:03

It's straightforward. There is no rocket

440:05

science here. Everything is

440:07

straightforward. I would say that.

440:09

Right. So that's what we're going to do

440:11

in table completion. Now comes something

440:15

called process diagram. Now process

440:18

diagrams would be easy for you to

440:20

understand if you have um an

440:23

understanding of what is called

440:24

practical book. I think you uh remember

440:27

in your childhood you used to have

440:29

practical journal. I don't know how many

440:31

of you remember that but I do remember

440:33

that. So in practical journal we used to

440:35

have aim

440:37

apparatus

440:39

material apparatus and material used to

440:41

be together I think method and finally

440:44

result

440:46

right so in aim we used to write what

440:49

are we going to do in this diagram

440:51

apparatus and material what are the

440:53

components you have method we write

440:55

first take this then do that then

440:57

finally result what was the result the

440:59

outcome is the result so we don't have

441:01

to write this way we remove this part we

441:03

write the method. In the method we used

441:06

to write what comes first and how it

441:09

flows. That's the most important thing

441:11

here. The flow of the diagram basically

441:18

the flow of the diagram is important for

441:20

us in every process diagram. Read what

441:23

the question is about. The diagram below

441:25

show stages of equipment used in cement

441:28

process and concrete process. And that's

441:31

it. So we are supposed to say that um

441:34

the uh the images or the process uh

441:37

diagram or the process is all about two

441:40

components uh produced called cement and

441:43

concrete. That's enough short sentence.

441:46

Now you start with the first body

441:47

paragraph how to write it important for

441:50

us like I said is flow and for flow we

441:53

have certain words. What are these

441:55

words? See we'll write it together.

441:56

We'll understand it together as well. So

441:58

there are these are called sequence

442:00

words or words to describe sequence.

442:03

For example, first comes this then comes

442:06

this you know we have first this then

442:08

this next when it is ready then next

442:11

when finally we have more after that

442:13

following to it whatever it is right but

442:15

important is for us how to use them as

442:18

well. So we have seen words I'm going to

442:20

show you how we use them. We use them by

442:23

let me just show you the diagram and we

442:24

create our own answer only to see it. So

442:28

we start with the the first one cement

442:30

production one paragraph for this one

442:32

for this.

442:33

Initially limestone and clay are mixed

442:38

and they go through a crusher.

442:41

This crusher converts the mixture into a

442:43

powder. Then the powder goes inside a

442:46

mixture where uh the other hand end of

442:49

the mixture is connected to a rotating

442:51

heater.

442:53

The mixer goes through this and heat is

442:55

provided from um the other or rare end

442:59

of it uh of the the rotating heater.

443:03

Um the outcome or uh the result is a

443:06

molten state material which uh passes

443:09

through after that which passes passes

443:11

through a grinder. After grinding or at

443:14

the end the grinded material is called

443:16

cement.

443:18

Later uh it is um it is bagged and

443:22

created. Oh yeah it is bagged and that's

443:25

the process of cement production. Same

443:27

you can say here cement, water, sand and

443:30

gravel are taken in the quantity of 15

443:33

10% 25% and 50% respectively

443:37

poured inside a concrete mixture. This

443:40

concrete mixture is rotated and

443:41

eventually

443:43

um they have mentioned even the meaning

443:45

of gravel. You can even say that instead

443:47

of sometime gravel you can say small

443:49

stone eventually after rotation cement a

443:52

concrete is produced. So this way what

443:55

comes first what comes next basically

443:57

flow is important and those words I

443:59

think you will have in your drive and

444:01

you already know these words first come

444:02

this after that at the end or in the end

444:06

at the end of the process. So this is

444:08

how you write process diagram. Not a big

444:11

deal I believe. Nice. Now comes the last

444:14

part which is called um something called

444:17

map map difference. Now map difference

444:21

can also be two diagrams, three

444:23

diagrams. I have seen last but that is

444:24

very rare four diagrams. And what is map

444:27

difference? You will they will show you

444:28

map basically a map diagram like this

444:30

one. And they will ask you to write the

444:33

difference. Earlier was this and after

444:36

that is this. Right? What were the

444:39

changes? What happened? This is what you

444:41

have to describe. For example, you know,

444:43

we have houses more. Now we have

444:44

restaurants and whatever. Sometimes we

444:47

have three. For example, 1990 is this

444:49

one. 2010 is this one. And 2020 is

444:52

another diagram they will show you here.

444:54

Right? So what are we supposed to do?

444:57

How are we supposed to light the write

444:58

the sentence? In this case, when it

445:00

comes to uh report writing for uh map

445:04

difference, there is a tiny mistake

445:06

people make. If they remove the mistake,

445:08

it becomes easy. It becomes correct as

445:11

well as easy. Let me show you an example

445:13

with three diagrams. So here we have 20

445:15

minutes time. The diagram below shows

445:16

changes that has taken place in this

445:18

particular school since the construction

445:20

in 1950. So after 1950, what happened?

445:23

1980 and 2010. Three different times

445:25

there were changes you know renovation

445:27

and all.

445:29

Sorry. So what happens in those times?

445:32

If you look at 1950, we have these

445:34

things. If you have 1980 of course many

445:36

changes but something similar. The

445:38

common mistake people make is when they

445:40

are writing about 1950 they also add

445:43

information of 1980 such as in 1950

445:47

cross to the main road there is a school

445:49

created. However later this school

445:52

building or the houses will be

445:54

demolished or houses will be gone and

445:56

later there will be car park and science

445:58

block. This is the common mistake when

446:01

we are writing about 1950. We are adding

446:04

information to 1980 because we feel

446:06

comparison is required. Yes, it is

446:08

required not in this way. There is a

446:10

method of comparison when it comes to

446:12

map difference. And here this is the

446:15

first time we'll be writing according to

446:16

the year. I told you one diagram

446:19

according to the year only we'll write.

446:22

Now what how can we solve this mistake?

446:25

In order to compare anything we need a

446:27

base. For example, uh I say that uh this

446:31

phone is much much better than my

446:32

previous phone. Then I have to describe

446:34

the previous phone. What happened there,

446:36

right? Then I say this is the one. So we

446:38

need a base to describe the first year

446:40

is always the base

446:43

only. When you describe the 1951

446:45

only describe 1950 first sentence is the

446:48

paraphrasing of the statement I've shown

446:50

you. Main road, school, houses,

446:54

farmland, and playground. These are the

446:56

five words that that's it you should use

446:58

nothing else and show that close to the

447:00

school we houses below houses farmland

447:03

and in adjacent we have playground up

447:05

opposite of the school there is main

447:07

road that's it nothing else let me show

447:09

you so this is the paraphrase version of

447:11

the diagram below the diagrams show uh

447:14

three stages of the school and in

447:16

development 1950 1980 20110 done now

447:18

look in 1950 the school was built close

447:21

to the main road and next to number of

447:23

houses a large area behind the school

447:24

was done to playground while the area

447:26

behind the house is farmland. Nothing

447:28

else.

447:30

What happened in 1980? In 1980 you can

447:33

see school building has also science

447:35

block. Now it's the same color. So

447:36

basically it's the same connection and

447:39

car park is also with it. So we we can

447:41

write it here.

447:43

In 1980 this houses has been demolished

447:45

in order to make a way to for a small

447:47

car park and an additional school

447:49

building which became the science block.

447:52

In addition to the existing playground,

447:54

the school also gained the farmland and

447:55

converted into sports field.

447:58

Done. We have now this one. Now we go to

448:01

the next one. When we write the new

448:03

paragraph 2010, we don't need any

448:07

information about 1950. We need about

448:10

1980 because for 2010 the base is 1980.

448:16

For 1980 the base is 1950. 1950 we don't

448:20

have a base. So we write nothing in

448:22

comparison we write as it is 2010 you

448:24

can see the school building remain

448:25

unchanged but the car park has been

448:27

extended school building remain

448:29

unchanged car park extended

448:32

basically this is how you write map

448:34

difference when you write about the base

448:36

you don't compare when you write about

448:37

1980 you compare compared to this when

448:39

you write about 2010 you compare

448:41

according to the previous one and that's

448:43

the main reason why people go wrong in

448:46

map difference there can be two years 3

448:48

years or maximum four

448:52

And what about the last one? Do we have

448:53

an ending requires look they haven't

448:56

mentioned anything call overall

448:57

information not necessary like I told

448:59

you it's not necessary in any of the

449:01

questions if you have something

449:02

interesting you can mention that this

449:05

was writing part one compared to essay

449:08

writing isn't this easy how easy is that

449:11

so it's really easy trust me when you

449:14

try writing once and then you you

449:16

understand it once or revise once you

449:18

will get it easily

449:19

>> I writing part one letter writing

449:23

Uh so in today's session we'll

449:25

understand what how to write letter.

449:27

Basically in writing part one we have

449:29

letter writing. In letter writing we um

449:32

have gone through it you know earlier in

449:33

our life in in school and college and

449:35

everywhere. So basically this would be

449:37

much much easier compared to other uh

449:39

types that we have seen earlier because

449:41

you have gone through it. But just for

449:44

the sake of it I'll show you what kind

449:45

of questions you can get. Not

449:47

necessarily the same type but yes this

449:49

will be the pattern per se. What will be

449:52

the pattern? If you ask this will be the

449:54

pattern. Let me uh share my display and

449:56

show you what will be the pattern here.

449:58

As you can see on the top they will

449:59

write you can spend 20 minutes but you

450:01

can spend as much as you want. Of course

450:03

not more than 60 minutes because you

450:04

have part two as well. You can combine

450:06

the time. Secondly you have a question

450:08

called or the statement called

450:12

uh you recently bought a camera while

450:14

traveling overseas. When you got to your

450:15

destination, you discovered that some

450:16

important items were missing from the

450:18

box. And then you write a letter to a

450:20

person. They will tell us where are you

450:21

writing this letter to. Okay. And also

450:23

you have some questions you have to

450:24

write the letter to. You know these

450:26

these uh details have to be there.

450:28

Minimum 150 words should be there in

450:31

your answer. This is the typical

450:34

structure that we get in your uh letter

450:36

writing. Right now this was like I said

450:39

typical question. But the question

450:41

arises what kind of answers we can

450:43

write? It will take very less time to

450:44

understand this. Earlier in our school,

450:46

we used to have six types of no parts or

450:50

six details that we used to write. The

450:52

first one is called the address or

450:54

initially we used to write date as well.

450:56

The first one comes date. Then we have

450:58

the address. Then we have the subject.

451:01

Subject is I think you all of you know

451:03

what is the subject of uh

451:06

the letter. Then we have called

451:08

something called um salutation. We

451:11

salute the person we are writing to

451:12

respected sir respected madam I think

451:14

all of you have gone through also

451:16

written that body the main data of the

451:18

the letter and finally we should write

451:20

signature your name and sign right these

451:24

were the six components that we had but

451:27

out of these in ISS initial three are

451:30

not required so we can remove them okay

451:34

only three are required so these three

451:36

we can write in detail the first one is

451:39

called salutation ation. Second one is

451:42

called body and third one is called

451:45

signature

451:47

or sign. And these three we don't have

451:51

multiple types now. We don't have three

451:53

types of letters. Earlier we used to

451:54

think but we have only something called

451:56

formal

451:59

and informal. That's it. So if we know

452:03

how to write three components

452:05

salutation, body and signature for

452:07

formal and informal letter writing is

452:09

done. There is nothing in letter writing

452:10

if you understand this that's it within

452:12

a day you'll become an expert in this

452:14

especially the technical part and I'm

452:16

not saying writing part if you don't

452:18

think and write of course there will be

452:19

issues but technically speaking you'll

452:21

be pretty sound okay so we'll start with

452:23

salutation first of all okay we'll talk

452:25

about both formal and informal type of

452:27

letter what is salutation salutation or

452:31

to salute uh is of two types that is

452:34

formal plus informal

452:36

when you read the question in a letter

452:38

you will understand If the letter is

452:40

written to a person who you know

452:42

personally that is called formal. So

452:44

this is called personal letters

452:47

right? Personally if you write someone

452:48

let's say you know that person

452:50

personally that is called personal

452:51

letters and they are informal. If you're

452:53

writing to someone who you do not know

452:55

personally that is called formal letter.

452:57

Okay. So mostly friends, family,

453:00

neighbors, u siblings these people come

453:04

on under informal and formal is everyone

453:06

else. Okay. How do you write salutation

453:09

for formal?

453:11

Please do not use respected sir,

453:14

respected man. That is useless. Write

453:16

always dear uh sir or madam. And don't

453:21

even write that slash in between. Some

453:23

people do that. That's incorrect. Okay.

453:24

Just write dear sir or madam and a comma

453:27

always after this. Then you can write

453:29

dear madam or sir. It's up to you the

453:31

sequence. We nobody minds the sequence

453:33

here. So both of them are acceptable and

453:36

both of them are correct. But in the

453:38

case of informal we have some other

453:40

possibilities. Okay. In here also we

453:43

start with this uh phrase called the

453:45

word called dear. And the first word

453:47

comes in picture is called dear name of

453:51

that person. Let's say I'm writing to

453:52

Vishal or Jagm. I dear Vishal or dear

453:54

Jagmid or I can write the relation with

453:58

that person.

454:00

What does it mean? Because I am you know

454:03

um for example I'm writing to my mother.

454:06

I cannot use her name. So I write dear

454:08

mother or dear father or dear brother if

454:11

if he or dear if he's elder then right

454:13

so either the name or the relationship

454:17

if it's your teacher you cannot write

454:18

their names you write dear teacher that

454:20

could be still informal because you're

454:21

writing personally right person you know

454:23

them personally okay so based on this

454:25

you can see we have one type here in a

454:28

way and two types here name or

454:30

relationship this is just the salutation

454:32

part now comes the most important part

454:35

that is how to write the body of our

454:38

paragraph I mean of our essay writing.

454:40

Once you have started this the first

454:42

phrase you can leave a a sentence you

454:45

can leave or press and enter. In the

454:46

case of CBT you start with the body

454:49

part. In the body part the first part

454:52

there are three types of body you know

454:53

okay type one type two and type three.

454:56

In the type one in the case of formal

454:59

and informal there will be differences.

455:01

Please understand this. Okay. If you get

455:02

a formal letter you cannot write about

455:04

informal. So what are those differences

455:07

and what are those body parts? The first

455:09

body part will always contain two

455:11

details. Let's write them at as A and B.

455:14

A and B and both are different. So when

455:17

you write the first sentence in your

455:18

essay that is your introduction because

455:21

the person doesn't know you that well or

455:24

not at all actually in the case of

455:25

formal. So what do you do? You write my

455:27

name is this and I'm doing this.

455:29

Whatever you going to write you can

455:30

write that. That is intro of you. Second

455:33

part is about why are you writing this

455:35

letter? Your purpose basically to write

455:37

the letter. That is the second part.

455:39

Okay. Now think about informal in this

455:42

case. I'm going to show you an example

455:43

of body part one. Don't worry. But think

455:45

about the second uh case. Would you

455:48

write introduction to your friend? Why

455:50

would you? Would you write introduction

455:51

to your mother? My name is this. No. So

455:53

introduction is not required. You can

455:55

ask about health to them or you can talk

455:58

about past meetings. Like last time we

456:00

had we had fun at home. I still remember

456:03

that it was good time and then you can

456:06

continue or I hope you find this letter

456:08

in great health and I hope you are doing

456:10

well when you find this letter something

456:12

like this and B is again why why are you

456:16

writing this letter well to invite them

456:18

to do this to tell them whatever you

456:20

want to write so why will be same in

456:22

both cases okay

456:25

second part is what we called to show

456:29

the second part I think it'll be better

456:30

if I show you directly rather than

456:32

talking about it. Second part comes from

456:35

these questions.

456:37

Each question will become one body

456:39

paragraph. Every essay, every letter

456:42

will have these questions. You know,

456:43

give details about the camera where you

456:44

bought it. Explain what has happened and

456:46

say what you want him or her to do about

456:48

it, right? That you because there is no

456:50

charge or there is something missing in

456:51

the box. Okay. Look, dear sir or madam

456:54

opening or what do you call salutation?

456:56

Then we have my name is this and I'm

456:59

writing a hope that you will help me

457:01

problem regarding the camera that I

457:02

recently bought. Fine. This is intro

457:04

plus opening. Done. Now comes the first

457:08

body paragraph. True body paragraph.

457:10

First one done. You see this comes from

457:12

question. Give details about the camera

457:14

where you bought it. Well my I bought

457:16

this camera on 27th June and I purchased

457:18

it for this much and then blah blah blah

457:20

with my card. That's it. Second question

457:23

explain what has happened. Well, what

457:24

has happened is when I arrived in the

457:26

hotel, camera did not include the

457:28

battery charger. Of course, we can write

457:30

some good language, but basically you

457:32

explain what happened. Why are you

457:33

writing this letter? The space in the

457:35

box for the charger was empty. Great.

457:38

Say what you want him or her to do about

457:40

it. Well, what I want them to do is send

457:42

me the charger. I don't want to I cannot

457:44

come back and I'm in uh I'm attaching a

457:47

copy of receipt with this letter and

457:49

also my address. You don't have to

457:51

attach anything. You don't have to show

457:52

the attachment. is just you write that

457:54

so that you can know attach it later but

457:56

you have to to show that oh um you can

457:59

send it over here right these are the

458:02

three body paragraphs but they are of

458:04

one type that is details from here that

458:07

is second type of body paragraph right

458:09

now the third type is a single sentence

458:12

and to understand that we have to go to

458:14

a separate file what is this third type

458:17

okay if you understand this way

458:19

everything becomes easy the third type

458:21

is called the closing type. What is a

458:24

closing type? Well, closing type comes

458:26

from vocabulary and vocabulary in your

458:29

standard plus and premium folder

458:30

separately. There's a separate file

458:32

called uh letterw writing related

458:34

vocabulary or part one related

458:36

vocabulary. Okay. Now, in that

458:38

vocabulary list, you have related to

458:41

apologizing. If the letter is about

458:42

apologizing, you can take help from here

458:44

asking for help, asking for information.

458:46

And there's a separate section for

458:47

closing.

458:49

And we have three types of closings.

458:51

Type one, type two, and type three. When

458:53

do we use them? Please notice here. It's

458:55

very important. When you are about to

458:59

meet a person

459:02

and you're writing a an informal letter,

459:05

okay? After the letter, you might meet

459:08

them, right? For example, a birthday

459:09

party or something or you're going to go

459:11

to them. Always write, "I'm look forward

459:13

to seeing you."

459:16

If that letter is formal type instead of

459:19

informal and you are about to meet that

459:21

person you write formal letter here this

459:25

one I'm look for I'm looking forward to

459:27

meeting you yes this language is correct

459:29

this is how grammar works in this case

459:31

not look forward to meet you no meeting

459:33

you now remember that if you're about to

459:36

meet that person if it is informal go

459:39

with this if it is formal go with this

459:41

and the middle one is correct for both

459:44

the cases formal plus informal and it is

459:47

in the situations when we are not about

459:50

to meet them. We're waiting for a reply

459:51

from them. For example, if I write a

459:53

letter to let's say Vishal um I need an

459:56

information about the city you're living

459:57

and I want I'm going to travel. So you

459:59

might write me a letter, right? So I'm

460:01

waiting I'll write this. I look forward

460:02

to hearing from you. Right? Or what if

460:05

I'm writing that I'm going to come to

460:06

your city. We're going to have um we're

460:08

going to have a traveling plan. Then

460:10

I'll say I look forward to seeing you.

460:12

But what if I'm writing to you instead

460:13

of that I'm writing to a person who is

460:15

uh you know big deal or let's say or a

460:19

dean of mine you know professor

460:21

basically for me uh respectful right so

460:23

I I write this one I look forward to

460:26

meeting you if I'm about to meet that

460:27

person so these are the three types of

460:29

closing we can have because in the

460:31

previous letter we was looking at in

460:34

that case we were waiting for their

460:35

reply on that is situation about camera

460:38

that's why we use I look forward to

460:39

hearing from you That's the third type.

460:42

First type is intro, intro plus why

460:44

you're writing the letter. Second type

460:46

is writing information based on these

460:48

questions. And last one is closing.

460:52

Okay. So these are the three types of

460:53

paragraphs that we have and we can write

460:55

it here. Second types comes from

460:57

questions here as well. Questions. Okay.

461:01

And the third type comes from closing or

461:04

it is a closing type here as well. Same

461:06

no change in here. Of course you have

461:08

seen the closing. Okay. So these were

461:11

the body paragraphs and last but not the

461:13

least because we have understood

461:14

salutation body now comes signature.

461:17

Signature is when we write at the end

461:19

sign you know kind regards best regards

461:21

generally we use use that in email. So

461:24

signature it's different in formal as

461:27

well as informal.

461:30

In the case of formal we write something

461:32

called um

461:34

only one thing you can write earlier

461:36

yours sincerely was a route but yours

461:39

faithfully is the best option that you

461:41

have right exactly what I'm writing like

461:43

yours should have w uh s and same

461:47

spelling and a comma yours faithfully

461:49

and your full name okay for example we

461:51

have uh let's say my name you can write

461:54

it like this full name you cannot write

461:57

half name okay in the case of informal

462:00

You have freedom to write anything you

462:02

want. You can write uh kind regards and

462:04

only the first name. You can write best

462:06

regards or you can even say um yours

462:09

lovingly. Okay. And your first name.

462:12

That's okay because this is the

462:13

informal. Informal anything is allowed

462:15

in the case of signature. Okay. So these

462:18

are the types of letters we have. These

462:20

are the ways you can do the signature

462:22

part, the body paragraph and the

462:24

salutation. Now if you look at the

462:26

letter the complete letter that we have

462:28

the only thing that will change is this

462:30

question and who you're writing the

462:32

letter to and these parts and everything

462:35

else is same. No the structure you write

462:37

first the salutation then you write your

462:39

name and if it is inform if it is formal

462:41

then why you writing this letter and you

462:44

answer those questions and you have a

462:46

closing and then in the end this. So

462:48

nothing is different in any letter. What

462:50

you have to do is remember these phrases

462:52

or understand these phrases for any if

462:54

it is letter about apologizing use this.

462:56

If it's letter about asking for help,

462:58

you use this. Asking for information,

462:59

use this. Closing, use this. Basically a

463:02

long detail. You can print this file.

463:04

You can keep it with you if you need it

463:06

for letters. And that will be the

463:08

perfect collection for letters. You

463:10

won't make a mistake later. We have

463:12

completed our letterw writing part one.

463:14

>> I speaking part one. We'll talk about

463:18

speaking. Now we have not done any

463:19

speaking. So we'll start with basic uh

463:22

what are the parts that we have how we

463:23

going to answer those question

463:24

everything right? So let's start with uh

463:27

understanding how many parts and then

463:28

the timing and everything. So let's

463:30

start with speaking. Speaking contains

463:33

one second

463:35

three parts

463:38

part one part two part three. And each

463:40

part is there for a reason because part

463:43

one is there for conversation. Basically

463:45

they ask you everyday questions you know

463:47

like how do you uh answer questions

463:50

which are connected to you plus uh basic

463:53

questions introductory question then we

463:55

have something called um they call it Q

463:59

card but it is not a Q card it's called

464:01

the long term that means it's your turn

464:03

to speak for long so it's called a long

464:05

turn in in normal term it's called

464:07

informal way it's called Q card that you

464:09

have to speak for 2 minutes continuously

464:11

you'll get 1 minute per preparation we

464:12

don't need to discuss it today and

464:14

Another conversation we have in the end

464:17

we have to discuss it today here this

464:18

one overall speaking is 11 to 14 minutes

464:22

part one would be anything between 4 to

464:25

5 minutes this one is 3 to 4 minutes and

464:28

this one is 4 to 5 minutes again so when

464:30

you add it all it's 11 to 14 minutes

464:32

right so minimum is 11 maximum is 14 so

464:37

what is this part one what happens in

464:38

here and how are we going to solve this

464:40

part one like I said is conversation and

464:42

the questions are very basic You know

464:44

like do you like this, do you like that?

464:46

What do you prefer? It's all about you.

464:48

It's not about others or an opinion.

464:50

It's a fact-based question about you,

464:54

right? Do you like this? Do you like

464:55

that kind of question? So let me show

464:57

you uh a question list actually where we

465:01

have a

465:03

theme based questions. What is theme

465:05

based question? Let me show you here. So

465:07

here we have multiple themes. What is

465:09

your work about? Where do you work? Do

465:12

you like your job? and why? So basically

465:14

basic questions. Do you like studying?

465:16

Where is where do you study? What is

465:17

your favorite days? Do you like your

465:19

hometown? Do you like your home? Very

465:21

basic questions they ask you. Right? Now

465:24

the problem with basic questions is when

465:25

we try to answer them, answers are

465:28

short. But in part one, it's mandatory

465:31

to answer in three to four sentences.

465:33

Remember that.

465:35

So how do we answer such basic questions

465:37

in three to four sentences? That's the

465:39

most uh you know difficult thing you can

465:42

say that this is the vital uh thing to

465:44

do. So

465:47

what is your favorite

465:52

US and UK drama favorite color? Okay

465:56

again fine

465:59

what when this question is asked we can

466:01

answer this one sentence right. My

466:03

favorite color is black let's say or

466:05

blue or or green whatever it is. Now we

466:07

don't need one sentence. We need how

466:09

many sentences? Three or four sentences.

466:11

How can I answer this in three or four

466:13

sentences?

466:15

Any idea? So there is a way we can

466:19

create answers

466:21

which can have four to five sentences or

466:23

three to four sentences. That's much

466:24

better. So how do we do that? Well, in

466:27

order to do that, we have to create a

466:29

nice structure in our answer. There are

466:31

three parts in any answer even if it is

466:34

part one question. What are those three

466:36

parts called? The first part is kind of

466:39

answering the question. So we answer the

466:42

question in a single sentence. First

466:45

one. Second, we add whatever we want to

466:48

in in the form of details or or reason

466:51

whatever you want to add. And finally,

466:53

we repeat our answer. Let's see what I

466:57

mean by that.

467:00

When I say I answer the question, we

467:02

should never use the question as it is.

467:05

For example, what is your favorite

467:06

color? My favorite color is black. No,

467:08

don't do that. Change something. You can

467:11

say that paraphrase the question in

467:13

here. So you can say that the color

467:15

which I prefer for anything is black.

467:19

So you change the statements basically

467:21

that they are they are able to see that

467:22

we have lexical resources included in

467:24

here. So we have what is your favorite

467:27

uh color?

467:29

The color which I like is this. Uh where

467:32

do you work? um the place where I work

467:34

is this instead of I work here instead

467:37

of that you can say that okay let's say

467:38

we answer the question my uh the color

467:40

which I like is this what about adding

467:43

in addition when you want to add

467:45

information we can add three types of

467:47

details and either of them you can

467:49

choose or you can keep changing with

467:50

every question first one is your reason

467:53

the most common one why do I like this

467:55

color second one adding details and you

467:58

can also talk about time I I'll explain

468:01

each of them each and every and repeat

468:03

is basically paraphrasing your own

468:05

statement with saying that hence so

468:09

paraphrasing of the paraphrasing right

468:11

so how does it look let's create an

468:14

answer for everything so basically like

468:16

this and this way so first answer the

468:20

color which I prefer is black and the

468:22

reason for that it looks serene on

468:24

anything you buy anything you wear

468:27

right so uh you know whenever I go to

468:30

shop I always look for it because I I

468:32

have seen that on me particularly it

468:35

looks great and hence I always try to

468:38

buy try to go for this particular color

468:41

which is black nice what about details

468:43

you don't give reasons you add details

468:46

for example the color which I prefer is

468:48

black and uh everything on my desk is

468:51

generally black my mouse my computer my

468:53

keyboard I try to search for that

468:55

moreover I have two cars they're also

468:56

black I would always go for the shop and

468:59

ask person do you have anything it's

469:01

it's such I'm such a big fan of this

469:03

particular color. Right? It's you

469:05

because you said I'm such a big fan. You

469:07

kind of paraphrase this. That that means

469:08

I like you didn't give reason. You just

469:11

added details like you said scientific

469:13

uh reason can be added because this

469:15

color mostly absorbs lot of energy. I

469:18

like such things. Right? What about the

469:20

time? Earlier I used to write white

469:23

color or light colors but later I

469:25

realized when using them that it um

469:29

such colors become dirty really easily

469:31

and hence I stopped using them. These

469:34

days I prefer dark colors such as dark

469:37

blue or dark green or black even.

469:41

So what do we have? We have three types

469:43

of answers possible when in in part one

469:46

speaking part one they ask you around

469:47

six to seven questions. When they're

469:49

asking you these many questions, you

469:51

have to have new style for every time.

469:53

So you can sometime give reason. If

469:54

they're not asking specific thing, for

469:56

example, what is your favorite color and

469:58

why? If they say that, then you have to

470:00

go for reason for sure. But if they're

470:01

not asking, you can add details.

470:03

Sometime you ask about time. So it looks

470:06

more fresh, you know, it looks like you

470:09

have a way to create answers.

470:11

I'll speaking part two.

470:15

In speaking, we have already understood

470:16

part one and part two is remaining. Part

470:19

three is remaining. Part two is the

470:21

biggest problem is in your speaking

470:24

because part one they ask questions

470:25

about you and basic question. Do you

470:27

like this? Do you like that? And

470:28

basically it it is easy to find. In

470:32

speaking like I said we have two parts

470:34

uh three parts one, two and three. In

470:37

second part we have bigger problems.

470:39

Why? Because this is called the long

470:41

turn or some people call it the Q card.

470:44

In here you are supposed to speak for

470:45

maximum two minutes. So 1 to two minute

470:47

is the speaking time. This is the

470:49

speaking time. Okay.

470:53

And you have maximum 1 minute of

470:56

preparation time. So preparation time is

470:59

they'll give you a question to keep.

471:01

It's up to you. You can keep it. You can

471:03

read it. You can take notes. That time

471:05

is only 1 minute. Reading the question,

471:08

taking your notes. And they will give

471:09

you a piece of paper and a pencil. You

471:11

can keep taking notes. Whatever you want

471:13

to write, you can in fact look into the

471:14

notes while while speaking. It's up to

471:16

you. But of course, we cannot keep

471:18

reading and looking. Right? So 1 minute

471:21

is that preparation time taking notes

471:23

and understanding the question. 2

471:24

minutes maximum is the speaking time.

471:26

After 1 minute 50 seconds, probably

471:28

they're going to stop you anyway. So

471:30

what kind of questions do we get that we

471:32

can prepare for 1 minute within 1

471:34

minute? Questions are

471:36

actually not that difficult. The

471:38

questions are very basic again. But the

471:41

problem is um the the the story part I

471:45

I'll explain what is the story part. So

471:47

here is the list of questions. I can

471:50

show you all are described type of

471:51

question in part two. Describe someone

471:54

who you know who does something well and

471:56

we have some questions connected to that

471:58

which we have to answer. Look they have

471:59

mentioned as well. You will have to talk

472:01

about the topic for one or two one to

472:02

two minutes and you will be one you will

472:04

have one minute to prepare um about

472:06

that. You can make notes if you wish.

472:09

Right. Okay. Same question. Describe a

472:11

shop near where you live that you

472:12

sometime use. Uh describe a child that

472:15

you know. Uh describe some something you

472:18

don't have now but would like to own in

472:22

the future.

472:24

Uh describe a house apartment that

472:26

someone you know lives in. So all these

472:28

questions are describe kind of question

472:31

right? You are supposed to answer these

472:33

questions based on a theory. Let's take

472:36

an example which is simpler to

472:37

understand. Of course, we can take

472:38

different examples, but let's take this

472:40

one for now. If you take this example

472:43

and we begin answering the question, you

472:45

will understand what I'm trying to say.

472:47

Describe a shop near where you live that

472:50

you sometime use and you have these

472:52

questions. Yes, you have it is

472:54

compulsory to answer and no, the the

472:56

sequence is not necessary to be

472:59

followed.

473:01

So when earlier there were three types

473:03

of um methods. It started with nothing

473:06

to something right. The method type

473:09

method one was

473:11

whatever comes to your mind you speak.

473:13

So you say that whatever comes to your

473:15

mind you speak you are speaking freely.

473:18

So you're free to speak anything. The

473:20

problem with this is sometimes you

473:23

create contents content sometimes

473:24

sometimes you do not. So you might take

473:27

some note any note you want and you talk

473:29

freely. The problem with this is the

473:31

content is not appropriate at times or

473:34

not enough at times not a good method.

473:37

Then then the the method of preparation

473:40

within 1 minute enhanced and they say

473:42

that why don't you do brainstorming?

473:45

Why don't you do brainstorming? What is

473:47

brainstorming? Brainstorming is when you

473:50

ask questions to yourself about the the

473:53

topic and the questions are what, why,

473:58

where,

474:00

when,

474:02

who,

474:05

what, which.

474:06

Okay. And how much and how many? Now,

474:09

now let's take this example of how much

474:10

and how many. What is this shop about?

474:14

Why do you travel there? Why do you go

474:15

there? Where is it situated? When do you

474:18

go to the shop? Who with whom do you go

474:20

to the shop? Uh which items do you buy?

474:22

How many do you buy? How much do you

474:24

buy? So many questions. And now you have

474:26

enough content. Now you have enough

474:28

content to speak about the answer.

474:31

There's one problem with this method.

474:33

Can anyone tell me what's the problem

474:35

with this method? Have a look and tell

474:36

me. It's monotonous. Yes. One of the

474:39

problems. True. I'll tell you what's the

474:41

problem. Problem is the sequence.

474:45

Where do we start from?

474:49

We don't know. We start from what we

474:52

feel like. We might say there is a shop

474:53

nearby which I like and then we continue

474:55

with something else. So we don't know

474:57

which question

475:00

uh what is the sequence what is the best

475:01

sequence you can create because we don't

475:03

have any story line. We have just data

475:05

after data and because of that you're

475:07

right it'll become monotonous right? So

475:09

we don't need this. We need some

475:11

sequence and hence I created a method

475:14

and this time yes I did by myself. It's

475:17

called a story line or the timeline

475:19

method. Timeline method says that if you

475:21

want to speak for about anything you

475:23

cannot randomly jump from one question

475:26

to another. You have to speak according

475:28

to a time method. You know first this

475:31

then this then that. Let me just draw

475:33

four parts in here. In any speech that

475:35

you go with in I is part two you have

475:38

four parts. Part one is called let me

475:41

just write here the concept.

475:46

Okay. And we have to understand that one

475:48

first. We'll we'll go with the second

475:50

one after we understand the concept.

475:52

If I provide you this question describe

475:54

a shop near where you live that you

475:56

sometime use. How will you start the

475:58

answer? Just the first sentence. I don't

476:00

need more than that. Just the first

476:01

sentence. How will you start the answer?

476:05

We have something written. Start with a

476:08

location or long time ago.

476:11

You can do that. You can say that long

476:13

time ago I used to do this. I used to go

476:15

to this shop which is close to my house

476:17

called XY Z. Now the problem with this

476:20

method is you're directly jumping to the

476:21

topic.

476:23

You're directly jumping to the topic

476:25

instead of creating a nice story line.

476:27

So what I do is I try to create a

476:29

contrast or at least um create a story

476:32

line with this method. So the concept is

476:36

why shopping or why the shop the first

476:39

question I ask myself

476:41

and how do we do that? How do we create

476:43

this why? The concept is I plus the

476:46

question. What is I? So basically my

476:50

personality is I don't like going to

476:52

shops. Honestly maybe your personality

476:54

is you like going to shops. Maybe you

476:56

you are a person who like also to lie on

476:59

their couch and read a book or watch a

477:01

movie or something like right. So always

477:04

start with what you are like when it

477:06

comes to the question.

477:09

Let's take an example of a sentence.

477:12

Shopping is not my cup of tea and hence

477:14

I generally will I am generally found on

477:17

the sofa watching um TV. Maybe I'm

477:20

called a couch couch potato but because

477:22

I have to help my x y z any person you

477:25

can use my my parents my partner my

477:28

friend whatever hence I have to visit

477:30

this shop near to me which is called

477:33

this so what did we do we create a nice

477:37

um initial part uh kind of suspense that

477:39

we created you can also do positive

477:41

suspense you can say that well this is

477:44

my favorite activity when I get stressed

477:46

and hence I have so many uh shops to

477:49

talk about but out of these I I still

477:52

can choose easily this is my favorite.

477:55

Now you have a nice starting you know

477:57

like oh this person is um a person who

478:00

goes out a lot but still they can choose

478:01

this must be something unique about the

478:03

shop. There are two benefits of it.

478:05

First of all you create suspense. Second

478:07

you have already introduced or started

478:09

with two sentences instead of one before

478:11

you even go to next topic. Before you go

478:14

to the next part, you already have

478:15

spoken two sentences and almost spend

478:17

around 10 seconds to 15 seconds there

478:19

rather than starting the topic. There

478:22

you might get time issues. Here you

478:24

won't. So the concept is about what you

478:26

think about the topic as connected to

478:28

for example describe an interesting news

478:31

that you watched or read in newspaper.

478:34

say that um

478:37

I I'm not a person who would watch news

478:39

much because they bore me. But yesterday

478:42

I heard something while um someone in my

478:44

family was watching TV. I could not stop

478:46

myself. I had to watch it. Now you see

478:49

how interesting it becomes. Or you can

478:51

say that uh reading newspaper is my is

478:54

in one of my is one of my favorite

478:56

activity and I keep doing it um in the

478:59

morning. uh but recently I found

479:02

something which I cannot I could not

479:03

forget till today and now you can start

479:05

talking about that activity. So positive

479:07

or negative we have something to speak

479:10

right we can create the nice opening

479:13

after this is done is everyone clear

479:15

about this part

479:18

second part is called the plan and what

479:21

is the plan just write here the plan so

479:25

before you reach the shop you you cannot

479:29

just appear from your home to shop

479:31

suddenly you have to travel to talk

479:33

about traveling describe a person you

479:36

met recent ly you cannot suddenly appear

479:38

to that person. You must have been

479:40

either invited or you were going

479:42

somewhere or something might have

479:43

happened. Anything let it be anything

479:47

happened. That's how you met that

479:49

person. Something h had to happen to

479:51

reach that shop. Describe an interesting

479:53

news before you reach to to the sofa you

479:56

must have done something either walked

479:58

there or had some drink or had something

480:01

to take from let's say chips and soda or

480:03

something. Planning is before you reach

480:06

the main topic, what do you do? For

480:08

example, describe an apartment. You saw

480:09

an example earlier. Did you reach that

480:11

apartment suddenly? No. You were maybe

480:13

invited to a birthday party and suddenly

480:15

you saw that apartment and you liked it.

480:17

So, talk about that invitation to the

480:19

birthday party. In this case, we can say

480:21

that well this shop is not that far away

480:23

from my place and hence sometime I walk

480:25

but when I have to carry a lot of

480:26

luggage, I take my car. um you know when

480:29

I have to buy a lot of products I I go

480:31

to that uh place or the shop buy my car

480:34

so basically the traveling part

480:38

you can even add so but but this there

480:40

is a nice parking space in that

480:42

particular uh uh shop and I really like

480:45

the way it is now done planning done

480:47

that's enough no need to so how do you

480:50

reach there is a planning part once this

480:53

is done so initial four sentences three

480:55

sentences kind of building the story

480:57

part is

480:58

Now comes the fourth part, third part,

481:00

the most important part called the thing

481:04

or the topic. Whatever the topic is,

481:06

let's say in here we have the shop. This

481:08

is about your what.

481:11

Along with your what, what have we

481:14

already explained where it is located?

481:16

We did in here. What the shop looks

481:18

like? We have to do it here. Always talk

481:21

about what it looks like, you know, uh

481:24

in in in your topic. always in over here

481:26

not in the beginning. What sort of

481:28

products we have to talk about it here

481:29

as well. If you like it or dislike it

481:32

would be at the end not here. So this

481:35

part why you like it or dislike it why

481:37

you use it always would be at the end

481:39

but rest of them would always be in the

481:42

topic.

481:43

Okay. So always like I said describe the

481:46

the shop or the news or the person or

481:49

the movie whatever they're asking the

481:51

way they look the way they look the way

481:53

they feel. Okay. So what about the shop?

481:56

Well, this particular shop has uh two

481:58

stories. The first story is allotted for

482:00

grocery and the second one is a gift

482:02

shop. I never went there to the gift

482:05

shop, but I can uh tell you about the

482:07

grocery. The shop is really clean. As

482:10

soon as you enter, you would see proper

482:12

segregation of u every product they

482:15

have. For example, fruits and vegetables

482:17

are on one side. On the other side we

482:19

have spices and the household things

482:21

things which required everyday in in

482:23

cooking or in cleaning. So they have a

482:26

nice separation of things you can say

482:28

that what about once the look part is

482:31

done you talk about the products and

482:32

services because that is part of the

482:34

question you cannot ignore it you have

482:36

to speak about it. So you say that not

482:38

just the products their services are

482:39

also um apt for that particular shop.

482:43

You can say that uh also they have

482:46

something called home delivery. If you

482:47

order more than this amount you can get

482:49

it delivered within 5 kmters of your

482:51

place um blah blah blah and blah blah

482:54

and then finally once the topic is done

482:56

comes the feedback part. You see that

482:59

already we have spoken almost five to

483:01

six seven sentences more maybe the

483:03

feedback the feedback part is nothing

483:06

but uh basically why you like it and

483:09

would you recommend it to others you say

483:10

that well this shop is one of my

483:13

favorites for the reason they have not

483:15

just good products products you can buy

483:16

anywhere with the same expiry dates but

483:19

service and the people who work there is

483:22

something that that lures me or makes me

483:24

think about uh this particular shop as

483:27

my go-to shop Right? And I would

483:30

recommend anyone who would looking who's

483:32

looking for a shop always think of these

483:34

uh services as the the major as the main

483:37

factor to choose the shop. Right? So

483:39

that's there we go. By this time you

483:41

would see that already 2 minutes are

483:43

over because you spoke four sentences

483:45

here combined right around seven

483:48

sentences six sentences over here three

483:51

sentences over here. This will be easily

483:53

done. Do not run. Do not run in the

483:57

sense do not just keep running um after

484:01

you know data. Be slow, be methodical.

484:05

Easily your two minutes will pass if you

484:07

speak slowly because you have to fit

484:09

less. In fact, the sequence is ready.

484:11

You have to fit less. You have to create

484:13

less. What do we do in order to complete

484:16

the data? In order to complete what we

484:18

started with, we run to complete the

484:20

data. And that's a big problem. That's a

484:23

big problem. We should never run to

484:26

complete the data.

484:28

>> I am speaking part three.

484:30

>> See in speaking so far we have

484:32

understood what is part one, what is

484:34

part two. We haven't seen what is part

484:36

three. So in part one it's a

484:38

conversation. In part two it's a

484:40

monologue. Part three again is a

484:42

conversation. Now you must be thinking

484:44

Sam part one was easy. It's a it was

484:46

just a conversation. Monologue was

484:47

difficult because you have to speak for

484:49

long. So don't you think this is easy?

484:52

You said this is interesting. Yes, it is

484:54

easy interesting but I'm sorry it's

484:57

interesting but not easy and the reason

484:59

is this particular conversation is

485:01

extensive

485:03

what's extensive little bit with more

485:06

details basically so in in part one

485:08

you're supposed to speak for three to

485:10

four sentences in part three it's

485:12

different it's more so how much more

485:14

let's understand the difference with a

485:17

table so that we know we we remember

485:18

better with a table structure so we have

485:20

part one and part Three. Let's draw a

485:23

line here and do this and understand

485:26

what happens one by one. In part one,

485:29

the questions are about basically a

485:31

questions are short. First of all,

485:33

forget about okay in here questions are

485:36

long. In fact, multiple questions are

485:39

also possible. Just write long plus

485:41

multiple. Multiple in the sense you have

485:43

three questions, two questions in one

485:45

go. They ask you and yes, it's a

485:47

conversation. In here, answers are also

485:50

short. So you can say that my bad. So

485:54

you can say short answers as well

485:56

possible here. No, here it is three to

485:59

four sentences. Answers are not short

486:02

here. Answers are long and they are six

486:05

to seven sentences. Remember that six to

486:08

seven sentences extensive answers for

486:10

the question.

486:12

In part one, the questions are about

486:14

you. In part uh in part three, the

486:18

questions are about others.

486:21

The theme for part one is generally

486:24

random and it is about everyday life

486:26

theme you know such as um shopping,

486:30

house, home, birthdays and colors and

486:32

all those things. But in part uh three

486:35

the theme is from taken from part two

486:38

itself. Whatever the part two question

486:39

is the theme will stay the same. Okay

486:44

theme will stay the same.

486:46

Last but not the least here the

486:48

questions are factbased. What is fact

486:50

based question? For example, what is

486:52

your favorite color? It's a fact. You

486:54

know that as a matter of fact. You might

486:56

have a doubt, but at least you know

486:58

about yourself better. But in uh in in

487:02

uh part three, this is not true. It's an

487:06

opinion based question such as um do you

487:10

think it's important for kids to have uh

487:12

extracurricular activity in school? So

487:16

maybe we don't know for sure. every

487:19

answer might differ. So that's why it's

487:20

opinion based and the previous one is

487:22

factbased question. Okay. I'm going to

487:25

show you some questions to make you

487:27

clear about the whole table scenario so

487:29

that you know we we all understand

487:32

what's happening here. Okay. So I have

487:34

collected some questions for you guys so

487:36

that you can read them. There you go. Um

487:39

we have questions such as what skills

487:41

and abilities do people most want today

487:42

and why? Which skills should children

487:44

learn at school? Are there any skill

487:46

which they should learn at home? What

487:47

are they? You can see the length has

487:49

increased multiple times here compared

487:51

to part one. And you can see what type

487:54

of local business is there in your in

487:55

your neighborhood. Are there any

487:56

restaurant shops or dentists for

487:58

example? Um or how much time do uh do

488:01

children spend with their parents in

488:02

your country? Do you think that is

488:04

enough? Now when I'm showing you these

488:06

questions, they're easy. The reason for

488:08

that is you're able to read it.

488:10

Actually, you're just able to, you know,

488:12

okay, I'm reading it. I'm I'm able to

488:13

answer them. But actually, that's not

488:15

that's not the point. The point is you

488:17

won't be able to read it in exam. You

488:20

will be able to only listen the person.

488:23

So if I'm asking you question, I'm not

488:24

going to show you the question. I'm

488:26

going to just ask you the question. Now

488:28

we have an issue because there are two

488:30

questions, three questions, lengthy

488:31

questions asked and you are confused.

488:33

Sam, what should I do now? Yes, you can

488:35

ask your examiner saying that u can you

488:38

please repeat? Oh, I didn't get it.

488:39

Would you mind repeating that? Or it

488:42

would be great if you could repeat the

488:43

question. You can do that. But but

488:46

that's not a good sign. No, every

488:48

question being repeated is not a good

488:50

sign. So what are we going to do then?

488:52

We are supposed to figure out u one

488:56

thing which is a method to understand

488:58

the questions first. Method to

489:01

understand the questions first. So in

489:04

English there are only two types of

489:07

questions. Okay. Only two types. They

489:10

are called open-ended question and

489:12

close-ended question. open-ended and

489:15

close-ended. Now, this is very technical

489:17

term. Open-ended, close-ended. You'll

489:19

all forget it for sure.

489:24

But I forgot it, right? So, just let's

489:27

get rid of these words. Something I'm

489:29

going to tell you, you'll remember

489:30

forever.

489:32

First is called yes no type of question.

489:34

And second is called explanation based

489:36

question. This is you can say layman's

489:39

term is much better here in this case.

489:41

Now, what is yes no type of question?

489:43

Any question for which the answer can be

489:45

yes no is yes no type and any question

489:47

for which you have to explain a lot is

489:48

explain type. But how do we recognize

489:50

them? How do we segregate them right?

489:52

Separate them. So yes no type is when

489:57

the question starts with okay the

490:00

question starts with

490:03

any of the auxiliary verbs or any of the

490:06

modal verbs.

490:08

Okay, remember the any of the auxiliary

490:10

verb or any of the modal verbs, any of

490:12

them. If it starts with either of them,

490:14

it is a yes no question. Otherwise, if

490:17

the question starts with

490:21

wh question,

490:24

that is definitely explanation based

490:26

question. For example, auxiliary verbs

490:28

are uh to, does, has, have. Let's say um

490:35

did

490:37

you can say

490:39

will. Now create any okay let's talk

490:41

about model was model was could be can

490:44

shall should whatever

490:47

think of any question have you guys

490:49

completed your homework answer could be

490:51

yes or no right will you uh complete

490:55

this task now answer is yes or no can

490:57

you can you please fetch me this book

490:59

yes or no basically questions when they

491:02

start with auxiliary verbs or modal

491:03

verbs answer yes or no but if they start

491:06

with this one okay let's say where

491:09

Was the book kept?

491:14

Now, can I say yes or no? Sorry, kept.

491:17

Can I say yes or no? No, we cannot say

491:19

yes or no in this case. If you do that,

491:21

you're wrong. You say, "Oh, the the book

491:23

was kept over there." Now, why did you

491:26

keep it there? Well, I kept it there

491:28

because there was no other space. So,

491:30

answer cannot be yes no if wh questions

491:33

are asked. Answer can only be yes no if

491:35

the auxiliary words are used or modal

491:38

verbs are used. These are called yes no

491:40

and explanation based question. So they

491:42

cannot ask only yes no question. They

491:44

can ask explanation based question for

491:46

sure as a solo question. So what does it

491:48

mean? So if I ask this question the last

491:51

part can be asked separately that why do

491:53

parents have um there is a change in

491:55

parents and children behavior and all

491:57

those stuff but they cannot ask have

491:59

relationship between them changed? No

492:01

they cannot ask that. So we have to

492:03

answer both the question. We have to

492:04

learn how to answer both the questions.

492:06

Let's get rid of this one first of all.

492:08

How to answer yes no question.

492:11

Okay. So in order to do that of course

492:13

it won't take time in exam you have you

492:16

know matter of one second to think

492:18

maximum. If you do it 2 seconds that's

492:20

that's actually going towards nonfluency

492:23

time but it's okay. So how do we answer

492:25

that with with perfection? First of all

492:29

remember that the first word helps you

492:32

to recognize if it is yes no type of

492:34

question. We all know that right?

492:36

Definitely the first word did that means

492:38

have.

492:40

But out of these which one to choose?

492:42

How would we know?

492:46

Okay. For an example, if I ask you guys,

492:48

did you guys complete your homework?

492:51

Yes or no? Now based on the word

492:53

complete, isn't it? You can decide

492:55

completed or not.

492:58

Action. Action always decides if it is

493:01

either yes or no. In this case, the

493:04

action is changed. So, decisions either

493:08

it is yes or no. Either of them will be

493:11

decided based on the action or the verb.

493:18

Right? For example,

493:20

um

493:25

have you guys watched that movie called

493:27

XY Z? Yes and no. And you would say no,

493:29

I haven't watched. So the action will

493:32

always decide if it is done or not. Did

493:34

you guys purchase that movie? Now some

493:36

people might have watched it. Some

493:38

people might and then we never purchased

493:40

it. I say so you say no I haven't

493:42

purchased it but I watched it. So you

493:45

can see the change in the yes and no if

493:48

you know what is the action in this case

493:50

it is the change. Did it change? Really

493:53

you can say that in short. So change

493:55

word helps you to recognize if the

493:57

answer is yes or no. But the question

494:00

type can be recognized using the first

494:02

word itself. Let's say you recognize

494:05

okay that is question type is yes no and

494:08

out of these which one to choose can

494:10

only be action. Did it really change?

494:13

You can think about it. Right? But

494:15

change is not the only word. Change has

494:17

to be connected with something. Then

494:19

only you decide. Right? So first first

494:22

thing you think of your mind is did it

494:23

change? But what is this did it? The

494:26

eight part is the relationship between

494:28

parents and children.

494:31

Same way have you guys purchased this

494:34

movie? Right? So if I change the movie

494:36

name maybe the answer can be yes or no.

494:38

Right? So purchase will help you to

494:40

recognize if it is yes and no. And extra

494:43

information about movie will also be

494:45

helpful in this case. So keep it in

494:46

mind. The words might be here and there

494:48

but our brain works in this way. Have oh

494:52

answer is yes or no. Changed. Maybe it

494:54

did change. Change what? Relationship

494:56

between parents and children. Done. So

494:59

question is decoded because of these

495:01

words being there.

495:04

Right? Now how to answer this question?

495:06

This is just decoding the question in

495:08

our head in a second. In order to answer

495:10

this question always remember you can

495:13

answer it the worst way. What is the

495:15

worst way? I'll tell you and you tell me

495:16

why it is the worst way. Okay. Yes.

495:19

Relationship between parents and

495:21

children have changed in recent years.

495:23

Why this is the worst way? We are not

495:25

paraphrasing anything. What will they

495:27

provide? What will they grade us for our

495:29

lexical resources? Zero. They say that

495:31

they are copying the question as it is.

495:34

Never copy the question as it is while

495:36

you're speaking. Try to change it. You

495:38

can say that

495:40

oh definitely the way parents and their

495:43

and their kids um behave with each other

495:46

have gone through uh drastic alterations

495:49

or the way uh the bond between parents

495:52

and children is not same anymore.

495:56

There you go. So this is how you can

496:00

change few things such as the the

496:01

relationship parents and children change

496:04

recent years all of that all everything

496:06

is changed lexical resources full

496:09

right now better words to use like I

496:11

said alterations and and not same

496:14

anymore sometime can fetch you even

496:16

better marks so remember that don't copy

496:19

whatever they are showing you always

496:21

create your own way of speaking but and

496:23

yes paraphrasing the better you

496:25

paraphrase the higher the score of

496:26

course that's that that's That's known

496:28

to you guys. Right now, let's say I have

496:30

answered this question. Definitely the

496:32

the way parents and children behave with

496:34

each other is not same anymore. Now

496:36

comes the second question. If this is

496:39

done, we go to the second question which

496:41

is why do you think that is? Sorry, why

496:44

do you think that is? That means they

496:46

will ask either a reason or a list

496:48

whatever it is. Whatever it is, there's

496:50

always one way of answering it. By the

496:52

way, why do you think there is a change

496:54

in in the way the way they behave? Any

496:56

any reasons you guys know? We have work

497:00

culture. Work culture which is different

497:02

than earlier technology

497:05

for sure. Uses of these devices such as

497:07

phones and iPads and human tablets and

497:10

all. Fine. Uh work culture technology

497:14

great. Anything else?

497:18

Age difference generation gap academic

497:20

pressure could be any of them. Let's say

497:23

we use age difference. Okay. because of

497:25

age difference but earlier as well we

497:27

had age difference could be one point or

497:29

let's say academic pressure these days

497:31

everyone is educated right okay good now

497:34

what can happen in exam in exam we have

497:38

uh three possibilities possibility

497:41

number one you don't remember a single

497:44

topic zero topics you remember

497:48

okay possibility number two you remember

497:51

one topic possibility number Three, you

497:54

remember more than one topic. Why am I

497:57

asking you to uh do so is uh because

498:02

this can happen to you and this will

498:04

happen to you. So how to cope up with

498:06

this situation when you have zero?

498:08

Remember that this is the worst case

498:10

scenario because if you have zero topic

498:12

in your minds for example here you have

498:14

concrete points such as work, culture,

498:15

technology or age whatever it is you

498:18

know what to speak then if you have zero

498:20

topic in your mind what you going to do?

498:22

you know you're going to beat around the

498:23

bush. Basically what you're going to say

498:25

is uh well yes there is a change in

498:28

parents and children and it is not good

498:29

for society. Definitely it's bad for

498:32

society. They both will not grow

498:34

properly together. Well the question is

498:36

not asking fact they're asking why

498:38

because you don't know you just you know

498:40

talking gibberish. So this is the worst

498:42

case scenario. Try not to have it. At

498:44

least have one point one particular

498:47

topic that maybe technology maybe work

498:49

culture maybe anything else. Right.

498:52

Let's say I could think of only one

498:54

topic. You can make it look like this is

498:56

the best way to speak. Even with one

498:58

topic, the reason for that is present

499:01

yourself in a way that people think this

499:04

is the only way to uh only way to

499:06

present. There's no other way left,

499:08

right? How do we do that? Well, the most

499:12

important reason or most important uh

499:15

aspect or most important concept which

499:18

changed the way uh this is happening

499:21

right is because of technology. Now the

499:23

people might think you're right

499:25

everything else is teenytiny technology

499:27

is the biggest contributor or work

499:29

culture you can you can change your

499:31

answer right so now you can start

499:33

explaining technology how it has changed

499:35

and everything that's not the problem

499:37

problem was to use a concept and when

499:40

you don't you have this sentence that

499:42

most important is this what happens it

499:45

looks as if you are thinking of one and

499:47

then suddenly you came up with second

499:48

one that that doesn't look that good if

499:50

you can think of one use this phrase

499:52

Right? Well, the most important is and

499:54

primarily or fundamentally this is the

499:57

issue. Whatever it is, if it is more

499:59

than one,

500:01

then what do you do? Well, in that

500:04

situation, you can create a nice

500:05

sentence such as there are two main

500:07

reasons for the change of two main

500:10

reasons for um them to behave

500:13

differently, right? And they are one

500:16

work culture and secondly technology.

500:18

Now you can start with the first one.

500:20

This looks planned answer.

500:23

If you have two, go with this way. If

500:26

you have three, okay, that's bad. I'll

500:29

tell you why. Because you have a

500:31

sequence. You already mentioned. And

500:33

just in case if you miss that sequence

500:34

while speaking, you are in problem,

500:36

right? The examiner will say you

500:38

mentioned one this do this and then now

500:39

you you forgot your own sequence. So

500:42

never go with three. It's bad. Generally

500:45

speaking, very few people can stay with

500:47

three points and explain them properly.

500:49

two is the best. One is good as well, no

500:52

doubt. But you have to be presentive as

500:54

if this is the only reason we have. So

500:56

if there are two, just say that um well

500:58

there are two main reasons for this this

501:00

and that and uh work culture is blah

501:04

blah blah. Technology is blah blah blah.

501:06

This way our speech looks planned. It

501:09

looks as if you have you know basically

501:12

remembered the answer but it is not

501:14

remembered. Of course it is created on

501:15

the go. So there's no chance of

501:17

deduction. So the answer will look like

501:19

this. Definitely the way parents and

501:22

their kids behave with each other is not

501:25

same anymore. And the most important

501:28

reason in this age is definitely

501:31

technology.

501:32

I would say that I've seen parents of um

501:35

I've seen kids of age three or four

501:38

using phones at least 10 hours a day and

501:41

parents don't mind it because they

501:42

themselves are using 12 hours a day. So

501:44

the time they used to spend earlier is

501:47

consumed by technology especially um

501:50

cell phones or mobile phones right

501:53

earlier there used to be talks you know

501:56

in home while having dinner these days

501:58

we have airports you know everyone has

502:00

their have their own and then every

502:02

person is engrossed in their own content

502:05

world you can use such nice phrases and

502:08

there you go enough six seven sentences

502:11

done

502:12

if you want to add more you can add more

502:14

if in case you are lost in the content

502:17

and you don't know and the time only

502:19

four four sentences are over add one

502:21

incident you saw for example and this I

502:24

have seen this in my home as well you

502:26

know blah blah blah and whatever so this

502:28

way your speech looks amazing planned

502:30

and lexical resource cover uh GR cover

502:34

and you have and fluency is depends on

502:36

how you speak but yeah cover and finally

502:38

pronunciation depends also on how you

502:40

speak but at least these things are

502:42

covered that means you will definitely

502:44

gain uh benefit compared to others

502:47

because you are able to jump to the next

502:49

topic with a nice flow.

UNLOCK MORE

Sign up free to access premium features

INTERACTIVE VIEWER

Watch the video with synced subtitles, adjustable overlay, and full playback control.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

AI SUMMARY

Get an instant AI-generated summary of the video content, key points, and takeaways.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

TRANSLATE

Translate the transcript to 100+ languages with one click. Download in any format.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

MIND MAP

Visualize the transcript as an interactive mind map. Understand structure at a glance.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

CHAT WITH TRANSCRIPT

Ask questions about the video content. Get answers powered by AI directly from the transcript.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

GET MORE FROM YOUR TRANSCRIPTS

Sign up for free and unlock interactive viewer, AI summaries, translations, mind maps, and more. No credit card required.